Index to Form 10-KIndex to FS
UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

FORM 10-K/A

(Amendment No. 1)

10-K

(Mark one)

One)

xANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the fiscal year ended May 2, 2020

April 29, 2023 OR

¨TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the transition period from to

Commission File Number: 1-37499

BARNES & NOBLE EDUCATION, INC.

(Exact nameName of registrantRegistrant as specifiedSpecified in its charter)

Its Charter)
Delaware46-0599018

(State or other jurisdictionOther Jurisdiction of

incorporation Incorporation or organization)

Organization)

(I.R.S. Employer

Identification Number)

No.)
120 Mountain View Blvd., Basking Ridge NJNJ07920
(Address of Principal Executive Offices)(Zip Code)

Registrant’s Telephone Number, Including Area Code: (908) 991-2665

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

Title of Each Class

Trading Symbol

Name of each Exchange on Which Registered

which registered
Common Stock, $0.01 par value per shareBNEDBNEDNew York Stock Exchange

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None

Indicate by check mark whetherif the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. YES  ☐ NO  ☒

Yes¨ No  x

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act.    YES  ☐ NO  ☒

Yes  ¨  No x

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.    YES  ☒ NO  ☐

Yes   x     No   ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically every Interactive Data File required to be submitted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (Section 232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit such files).  YES  ☒ NO  ☐

Yes   x     No   ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, a smaller reporting company, or an emerging growth company. See the definitionsdefinition of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” “smaller reporting company,” and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

Large accelerated filerAccelerated filerEmerging Growth Company
Non-accelerated filerSmaller reporting company
Emerging growth company

If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act. ☐

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has filed a report on and attestation to its management's assessment of the effectiveness of its internal control over financial reporting under Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act (15 U.S.C. 7262(b)) by the registered public accounting firm that prepared or issued its audit report
If securities are registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act, indicate by check mark whether the financial statements of the registrant included in the filing reflect the correction of an error to previously issued financial statements.
Indicate by check mark whether any of those error corrections are restatements that required a recovery analysis of incentive-based compensation received by any of the registrant’s executive officers during the relevant recovery period pursuant to §240.10D-1(b).
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).    YES  ☐ NO  ☒

Yes  ¨    No  x

The aggregate market value of the voting and non-voting stock held by non-affiliates of the registrant was approximately $110.0$141 million based upon the closing market price of $2.32$2.76 per share of Common Stock on the New York Stock Exchange as of August 25, 2020.October 29, 2022. As of August 25, 2020, 48,633,117July 21, 2023, 52,705,377 shares of Common Stock, par value $0.01 per share, were outstanding.

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

None

Portions of the Registrant’s Proxy Statement for the 2023 Annual Meeting of Stockholders are incorporated by reference into Part III.


Index to Form 10-KIndex to FS
BARNES & NOBLE EDUCATION, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

INDEX TO FORM 10-K/A

Page No.
PART IIIINDEX TO FORM 10-K
Page No.

ITEM

1

ITEM 11.

5

ITEM 12.

24

ITEM 13.

25

ITEM 14.

Principal Accounting Fees And Services

26
PART IV

ITEM 15.

Exhibits And Financial Statement Schedules

27

28


2

EXPLANATORY NOTE

Barnes & Noble Education, Inc. is filing this Amendment No. 1

Index to Form 10-KIndex to FS
DISCLOSURE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS
This annual report on Form 10-K/A (the “Form 10-K/A”)10-K contains certain “forward-looking statements” within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995 and information relating to amendus and our business that are based on the Company’sbeliefs of our management as well as assumptions made by and information currently available to our management. When used in this communication, the words “anticipate,” “believe,” “estimate,” “expect,” “intend,” “plan,” “will,” “forecasts,” “projections,” and similar expressions, as they relate to us or our management, identify forward-looking statements. Moreover, we operate in a very competitive and rapidly changing environment. New risks emerge from time to time. It is not possible for our management to predict all risks, nor can we assess the impact of all factors on our business or the extent to which any factor, or combination of factors, may cause actual results to differ materially from those contained in any forward-looking statements we may make. In light of these risks, uncertainties and assumptions, the future events and trends discussed in this Form 10-K may not occur and actual results could differ materially and adversely from those anticipated or implied in the forward-looking statements.
Such statements reflect our current views with respect to future events, the outcome of which is subject to certain risks, including, among others:
the amount of our indebtedness and ability to comply with covenants applicable to current and /or any future debt financing;
our ability to satisfy future capital and liquidity requirements;
our ability to access the credit and capital markets at the times and in the amounts needed and on acceptable terms;
our ability to maintain adequate liquidity levels to support ongoing inventory purchases and related vendor payments in a timely manner;
our ability to attract and retain employees;
the pace of equitable access adoption in the marketplace is slower than anticipated and our ability to successfully convert the majority of our institutions to our BNC First Day®equitable and inclusive access course material models or successfully compete with third parties that provide similar equitable and inclusive access solutions;
the strategic objectives, successful integration, anticipated synergies, and/or other expected potential benefits of various strategic and restructuring initiatives, may not be fully realized or may take longer than expected;
dependency on strategic partnerships, such as with VitalSource Technologies, Inc. and the Fanatics Retail Group Fulfillment, LLC, Inc. (“Fanatics”) and Fanatics Lids College, Inc. D/B/A "Lids" (“Lids”) (collectively referred to herein as the “F/L Partnership”), and the potential for adverse operational and financial changes to these partnerships, may adversely impact our business;
non-renewal of managed bookstore, physical and/or online store contracts and higher-than-anticipated store closings;
decisions by colleges and universities to outsource their physical and/or online bookstore operations or change the operation of their bookstores;
general competitive conditions, including actions our competitors and content providers may take to grow their businesses;
the risk of changes in price or in formats of course materials by publishers, which could negatively impact revenues and margin;
changes to purchase or rental terms, payment terms, return policies, the discount or margin on products or other terms with our suppliers;
product shortages, including decreases in the used textbook inventory supply associated with the implementation of publishers’ digital offerings and direct to student textbook consignment rental programs;
work stoppages or increases in labor costs;
possible increases in shipping rates or interruptions in shipping services;
a decline in college enrollment or decreased funding available for students;
decreased consumer demand for our products, low growth or declining sales;
the general economic environment and consumer spending patterns;
trends and challenges to our business and in the locations in which we have stores;
3

Index to Form 10-KIndex to FS
risks associated with operation or performance of MBS Textbook Exchange, LLC’s point-of-sales systems that are sold to college bookstore customers;
technological changes;
risks associated with counterfeit and piracy of digital and print materials;
risks associated with data privacy, information security and intellectual property;
disruptions to our information technology systems, infrastructure, data, supplier systems, and customer ordering and payment systems due to computer malware, viruses, hacking and phishing attacks, resulting in harm to our business and results of operations;
disruption of or interference with third party web service providers and our own proprietary technology;
risks associated with the impact that public health crises, epidemics, and pandemics, such as the COVID-19 pandemic, have on the overall demand for BNED products and services, our operations, the operations of our suppliers and other business partners, and the effectiveness of our response to these risks;
lingering impacts that public health crises may have on the ability of our suppliers to manufacture or source products, particularly from outside of the United States;
changes in domestic and international laws or regulations, including U.S. tax reform, changes in tax rates, laws and regulations, as well as related guidance;
enactment of laws or changes in enforcement practices which may restrict or prohibit our use of texts, emails, interest based online advertising, or similar marketing and sales activities;
adverse results from litigation, governmental investigations, tax-related proceedings, or audits;
changes in accounting standards; and
the other risks and uncertainties detailed in the section titled “Risk Factors” in Part I - Item 1A of this Form 10-K.
Should one or more of these risks or uncertainties materialize, or should underlying assumptions prove incorrect, actual results or outcomes may vary materially from those described as anticipated, believed, estimated, expected, intended or planned. Subsequent written and oral forward-looking statements attributable to us or persons acting on our behalf are expressly qualified in their entirety by the cautionary statements in this paragraph. We undertake no obligation to publicly update or revise any forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise after the date of this Form 10-K.
AVAILABILITY OF INFORMATION
Our website address is www.bned.com and our Investor Relations website address is investor.bned.com. Our Annual Report on Form 10-K, for Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q, Current Reports on Form 8-K, and amendments to reports filed pursuant to Sections 13(a) and 15(d) of the fiscal year ended May 2, 2020 (the “Form 10-K”)Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (Exchange Act), which was are filed with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) on July 14, 2020. The purpose of this Form 10-K/A is solely(SEC), which maintains an Internet site at www.sec.gov to discloseaccess such reports. We are subject to the information required in Part III (Items 10, 11, 12, 13 and 14)informational requirements of the Form 10-K, which information was previously omitted from the Form 10-K in reliance on General Instruction G(3) to Form 10-K. Accordingly, we hereby amendExchange Act and replace in its entirety Part III of the Form 10-Kfile or furnish reports, proxy statements, and delete the reference on the cover page of the original Form 10-K to the incorporation by reference of our definitive proxy statement into Part III of the Form 10-K.

This Form 10-K/A does not amend any other information set forth in the Form 10-K, and we have not updated disclosures included therein to reflect any subsequent events. This Form 10-K/A should be read in conjunction with the Form 10-KSEC. Such reports and with our filingsother information filed by the Company with the SEC are available free of charge on our website at investor.bned.com when such reports are available on the SEC’s website. We use our investor.bned.com website as a means of disclosing material non-public information and for complying with our disclosure obligations under Regulation FD. Accordingly, investors should monitor investor.bned.com, in addition to following our press releases, SEC filings and public conference calls and webcasts.

The contents of the websites referred to above are not incorporated into this filing. Further, our references to the URLs for these websites are intended to be inactive textual references only.

4

Index to Form 10-KIndex to FS
PART I
Item 1. BUSINESS
Unless the context otherwise indicates, references to “we,” “us,” “our” and “the Company” refer to Barnes & Noble Education, Inc. or “BNED”, a Delaware corporation. References to “Barnes & Noble College” or “BNC” refer to our subsidiary Barnes & Noble College Booksellers, LLC. References to “MBS” refer to our subsidiary MBS Textbook Exchange, LLC.
Our fiscal year is comprised of 52 or 53 weeks, ending on the Saturday closest to the last day of April. “Fiscal 2024” means the 52 weeks ended April 27, 2024,“Fiscal 2023” means the 52 weeks ended April 29, 2023, “Fiscal 2022” means the 52 weeks ended April 30, 2022, and “Fiscal 2021” means the 52 weeks ended May 1, 2021.
OVERVIEW
General
Barnes & Noble Education, Inc. (“BNED”) is one of the largest contract operators of physical and virtual bookstores for college and university campuses and K-12 institutions across the United States. We are also one of the largest textbook wholesalers, inventory management hardware and software providers, and a leading provider of digital education solutions. We operate 1,366 physical, virtual, and custom bookstores and serve more than 6 million students, delivering essential educational content, tools and general merchandise items within a dynamic omnichannel retail environment.
The strengths of our business include our ability to compete by developing new products and solutions to meet market needs, our large operating footprint with direct access to students and faculty, our well-established, deep relationships with academic partners and stable, long-term contracts and our well-recognized brands. We provide product and service offerings designed to address the most pressing issues in higher education, including equitable access, enhanced convenience and improved affordability through innovative course material delivery models designed to drive improved student experiences and outcomes. We offer our BNC First Day® equitable and inclusive access programs, consisting of First DayComplete and First Day, which provide faculty requested course materials on or before the first day of class at a discounted rate, as compared to the total retail price for the same course materials if purchased separately. The BNC First Day discounted price is offered as a course fee or included in tuition. During Fiscal 2023, BNC First Day total revenue increased 48% from the prior year period. We are moving quickly and decisively to accelerate our First Day Complete strategy. We plan to move many institutions to First Day Complete in Fiscal 2024 and the majority of our stores by Fiscal 2025, with continued relative adoption of this model thereafter.
We expect to continue to introduce scalable and advanced solutions focused largely on the student and customer experience, expand our e-commerce capabilities and accelerate such capabilities through our merchandising partnership with Fanatics Retail Group Fulfillment, LLC, Inc. (“Fanatics”) and Fanatics Lids College, Inc. D/B/A "Lids" (“Lids”) (collectively referred to herein as the “F/L Partnership”), win new accounts, and expand our strategic opportunities through acquisitions and partnerships. We expect gross general merchandise sales to continue to increase over the long term, as our product assortments continue to emphasize and reflect changing consumer trends, and we evolve our presentation concepts and merchandising of products in stores and online, which we expect to be further enhanced and accelerated through our F/L Partnership. Through this partnership, we receive unparalleled product assortment, e-commerce capabilities and powerful digital marketing tools to drive increased value for customers and accelerate growth of our logo general merchandise business. During Fiscal 2023, Retail Gross Comparable Store general merchandise sales increased by 8.6%.
The Barnes & Noble brand (licensed from our former parent) along with our subsidiary brands, BNC and MBS, are synonymous with innovation in bookselling and campus retailing, and are widely recognized and respected brands in the United States. Our large college footprint, reputation, and credibility in the marketplace not only support our marketing efforts to universities, students, and faculty, but are also important to our relationship with leading publishers who rely on us as one of their primary distribution channels.
Segments
We identify our segments in accordance with the way our business is managed (focusing on the financial information distributed) and the manner in which our chief operating decision maker allocates resources and assesses financial performance.
During the fourth quarter of Fiscal 2023, assets related to our Digital Student Solutions ("DSS") Segment met the criteria for classification as Assets Held for Sale and Discontinued Operations and is no longer a reportable segment. On May 31, 2023, subsequent to the end of Fiscal 2023, we completed the sale of these assets related to our DSS Segment for cash proceeds of $20 million, net of certain transaction fees, severance costs, escrow, and other considerations. During the first quarter of Fiscal 2024, we expect to record a Gain on Sale of Business in the range of $2.5 million to $4.5 million. Net cash proceeds from the sale was used for debt repayment and provided additional funds for working capital needs under our Credit Facility.
5

Index to Form 10-K.10-KIndex to FS
We have two reportable segments: Retail and Wholesale. Additionally, unallocated shared-service costs, which include various corporate level expenses and other governance functions, are not allocated to any specific reporting segment and continue to be presented as “Corporate Services”. The following discussion provides information regarding the two segments.
RETAIL SEGMENT
General
The Retail Segment operates 1,366 college, university, and K-12 school bookstores, comprised of 774 physical bookstores and 592 virtual bookstores. Our bookstores typically operate under agreements with the college, university, or K-12 schools to be the official bookstore and the exclusive seller of course materials and supplies, including physical and digital products. The majority of the physical campus bookstores have school-branded e-commerce websites which we operate independently or along with our merchant partners, and which offer students access to affordable course materials, school supplies, technology items, student essentials, and affinity products, including emblematic apparel and gifts.
The Retail Segment offers existing and prospective clients the flexibility of physical, virtual or custom store solutions. Students have access to the right course materials at the right time, combined with a superior in-house customer service department to help with ordering, delivery, and digital content inquiries. At certain institutions, students also have the flexibility of using financial aid, and proprietary campus debit cards for their course material purchases.
The Retail Segment also offers our BNC First Day® equitable and inclusive access programs, consisting of First DayComplete and First Day, which provide faculty requested course materials on or before the first day of class at a discounted rate, as compared to the total retail price for the same course materials if purchased separately. The BNC First Day discounted price is offered as a course fee or included in tuition. We have entered into several agreements with major publishers, including Cengage Learning, McGraw-Hill Education and Pearson Education, to distribute their digital content through BNC First Day. In Fiscal 2023, BNC First Day total sales increased by 48% from the prior year. See BNC First Day Inclusive Access Programs discussion below. In addition to BNC First Day programs, the Retail Segment offers a suite of digital content and services to colleges and universities, including a variety of open education resources (“OER”) course material.
In Fiscal 2023, in the Retail Segment, we signed contracts for 66 new physical and virtual bookstores for estimated first year annual sales of approximately $53 million, which is generally fully achieved as if the store becomes fully-operational in their first full year of operations. In Fiscal 2023, we closed 127 stores in the Retail Segment, with estimated annual sales of $82 million as we pruned some under-performing, less profitable stores, satellite stores, and certain other contracts were awarded to competitors. We plan to move many institutions to First Day Complete in Fiscal 2024 and the majority of our stores by Fiscal 2025, with continued relative adoption of this model thereafter.
Currently, we estimate that approximately 27% of college and university affiliated bookstores in the United States are operated by their respective institutions. We anticipate that schools will continue to outsource their campus bookstore, and we intend to aggressively pursue profitable new business opportunities to grow our Retail business footprint. We evaluate each new contract based on established profitability measures to ensure we maintain a portfolio of profitable accounts. Our ability to offer existing and prospective clients physical, virtual and custom store solutions is a key element of our competitive strategy.
Our business was significantly negatively impacted by the COVID-19 pandemic, as many schools adjusted their learning models and on-campus activities. The impact of COVID-19 store closings during Fiscal 2021 to Fiscal 2022 resulted in the loss of cash flow and increased borrowings that we would not otherwise have expected to incur. In Fiscal 2023, on campus traffic grew from increased campus events and activities, as compared to the last two years. See our Part II - Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations for further discussion on the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic on our business.
BNC First Day Equitable and Inclusive Access Programs
We provide product and service offerings designed to address the most pressing issues in higher education, including equitable access, enhanced convenience and improved affordability through innovative course material delivery models designed to drive improved student experiences and outcomes. We offer our BNC First Day® equitable and inclusive access programs, consisting of First DayComplete and First Day, which provide faculty requested course materials on or before the first day of class at a discounted rate, as compared to the total retail price for the same course materials if purchased separately. The BNC First Day discounted price is offered as a course fee or included in tuition.
First Day Complete is adopted by an institution and includes all undergraduate classes (and on occasion graduate classes), providing students both physical and digital materials. The First Day Complete model drives substantially greater unit sales and sell-through for the bookstore.
First Day is adopted by a faculty member for a single course, and students receive primarily digital course materials through their school's learning management system ("LMS").
6

Index to Form 10-KIndex to FS
Offering course materials through our equitable and inclusive access First Day Complete and First Day models is a key, and increasingly important strategic initiative of ours to meet the market demands of substantially reduced pricing to students, as well as the opportunity to improve student outcomes, while, at the same time, increasing our market share, revenue and relative gross profits of course material sales given the higher volumes of units sold in such models as compared to historical sales models that rely on individual student marketing and sales. These programs have allowed us to reverse historical long-term trends in course materials revenue declines, which have been observed at those schools where such programs have been adopted. We are moving quickly and decisively to accelerate our First Day Complete strategy. We plan to move many institutions to First Day Complete in Fiscal 2024 and the majority of our schools by Fiscal 2025, with continued relative adoption of this model thereafter.
For the 2023 Spring Term, 116 campus stores adopted our First Day Complete course materials delivery program, representing approximately 580,000 in total undergraduate student enrollment (as reported by National Center for Education Statistics), compared to 76 campus stores representing approximately 380,000 in total undergraduate student enrollment for the 2022 Spring Term. During the 52 weeks ended April 29, 2023, First Day Complete sales increased by $93 million to $198 million, or 88%, as compared to $105 million in the prior year period.
Partnership with Fanatics and Lids
In December 2020, we entered into the F/L Partnership. Through this partnership, we receive unparalleled product assortment, e-commerce capabilities and powerful digital marketing tools to drive increased value for customers and accelerate growth of our general merchandise business. Fanatics’ cutting-edge e-commerce and technology expertise offers our campus stores expanded product selection, a world-class online and mobile experience, and a progressive direct-to-consumer platform. Coupled with Lids, the leading standalone brick and mortar retailer focused exclusively on licensed fan and alumni products, our campus stores have improved access to trend and sales performance data on licensees, product styles, and design treatments.
We maintain our relationships with campus partners and remain responsible for staffing and managing the day-to-day operations of our campus bookstores. We also work closely with our campus partners to ensure that each campus store maintains unique aspects of in-store merchandising, including localized product assortments and specific styles and designs that reflect each campus’s brand. We leverage Fanatics’ e-commerce technology and expertise for the operational management of the emblematic merchandise and gift sections of our campus store websites.
Lids manages in-store assortment planning and merchandising of emblematic apparel, headwear, and gift products for our partner campus stores, and Lids owns the inventory it manages, relieving us of the obligation to finance inventory purchases from working capital. Through the pending installation of Lids "Custom Zones" at certain stores, our stores will offer a differentiated shopping experience, that lets students, parents, alumni, fans, and campus clubs personalize school merchandise that’s sold in the store. These Custom Zones will drive incremental foot traffic, increases in-store dwell time, and grows sales opportunities. The installation of traffic counters at certain stores provides comprehensive store analytics that help us optimize the customer experience and business outcomes, by better aligning staffing with peak traffic hours, identifying opportunities to increase conversion, or assessing promotional effectiveness.
On April 4, 2021, as contemplated by the F/L Partnership's merchandising agreement, we sold our logo and emblematic general merchandise inventory to Lids, which was finalized during the first quarter of Fiscal 2022. As contemplated by the F/L Partnership's e-commerce agreement, we began to transition certain of our e-commerce sites to Fanatics e-commerce sites for logo and emblematic products during the first quarter of Fiscal 2022. As the logo and emblematic general merchandise sales are fulfilled by Lids and Fanatics, we recognize commission revenue earned for these sales on a net basis in our consolidated financial statements, as compared to the recognition of logo and emblematic general merchandise sales on a gross basis prior to April 4, 2021.
In December 2020, Fanatics, Inc. and Lids Holdings, Inc. jointly made a $15 million strategic equity investment in BNED. In addition to its equity investment, on June 7, 2022, we entered into a $30 million term loan credit agreement with TopLids LendCo, LLC and Vital Fundco, LLC, another strategic partner. For additional information, see Part II - Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.
Contracts
Physical and Custom Campus Bookstore Solutions
We operate 774 physical campus bookstores. Our physical bookstores are typically operated under management agreements with the college or university to be the official college or university bookstore and the exclusive seller of course materials and supplies, including physical and digital products sold in-store, online or through learning management systems. We pay the school a percentage of sales for the right to be the official college or university bookstore and the use of the premises; approximately half of our agreements do not have any minimum guaranteed amount to be paid to our partners. In addition, we have the non-exclusive right to sell all items typically sold in a college bookstore both in-store and online. We also have the ability to integrate the store's systems with the colleges and university’s systems in order to accept student financial
7

Index to Form 10-KIndex to FS
aid, university debit cards and other forms of payment. Our decentralized management structure empowers local teams to make decisions based on the local campus needs and fosters collaborative working relationships with our partners.
We also offer “Custom Store Solutions”, where an institution has a physical on-campus store for general merchandise sales, but course materials are offered virtually and fulfilled direct-to-student (either to an individual address or a central campus pick-up point). Additionally, our virtual-only solutions, discussed below, also have the ability to offer ship-to-campus options.
The physical bookstore management contracts with colleges and universities typically include five-year terms with renewal options and are typically cancellable by either party without penalty with 90 to 120 days' notice. Our campus bookstores have an average relationship tenure of 15 years. From Fiscal 2020 through Fiscal 2023, approximately 86% of these contracts were renewed or extended, often before their termination dates. We are moving quickly and decisively to accelerate our First Day Complete strategy. We plan to move many institutions to First Day Complete in Fiscal 2024 and the majority of our schools by Fiscal 2025, with continued relative adoption of this model thereafter, accordingly, going forward the percentage of contracts that are renewed or extended may decline in the future.
Virtual Campus Bookstore Solutions
We operate 592 virtual campus bookstores. Our virtual bookstores operate under a contract with the school as the exclusive online seller of course materials. We operate as the institution’s official source of course materials with exclusive rights to book lists and access to online programs that link course materials to the courses offered by the school. Our virtual-only solutions typically ship course materials directly to students, but also have the ability to offer ship-to-campus options.
Virtual bookstore agreements typically have a term that ranges between three to five years, with automatic renewal periods. For the past three years, we have retained over 90% of our contracts annually, with the majority of the contracts being automatically renewed as per the contract terms or renewed before their expiration dates. We pay the school a percentage of sales for the right to be the official college or university bookstore.
We also operate Textbooks.comSM which is one of the largest e-commerce sites for new, used, and digital textbooks. This division is primarily for direct-to-student sales.
Customers and Distribution Network
As of April 29, 2023, we operate 774 physical college and university bookstore operations and 592 virtual bookstore operations (388 K-12 virtual stores or 66% and 204 Higher Education virtual stores or 34%) located in the United States, in 50 states and the District of Columbia. Our Retail new business sales team is organized by specific territory and can offer all solutions (physical, virtual or custom store solutions) to public, state, private, community college, trade and technical, for-profit, online education institutions, within their respective territories.
Product and Service Offerings
We offer a broad suite of affordable course materials, including new and used print textbooks (which are available for sale or rent), digital textbooks and publisher hosted digital courseware, at our physical and virtual bookstores, as well as offered directly to students through Textbooks.com. We offer a robust used textbook selection, unique guaranteed buyback program, dynamic pricing, and marketplace offerings.
Our physical and virtual bookstores provide a comprehensive e-commerce experience and a broad suite of affordable course materials. Additionally, our physical campus stores are social and academic hubs through which students can access affordable course materials, along with emblematic apparel and gifts, trade books, technology, school supplies, café offerings, convenience food and beverages, and graduation products. The majority of physical campus stores also have school-branded e-commerce sites which we operate independently or along with our merchant partners, and which offer the same products as the on campus stores plus additional items.
Product and service offerings include:
Course Material Sales and Rentals. Sales and rentals of course materials are a core revenue driver, and our faculty and student platforms operate as a seamless extension of our partner schools’ registration, student information and learning management systems. Students can purchase course materials, including new and used print (available for sale or rent), eTextbooks, and publisher digital courseware platforms. We work directly with faculty to ensure the course materials they have chosen for their courses are available in all required by Rule 12b-15 underformats before the Securities Exchange Actstart of 1934,classes. Our wholesale distribution channel enables our Retail Segment to optimize textbook sourcing, so they are able to more efficiently source and distribute a comprehensive inventory of affordable course materials to customers. BNC's Adoption & Insights Portal (“AIP”) is an innovative platform that provides enhanced support for faculty and academic leadership to research, submit and monitor course material selections, further driving affordability and student success.
Equitable and Inclusive Access. As discussed above, we offer our BNC First Day® equitable and inclusive access programs, consisting of First DayComplete and First Day, which provide faculty requested course materials on or before the first day
8

Index to Form 10-KIndex to FS
of class at a discounted rate, as amended (the “Exchange Act”)compared to the total retail price for the same course materials if purchased separately. We have partnered with VitalSource®, new certificationsto use their technology to power our BNC First Day inclusive access platform, for digitally formatted courseware, from all major publishers, including Cengage Learning, McGraw-Hill Education and Pearson, allowing us to accelerate and optimize BNC First Day implementations. The seamless delivery is made possible by our principal executive officerBNC First Day technology and principal financial officerpublishers' technology integrations with campus systems. These initiatives provide students, faculty and institutions greater access to more affordable course materials. First Day is offered on a class-by-class basis, as adopted by the individual instructors on a campus, as compared to First Day Complete, an institution adopts the program for all undergraduate (and on occasion graduate) courses. In Fiscal 2023, BNC First Day programs' total sales increased by 48% from the prior year. First Day Complete offers the delivery of both digital and physical course materials priced at substantial discounts compared to traditional individual student sales offerings. Offering course materials through our equitable and inclusive access programs is a key and increasingly important strategic initiative of ours to meet the market demands of substantially reduced pricing to students while, at the same time, increasing our market share, revenue and relative gross margins of course materials sales given the higher volumes of units sold in such models as compared to historical sales models that rely on individual student marketing and sales.
eTextbooks. We have partnered with VitalSource®, a global leader in building, enhancing and delivering digital content, on our digital reading platform and digital content catalog. The partnership with VitalSource allows us to use its technology to power our BNC First Day platform, for digitally formatted course materials, allowing us to accelerate and optimize BNC First Day implementations.
General Merchandise. For our physical campus bookstores and custom store solutions, we drive general merchandise sales through both in-store and online channels and feature collegiate and athletic apparel, other custom-branded school spirit products, lifestyle and wellness products, technology products, supplies, graduation products and convenience items. We continue to see significant growth in general merchandise sales, which has been further bolstered through our F/L Partnership, as discussed above. We continue to enhance the user experience and product mix offered through our next generation e-commerce platform. In Fiscal 2023, Retail Gross Comparable Store Sales for general merchandise increased by $44 million, or 8.6%.
We operate 47 True Spirit apparel and spirit shop e-commerce websites, through our F/L Partnership, which are filedvirtual stores that appeal specifically to the alumni and sports fan base. We also operate pop-up retail locations at major sporting events, such as exhibitsfootball and basketball games, for our partner colleges and universities. The True Spirit e-commerce websites for athletic branded merchandise and the physical pop-up retail locations continue to build our partner schools’ brands through alumni and athletics, fostering school spirit and capturing the excitement of collegiate sports. We utilize event driven direct marketing strategies for events, such as tournament playoffs or homecoming events, to target an online population of students, alumni and sports fans, with emails and search engine marketing.
Cafés and Convenience Stores. At our physical campus locations, we operate 67 customized cafés, featuring Starbucks Coffee®, as well as regional coffee roasters, and 19 stand-alone convenience stores. Our Café locations and convenience marketplaces offer diverse grab-and-go options including organic, vegan, gluten-free and regional fresh food products. These offerings increase traffic and time spent in our physical stores. As market needs change, we are adapting our model to include more grab-and-go pre-packed fresh food items, simplified menus to reduce food waste and new technology to reduce operating complexity and make the customer experience more efficient.
Brand Partnerships. Through our unique relationship with students, colleges and universities, and our premier position on campus and online, we operate as a media channel for brands looking to target the college demographic, and derive revenue from these marketing programs. We also focus on promoting lifestyle products to students and faculty by promoting various brands to connect on a much more personal level. We create strategic, integrated campaigns which include research, email, social media, display advertising, on-campus events, signage, and sampling. Our client list includes brands such as College Ave, Comcast-Xfinity, Dell, Hewlett-Packard, New York Times, Peacock, Verizon, Wall Street Journal, and Zip. Revenue from these services have high margin rates due to the relatively low incremental cost structure to provide these services.
Merchandising and Supply Chain Management
Our purchasing procedures vary based on type of bookstore (physical or virtual) and by product type (i.e., course materials, general merchandise or trade books).
Course Materials and Trade Books
Purchases are made at the bookstore level with strategic corporate oversight to determine purchase quantities and maintain appropriate inventory levels. After titles are adopted for an upcoming term, we determine how much inventory to purchase based on several factors, including student enrollment and the previous term’s course material sales history. For physical campus bookstores, we use an automated sourcing system to determine if another store has the necessary new or used textbooks on hand and may transfer the inventory to the appropriate store.
9

Index to Form 10-KIndex to FS
The Retail Segment fulfillment order is directed first to our wholesale business before other sources of inventory are utilized. Our wholesale business significantly increases our textbook supply at competitive prices, as well as our ability to liquidate non-returnable inventory. Through this Form 10-K/A under Item 15close inventory management, we consolidate textbook units from multiple Retail Segment stores and other non-traditional wholesale sources into fewer, but larger, store shipments, reducing our shipping expenses and providing for efficiency of Part IV hereof. Because no financial statements have been includedstore handling, which puts our books on the store's shelves faster. Our broad wholesale distribution channel and warehousing systems also drive inventory efficiencies by using real-time information regarding title availability, edition status and market prices, allowing the Retail Segment to optimize its course material sourcing and purchasing processes.
After internal sourcing, the bookstore purchases remaining inventory needs from outside suppliers and publishers. Out of stock inventory is minimized by managing inventory through our Wholesale Segment. For course material sales and rentals, we utilize sophisticated inventory management platforms to manage pricing and inventory across all stores. Our primary suppliers of new textbooks are publishers, including Pearson Education, Cengage Learning, McGraw-Hill Education, Macmillan Learning, and John Wiley & Sons. Both unsold textbooks and trade books are generally returnable to publishers for full credit. We also receive a supply of used textbooks from students, through returns of previously rented and purchased books. We offer a “Cash for Books” program in this amendment and this amendment does not containwhich students can sell their books back to the physical or amend any disclosure with respect to Items 307 and 308 of Regulation S-K, paragraphs 3, 4 and 5virtual bookstore at the end of the certifications have been omitted. We are not including the certifications under Section 906semester, typically in December and May. Students typically receive up to 50% of the Sarbanes-Oxley Actprice they originally paid for the book if it has been adopted for a future class or the current wholesale price if it has not. In Fiscal 2022 and Fiscal 2021, during the COVID-19 pandemic, the impact of 2002 as no financial statementsfewer students on campus and the increase in digital textbook usage, significantly impacted our on-campus buyback programs which supplies Wholesale’s used textbook inventory for future selling periods. As more students continue returning to campus in Fiscal 2023, returns of previously rented textbooks and buybacks of new and used textbooks have increased, but are being filed with this Form 10-K/A.


PART III

ITEM 10. DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

Directors

Background information with respectstill not at pre-COVID-19 levels, mainly attributed to the Company’s directors appears below.

Name

  

Age

  

Director Since

  

Position

Emily C. Chiu*

  37  2018  

Director

Daniel A. DeMatteo*

  72  2015  

Director

David G. Golden*

  62  2015  

Director

Michael P. Huseby

  65  2015  

Chairman of the Board

John R. Ryan*

  75  2015  

Director

Jerry Sue Thornton*

  73  2015  

Director

David A. Wilson*

  79  2015  

Director

Lowell W. Robinson*

  71  2020  

Director

* Independent for purposescontinued growth of the NYSE listing standards.

Emily C. Chiu was electeddigital textbooks and courseware products.

The larger physical bookstores feature an expanded selection of trade books (general reading). Merchants meet with publishers on a regular basis to the Board of Directors in June 2018. Ms. Chiuidentify new titles and trends to support this changing business.
General Merchandise
General merchandise vendors and product selection is a Managing Principal of Strategic Development at Square, Inc. (“Square”), where she oversees innovation for Square’s Cash App, an ecosystem of financial tools for individuals and businesses. Cash App is changing how people manage their moneydriven by providing easy ways to send, spend, invest and store funds. It has been the number one free finance app in the U.S. App Stores over the past two years, and is consistently a top 20 free app, with mainstream adoption amongst over 60 million customers. Ms. Chiuour central merchant organization that is responsible for overseeingcurating the vision, strategy, development,overall product assortment, as well as in partnership with Lids and commercializationFanatics for logo and emblematic general merchandise assortment in-store and online, respectively. Benchmarks are established across school type, region and the demographics of next-generation digitaleach of our schools to allow for store level insights and customization for a product assortment that is unique to address the needs of each school that we serve. Our ability to support and promote our partner schools’ brands strengthens our relationships with the administration, faculty, alumni, fans, parents and students.
Our ability to source school supplies and general merchandise sold in our campus bookstores, including technology-related products and businesses onemblematic clothing is impacted by the Cash App platform. Since she joined Square in July 2017, Ms. Chiu has also led Square’s corporate development strategybroader macro-economic global supply chain.
Customer Engagement and acquisitionMarketing
Campus Community
Our campus relationships and integration activities across Square’s SMB (Seller), direct-to-consumer (Cash App),contractual agreements allow us to seamlessly integrate into the college and developer platform businesses. From July 2015university community. With direct access to July 2017, Ms. Chiu was a Partner and Head of Corporate Development at 500 Startups, LLC, a global startup accelerator and venture capital firm. In this role, Ms. Chiu led venture capital investments in the education technology space and founded 500 Startups’ M&A practice, advising entrepreneurs across a portfolio of over 2,000 startups in 60 countries. Prior to this, Ms. Chiu was a founding team member at UniversityNow, Inc., an education technology startup whose mission is to make higher education affordable and accessibleour customer base through its digital learning platform and accredited universities that offer associate, bachelor’s, and master’s degree programs without student loan debt. From 2011 to 2015, Ms. Chiu served as Vice President of Operations and Strategic Development at UniversityNow, where she built the company’s operations from the ground up and led initiatives that scaled its platform to serve students worldwide, earning recognition from EDUCAUSE and The Bill & Melinda Gates Foundation as a “breakthrough model in college completion”. Previously, Ms. Chiu served as the Head of Operations at TEDx San Francisco, an affiliate of TED devoted to “ideas worth spreading”. Before this, Ms. Chiu was a private equity investor at GI Partners, a global investment firm with over $17 billion in capital under management across private equity and real estate strategies. Ms. Chiu started her career at Goldman Sachs & Co., where she worked on mergers and acquisitions and financing transactions across Goldman’s technology and healthcare investment banking groups. Since March 2016, Ms. Chiu has served on the Board of Governors of the Center for Creative Leadership, a provider of executive education focused on leadership development, and is a member of CCL’s Executive Committee. Ms. Chiu is a graduate of The Wharton School of Business and the College of Arts & Sciences at the University of Pennsylvania, where she was a Wharton Research Scholar and member of The Huntsman Program in International Studies and Business.

Qualifications, Experience, Attributes and Skills. Ms. Chiu has 17 years of experience across the technology, education, and financial services industries. Ms. Chiu’s experience as a technology investment banker at Goldman Sachs included significant work with mergers, acquisitions, and financing transactions. Ms. Chiu’s subsequent experience as a private equity and venture capital investor involved principal investing and advisory roles that spanned company stages and strategies — from control-oriented investments to transform the business models of established companies to early-stage venture investments to scale innovative technology startups. As Head of Corporate Development at 500 Startups, Ms. Chiu advised startups across 60 countries on growth, fundraising, and exit strategies. As an operator in the EdTech space, Ms. Chiu built UniversityNow’s business from the ground up and was responsible for strategic initiatives that scaled its accredited online universities

1


both physical and digital learning platformchannels, we drive awareness, revenue and loyalty for the schools that we serve. We actively market and promote to serveall segments of our customer base for our physical and virtual bookstores, as well as Textbooks.com. We develop fully-integrated marketing programs to drive engagement with the students, worldwide. In her current role at Square, Ms. Chiu is responsible for innovation: conceptualizing, building,parents, alumni and scaling next-generation consumer productsfans to promote all of our product and digital businesses to serve over 60 million customers. Prior to this, Ms. Chiu was responsible for leading mergers and acquisitions strategy, execution, and integration at Square,services, with a focus on drivingacademic course material needs, as well as school spirit, supply, graduation and technology categories. Textbooks.com marketing strategies target an online population of students, lifelong learners, parents and general textbook shoppers through a variety of channels including email, search engine marketing and affiliate marketing.

We have robust research capabilities that keep us ahead of the rapidly changing needs and behaviors of our customers, which allow us to proactively respond with relevant and dynamic solutions. Our Barnes & Noble College Insights® platform, which gives us the ability to reach approximately 7 million active students, parents, and alumni via email, and our on campus activities and opportunities with students and faculty, help to guide and inform our strategies and direction. In addition, we expect to benefit from the F/L Partnership for insights on logo and emblematic merchandise, brand selection and style preferences, as Lids may be able to identify certain retail trends for similar age demographics at their 1,100 Lids retail locations. We believe Lids has its finger on the pulse of the buyer behavior of the 12-20 year old student consumer to identify and act on trends prior to other retailers.
Our customizable technology delivers a seamless experience providing students and faculty with the ability to research, locate and purchase the most affordable course materials. Our platforms include single sign-on (“SSO”), student information system integration, registration integration, learning management system integration, real-time financial aid platform, point of
10

Index to Form 10-KIndex to FS
sale platform and course fee solutions. Through our fully-integrated purchasing process, students can purchase their course materials in-store, online, or when registering for classes.
Faculty and School Administrators
We support faculty and academic leadership with our proprietary online platform which allows for seamless content research, discovery and course material adoption, enabling them to offer course materials that are both relevant and affordable for their students.
Seasonality
Our retail business transformationis highly seasonal, with the major portion of sales and operating profit realized during the second and third fiscal quarters, when college students generally purchase and rent textbooks for the upcoming semesters. Revenue from the rental of physical textbooks is deferred and recognized over the rental period commencing at point of sale. Revenue from the rental of digital textbooks is recognized at time of sale.
Given the growth of BNC First Day programs, the timing of cash collection from our school partners may shift to periods subsequent to when the revenue is recognized. When a school adopts our BNC First Day equitable and inclusive access offerings, cash collection from the school generally occurs after the student drop/add dates, which is later in the working capital cycle, particularly in our third quarter given the timing of the Spring Term and our quarterly reporting period, as compared to direct-to-student point-of-sale transactions where cash is generally collected during the point-of-sale transaction or within a few days from the credit card processor. As a higher percentage of our sales shift to BNC First Day equitable and inclusive access offerings, we are focused on efforts to better align the timing of our cash outflows to course material vendors and schools with cash inflows collected from schools, including modifying payment terms in existing and future school contracts.
WHOLESALE SEGMENT
General
The Wholesale Segment is comprised of the wholesale and virtual retail fulfillment, and support operations of our MBS subsidiary. The Wholesale Segment enables the Company to generate more value from the textbook marketplace through inorganic strategies. Ms. Chiu bringsinventory and procurement synergies. Since our acquisition of MBS in 2017, we have achieved certain operational and cost synergies by our ongoing integration of various activities and functions, such as new business sales, inventory management, customer support, and information technology support, amongst other activities.
We are one of the largest textbook wholesalers in the country, providing a comprehensive selection of new and used textbooks at a lower cost of supply to approximately 3,000 physical bookstores, including our Retail Segment's 774 physical campus bookstores. Our wholesale business also sources and distributes new and used textbooks to our 592 virtual bookstores. Additionally, through our Wholesale Segment, we sell hardware and a software suite of applications that provides inventory management and point-of-sale solutions to approximately 340 college bookstores.
Our Wholesale business provides a competitive advantage for our First Day Complete program, relative to other equitable access programs in the industry, as we are able to source used physical textbooks for our First Day Complete program directly from our Wholesale segment at a lower cost. Additionally, our Wholesale Segment serves as a key consolidation and staging platform of individual student orders, pre-timed shipping for bulk deliveries and store handling and student pick up efficiencies.
Product and Service Offerings
Product and Service offerings include:
Wholesale Textbook Distribution. Our large inventory of used textbooks consists of approximately 264,000 textbook titles in stock, and utilizes a highly automated distribution facility that is capable of processing over 21 million textbooks annually.
Additionally, we are a national distributor for rental textbooks offered through McGraw-Hill Education's consignment rental program (which includes approximately 1,016 titles) and Pearson Education’s consignment rental program (which includes approximately 817 titles). Through our centrally located, advanced distribution center, we offer the seamless integration of these consignment rental programs and centralized administration and distribution to 1,576 stores, including the Retail Segment stores. These consignment rental programs are available to our wholesale customers, including institutionally run and contract managed campus bookstores, as well as our physical and virtual bookstores.
Wholesale Inventory Management, Hardware and POS Software. We sell hardware and a software suite of applications that provides inventory management and point-of-sale solutions to approximately 340 college bookstores. We provide on-site installation for point-of-sale terminals and servers, and offer technical assistance through user training and our support center facility. The cost savings and ease of deployment ensure clients get the most out of their management systems and create strong customer loyalty.
11

Index to Form 10-KIndex to FS
Supply Chain Management
Our Wholesale Segment serves as the hub of BNED’s physical book ecosystem. Our relationships with institutional bookstores, other bookstore operators, book dealers, publishers, and other distributors and wholesalers secures a supply of high demand new and used textbooks, which is critical to the Boardsuccess of Directors relevant industry background,the wholesale business. A primary supplier of used textbooks are students, through the return of previously rented and purchased books to their campus bookstore. Through our proprietary Database Buying Guide, we have access to the best maintained, most accurate, and most complete source of college textbook information available - a key asset that allows us to develop superior supply and demand insights and risk management capabilities. In Fiscal 2022 and Fiscal 2021, during the COVID-19 pandemic, the impact of fewer students on campus significantly impacted our on-campus buyback programs which supply Wholesale’s used textbook inventory for future selling periods. In Fiscal 2023, as more students returned to campus, returns of previously rented textbooks and buyback of new and used textbooks have increased, but still not at pre-COVID-19 levels. Our ability to source new and used textbooks is also impacted by the broader macro-economic global supply chain.
Our broad wholesale distribution channel and warehousing systems also drives inventory efficiencies, allowing us to optimize our textbook sourcing, distribution and liquidation processes for BNC’s retail stores. We leverage our wholesale distribution channel and warehousing systems to optimize our low-cost physical textbook availability for use in our retail programs, including First Day Complete.
Customer Marketing Strategies
We have developed deep relationships with our wholesale customer base as a result of our substantial inventory of used textbooks, a comprehensive catalog of textbooks, and superior service and systems support. We continue to maintain a portfolio of profitable accounts, given the demand for used and new textbooks has historically been greater than the available supply.
Seasonality
Our wholesale business is highly seasonal, as a major portion of quarterly sales and operating experience spanning organicprofit is realized during the first, second and inorganic strategies, expertise inthird fiscal quarters, when textbooks are sold for retail distribution.
COMPETITION
We operate within a competitive and rapidly changing business environment, and each of our lines of business face competition for the products and services they offer. As it relates to our full service campus bookstore operations, Follett Corporation is the primary competitor for institutional contracts. We also compete with other vendors, including eCampus, University Gear, Valore Campus, Textbook Brokers, Texas Book Company, Slingshot, Akademos, and on occasion, Ambassador Educational Solutions for virtual store operations. We also face competition from direct-to-student course material channels, including Amazon, Chegg.com, publishers (e.g., Cengage Learning, Pearson Education and McGraw-Hill Education) that bypass the retail distribution channel by selling directly to students and institutions and other third-party websites and/or local bookstores. We face competition from eTextbook/digital content providers VitalSource Technologies, Inc., and Red Shelf, which offer independent bookstores a catalog of digital content and innovation,distribution services and also have direct-to-student selling channels for digital materials. VitalSource recently acquired Akademos, providing a distribution solution for print materials.
Competitors for institutional contracts for our cafe and convenience general merchandise offerings include Sodexo and Aramark. Our general merchandise business also faces competition from direct-to-student sales from Walmart, Amazon, Dick’s Sporting Goods, Fanatics, Lids, and other third-party online retailers, physical and online office supply stores and local and national retailers that offer college-themed and other general merchandise.
Competitors for our wholesale new and used textbook inventory and distribution include Amazon, Valore Books, and Texas Book Company.
TRENDS AND OTHER BUSINESS CONDITIONS AFFECTING OUR BUSINESS
The market for educational materials continues to undergo significant change. As tuition and other costs rise, colleges and universities face increasing pressure to attract and retain students and provide them with innovative, affordable educational content and tools that support their educational development. Current trends, competition and other factors affecting our business include:
Overall Capital Markets, Economic Environment, College Enrollment and Consumer Spending Patterns. Our business is affected by capital markets, the overall economic environment, funding levels at colleges and universities, by changes in enrollments at colleges and universities, and spending on course materials and general merchandise
Capital Market Trends: We may require additional capital in the future to sustain or grow our business, including implementation of our strategic initiatives. The future availability of financing will depend on a variety of factors, such as economic and market conditions, and the availability of credit. These factors have and could continue to materially
12

Index to Form 10-KIndex to FS
adversely affect our costs of borrowing, and our financial position and results of operations would be adversely impacted. Volatility in global financial markets may also limit our ability to access the capital markets at a time when we would like, or need, to raise capital, which could have an impact on our ability to react to changing economic and business conditions.
Economic Environment: Retail general merchandise sales are subject to short-term fluctuations driven by the broader retail environment and other economic factors, such as interest rate fluctuations and inflationary considerations. Broader macro-economic global supply chain issues could impact our ability to source textbooks, school supplies and general merchandise sold in our campus bookstores, including technology-related products and emblematic clothing. Union and labor market issues may also impact our ability to provide services and products to our customers. A significant reduction in U.S. economic activity could lead to decreased consumer spending.
Enrollment Trends: The growth of our business depends on our ability to attract new customers and to increase the level of engagement by our current customers. We continue to see downward enrollment trends. Enrollment trends, specifically at community colleges, generally correlate with changes in the economy and unemployment factors, e.g., low unemployment tends to lead to low enrollment and higher unemployment rates tend to lead to higher enrollment trends, as students generally enroll to obtain skills that are in demand in the workforce. Additionally, enrollment trends are impacted by the dip in the United States birth rate resulting in fewer students at the traditional 18-24 year-old college age. Online degree program enrollments continue to grow, even in the face of declining overall higher education enrollment.
Increased Use of Open Educational Resources ("OER"), Online and Digital Platforms as Companions or Alternatives to Traditional Course Materials, Including Artificial Intelligence ("AI") Technologies. Students and faculty can now choose from a wider variety of educational content and tools than ever before, delivered across both print and digital platforms.
Increasing Costs Associated with Defending Against Security Breaches and Other Data Loss, Including Cyber-Attacks. We are increasingly dependent upon information technology systems, infrastructure and data. Cyber-attacks are increasing in their frequency, sophistication and intensity, and have become increasingly difficult to detect. We continue to invest in data protection, including insurance, and information technology to prevent or minimize these risks and, to date, we have not experienced any material service interruptions and are not aware of any material breaches.
Distribution Network Evolving. The way course materials are distributed and consumed is changing significantly, a trend that is expected to continue. The market for course materials, including textbooks and supplemental materials, is intensely competitive and subject to rapid change.
Disintermediation. We are experiencing growing competition from alternative media and alternative sources of textbooks and other course materials. In addition to the official physical or virtual campus bookstore, course materials are also sold through off-campus bookstores, e-commerce outlets, digital platform companies, publishers, including Cengage, Pearson and McGraw Hill, bypassing the bookstore distribution channel by selling or renting directly to students and educational institutions, including student-to-student transactions over the Internet, and multi-title subscription access.
Supply Chain and Inventory. Since the demand for used textbooks has historically been greater than the available supply, our financial results are highly dependent upon Wholesale’s ability to build its textbook inventory from suppliers in advance of the selling season. In Fiscal 2021 and Fiscal 2022, during the COVID-19 pandemic, the impact of fewer students on campus, and the resulting increase in transition to digital materials, has significantly impacted our on-campus buyback programs which supplies Wholesale’s used textbook inventory for future selling periods. Some textbook publishers have begun to supply textbooks pursuant to consignment or rental programs which could impact used textbook supplies in the future. Additionally, Wholesale is a national distributor for rental textbooks offered through McGraw-Hill Education's and Pearson Education’s consignment rental program. The broader macro-economic global supply chain issues may also impact our ability to source school supplies and general merchandise sold in our campus bookstores, including technology-related products and emblematic clothing.
Price Competition. In addition to the competition in the services we provide to our customers, our textbook and other course materials business faces significant price competition. Students purchase textbooks and other course materials from multiple providers, are highly price sensitive, and can easily shift spending from one provider or format to another.
First Day Complete and First Day Models. Offering course materials sales through our equitable and inclusive access First Day Complete and First Day models is a key, and increasingly important, strategic initiative of ours to meet the market demands of substantially reduced pricing to students. Our First Day Complete and First Day programs contribute to improved student outcomes, while increasing our market share, revenue and relative gross profits of course materials sales given the higher volumes of units sold in such models as compared to historical sales models
13

Index to Form 10-KIndex to FS
that rely on individual student marketing and sales. These programs have allowed us to reverse historical long-term trends in course materials revenue declines, which have been observed at those schools where such programs have been adopted. We are moving quickly and decisively to accelerate our First Day Complete strategy. While we plan to move many institutions to First Day Complete in Fiscal 2024, and the majority of our schools by Fiscal 2025, we cannot guarantee that we will be able to achieve these plans within these timeframes or at all.
A Large Number of Traditional Campus Bookstores Have Yet to be Outsourced.
Outsourcing Trends. We continue to see the trend towards outsourcing in the campus bookstore market and also continue to see a variety of business models being pursued for the provision of course materials (such as equitable and inclusive access programs and publisher subscription models) and general merchandise.
New and Existing Bookstore Contracts. We expect awards of new accounts resulting in new physical and virtual store openings will continue to be an important driver of future growth in our business. We also expect that certain less profitable or non-essential bookstores we operate may close. The scope of any such store closures remains uncertain, although we are not aware, at this time, of any significant volume of stores which we operate that are likely to close or have informed us of upcoming closures.
Impact of the COVID-19 Pandemic: Although most academic institutions have since reopened after the COVID-19 pandemic, the lingering impacts of the pandemic have resulted in changes in customer behaviors, lower enrollments, and an evolving educational landscape. Some institutions are still providing alternatives to traditional in-person instruction, including online and hybrid learning options and significantly reduced classroom sizes. The impact of COVID-19 store closings during Fiscal 2021 to Fiscal 2022 resulted in the loss of cash flow and increased borrowings that we would not otherwise have expected to incur.
GOVERNMENT LAWS AND REGULATIONS
We are subject to a number of laws and regulations that affect companies conducting business on the Internet and in the education industry, many of which are still evolving and could be interpreted in ways that could harm our business. For example, we often cannot be certain how existing laws and regulations, or new laws and regulations, will apply in the e-commerce and online context, including, but not limited to such topics as privacy, antitrust, credit card fraud, advertising, taxation, sweepstakes, promotions, content regulation, financial aid, scholarships, student matriculation and recruitment, quality of products and services and intellectual property ownership and infringement.
Numerous laws and regulatory schemes have been adopted at the national and state level in the United States, and in some cases internationally, that have a direct impact on our business and operations. For example:
The Controlling and Assault of Non-Solicited Pornography and Marketing Act of 2003 (“CAN-SPAM Act”) and similar laws adopted by most U.S. states, which pertain directly or indirectly to commercial email, regulate unsolicited commercial emails, create criminal penalties for emails containing fraudulent headers and control other abusive online marketing practices. Similarly, the U.S. Federal Trade Commission (“FTC”) has guidelines that impose responsibilities on us with respect to communications with consumers and impose fines and liability for failure to comply with rules with respect to advertising or marketing practices they may deem misleading or deceptive.
The Telephone Consumer Protection Act of 1991 (“TCPA”) restricts telemarketing and the use of automated telephone equipment. The TCPA limits the use of automatic dialing systems, artificial or prerecorded voice messages, SMS text messages and fax machines. It also applies to unsolicited text messages advertising the commercial availability of goods or services. Additionally, a number of states have enacted statutes that address telemarketing. For example, some states, such as California, Illinois and New York, have created do-not-call lists. Other states, such as Oregon and Washington, have enacted “no rebuttal statutes” that require the telemarketer to end the call when the consumer indicates that he or she is not interested in the product being sold. Restrictions on telephone marketing, including calls and text messages, are enforced by the FTC, the Federal Communications Commission, states and through the availability of statutory damages and class action lawsuits for violations of the TCPA. 
The Restore Online Shopper Confidence Act (“ROSCA”), and similar state laws, impose requirements and restrictions on online services that automatically charge payment cards on a periodic basis to renew a subscription service, if the consumer does not cancel the service.
Laws and regulations related to the Program Participation Agreement of the U.S. Department of Education, which define the terms and conditions that an institution must meet to begin and continue participation in the Title IV federal student aid programs, and other similar laws regulate the recruitment of students to colleges and other institutions of higher learning.
14

Index to Form 10-KIndex to FS
The Digital Millennium Copyright Act (“DMCA”) provides relief for claims of circumvention of copyright protected technologies and includes a safe harbor intended to reduce the liability of online service providers for hosting, listing or linking to third-party content that infringes copyrights of others.
The Communications Decency Act provides that online service providers will not be considered the publisher or speaker of content provided by others, such as individuals who post content on an online service provider’s website.
The Company is subject to certain laws relating to the collection, use, retention, security and transfer of personal information. In many cases, these laws and regulations apply to not only third-party transactions, but also may impact transfers of personal information among the company and its affiliates. Nine U.S. states have enacted comprehensive consumer privacy laws as of June 1, 2023.
The California Consumer Privacy Act (“CCPA”) became effective on January 1, 2020, with enforcement commencing on July 1, 2020. CCPA, as amended, provides California consumers the right to know what personal data companies collect, how it is used, and the right to access, delete and opt out of sale of their personal information to third parties. It also expands the definition of personal information and gives consumers increased privacy rights and protections for that information. The California Privacy Rights Act (“CPRA”) took effect on December 16, 2020, and became fully operative on January 1, 2023. CPRA amends and adds to CCPA by strengthening rights of California consumers, further restricting business use of consumer personal information, and establishing a new government agency for enforcement.
The Virginia Consumer Data Protection Act (“VCDPA”), similar in scope to CCPA, went into effect on January 1, 2023. VCDPA is the second U.S. state-level consumer privacy law after CCPA, but unlike California, will not apply to employees and business contacts, nor provide for a private right of action. VCDPA also defines the “sale” of personal information narrowly, including only exchanges for monetary consideration.
Colorado is the third state to enact a comprehensive data privacy statute, the Colorado Privacy Act (“CPA”). CPA takes effect on July 1, 2023. Although similar in scope to VCDPA, CPA defines “sale” of personal information in the same manner as CCPA, which includes any exchange for monetary or any other valuable consideration. The Connecticut Data Privacy Act (“CTDPA”) also takes effect on July 1, 2023.CTDPA protects a Connecticut consumer acting in an individual or household context, but does not protect an individual acting in an employment context.
The Utah Consumer Privacy Act, which adopts the VCDPA’s definition of “sale” of personal information. goes into effect on December 31, 2023. On March 29, 2023, Iowa became the sixth state to pass a comprehensive consumer privacy law, joining Utah, Connecticut, Colorado, Virginia and California. The Iowa Consumer Data Protection Act will go into effect on January 1, 2025. On May 1, 2023, Indiana became the seventh state to pass similar data privacy legislation, the Indiana Data Privacy Law, which will become effective January 1, 2026. The Tennessee Information Protection Act, enacted on May 11, 2023, will go into effect on July 1, 2024. On May 19, 2023, Montana became the ninth state to enact a comprehensive consumer privacy law, the Montana Consumer Data Privacy Act, which goes into effect October 1, 2024.
HUMAN CAPITAL
Overview
As of April 29, 2023, we had approximately 4,250 domestic employees, of which approximately 2,650 were full-time and the remaining were regularly scheduled part-time employees, and approximately 370 full-time international employees. In addition, we employed approximately 7,600 temporary and seasonal domestic employees during peak periods during Fiscal 2023. Of our approximate 3,030 full-time employees, 2,450 work in our Retail Segment, 270 work in our Wholesale Segment, 290 worked in our Digital Student Solutions Segment (which was sold in May 2023) and 20 work in corporate support functions. Our employees are not represented by unions, except for 10 employees. We believe that our relationship with our employees is good.
Personnel recruitment and training
We believe our continued success is dependent in part on our ability to attract, retain and motivate quality employees. Our success depends on our ability to promote and recruit qualified corporate personnel, regional and store managers and full-time and part-time store employees. Regional managers are primarily responsible for recruiting new store managers, while store managers are responsible for the hiring and training of store employees. Many of our part-time retail store employees are students attending the colleges and universities we serve. To attract and retain motivated and talented people, we look for opportunities to promote from within the Company.
We invest in our employees through structured training programs that offer all employees opportunities for development. We create, manage, or offer a large collection of courses for employees that cover a range of subjects such as goal setting, how to be an effective leader, situational leadership, and effective communication.
15

Index to Form 10-KIndex to FS
Compensation and benefits
We are committed to providing competitive pay and benefits to our employees. Corporate and store management, including store directors, regional managers and store managers, are compensated with base pay plus annual bonuses based on performance. We also offer equity awards to employees in several levels of management. Non-management employees are compensated on an hourly basis in addition to periodic contests and rewards. Many of our employees participate in one of our various incentive programs, which provide the opportunity to receive additional compensation based upon department or Company performance.
We also provide our eligible employees the opportunity to participate in a 401(k)-retirement savings plan which includes a 100% Company match of the employee’s elective contributions up to 4% of eligible compensation. We offer a competitive benefits package for eligible employees and an employee discount on merchandise purchased from our stores. Commencing in September 2023, we revised the 401(k)-retirement savings plan to an annual end of fiscal year discretionary match, in lieu of the current pay period match.
We also offer an employee assistance program that provides employees and their family members immediate support and guidance, including access to free short-term licensed counseling services, as well as assessments and referrals for further services. Employees have 24-hour access by phone and through an in-depth understandinginteractive website to find information and resources for hundreds of everyday work and life issues, search for clinicians, submit online service requests and participate in interactive, customizable self-improvement programs.
Inclusion and Diversity
We are focused on creating an inclusive culture and a diverse employee base to better serve our diverse customer base. We provide programming to our employees on inclusion and diversity topics. Approximately, 59% of our full-time and part-time domestic employees identify as women and approximately 43% identify as ethnically diverse.
We have required all employees to complete training aimed at preventing harassment and discrimination and will be adding training in Fiscal 2024 regarding inclusion and diversity and unconscious bias. We have also created a D&I taskforce and engaged an outside consultant to evaluate current practices and impressions and assist us in educating employees on aspects of diversity and inclusion about which they may not have been aware.
Safety
Employee safety is a top priority. We have developed policies to ensure the impactsafety of technologyeach employee and digital transformation on business models.

Daniel A. DeMatteo was electedcompliance with Occupational Safety and Health Administration (“OSHA”) standards. In response to the COVID-19 pandemic, we implemented measures to protect our employees and our customers consistent with OSHA standards and Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (“CDC”) guidelines such as temporary store closures, increased sanitization efforts at our stores, distribution centers and headquarters offices, limiting travel, physical distancing, adopting a director in August 2015. Mr. DeMatteo servedmask policy for all customers and employees, and remote work arrangements for the majority of non-retail employees.


INFORMATION ABOUT OUR EXECUTIVE OFFICERS
The following sets forth information regarding our executive officers, including their positions (ages as Gamestop Corp.’s Director and Executive Chairman fromof June 2010 to June 2020, and previously held other roles with Gamestop, including28, 2023):
NameAgePosition
Michael P. Huseby68Chief Executive Officer and Director
Michael C. Miller51Executive Vice President, Corporate Development & Affairs, Chief Legal Officer, and Secretary
Jonathan Shar54Executive Vice President, BNED Retail and President, Barnes & Noble College Booksellers, LLC
Seema C. Paul59Senior Vice President, Chief Accounting Officer
Michael P. Huseby, age 68, serves as our Chief Executive Officer from August 2008 to June 2010, Vice Chairman and Chief Operating Officer from March 2005 to August 2008, and President and Chief Operating Officer of Gamestop or its predecessor companies since November 1996. Mr. DeMatteo has served as an executive officer in the video game industry since 1988.

Qualifications, Experience, Attributes and Skills. Mr. DeMatteo brings to the Board of Directors over 25 years of experience as an executive officer, including 19 years of experience growing Gamestop and its predecessor companies into the world’s largest multichannel video game retailer. As one of the founders of Gamestop, Mr. DeMatteo has demonstrated a record of leadership, innovation and achievement. With his experience in the roles of Executive Chairman, Vice Chairman, Chief Executive Officer, President and Chief Operating Officer, Mr. DeMatteo provides the Board of Directors a unique and valuable perspective on corporate operations, strategy and business, including his perspective on the formula for success that has brought Gamestop to its current industry-leading position. The Board of Directors also benefits from Mr. DeMatteo’s entrepreneurial spirit and his extensive network of contacts and relationships within the retail industry.

David G. Golden was elected as a director in August 2015. Mr. Golden served as a director of Barnes & Noble, Inc. (“Barnes & Noble”) from October 2010 until the Company’s separation from Barnes & Noble in August 2015 (the “Spin Off”). Mr. Golden has been a Managing Partner at Revolution Ventures, an early-stage venture affiliate of Revolution LLC, since January 2013. From March 2006 until December 2011, Mr. Golden was a Partner, Executive Vice President and Strategic Advisor at Revolution LLC, a private investment company. Mr. Golden also served as Executive Chairman of Code Advisors, a private merchant bank focused on the intersections of technology and media from its founding in 2010 through 2012. Previously, Mr. Golden served in various senior positions over an 18-year period, including as Vice Chairman and Global Director of the Technology, Media and Telecom investment banking group, at JPMorgan Chase & Co. (“JPMorgan”), a financial services firm, and a predecessor company, Hambrecht & Quist, Inc. (“Hambrecht & Quist”). Prior to that, Mr. Golden worked as a corporate attorney at Davis Polk & Wardwell LLP. Mr. Golden has previously served as a member of the Board of Directors of Blackbaud, Inc. and Everyday Health, where he also served on their respective Audit Committees. Mr. Golden also is a member of the Advisory Board for Partners for Growth LLC, a venture lending firm, and he is a director of several private companies. He is a graduate of Harvard College and Harvard Law School, where he was an editor of The Harvard Law Review.

Qualifications, Experience, Attributes and Skills. Mr. Golden has over 20 years of technology and finance experience as an investment banker specializing in the technology sector at JPMorgan, Hambrecht & Quist, and more recently as a managing partner and executive of Revolution Ventures and Executive Chairman of Code Advisors LLC. Mr. Golden’s technology experience also includes his service as a director and Advisory Board of Directors member of several technology companies including Blackbaud, Inc., a global provider of software services specifically designed for nonprofit organizations. Mr. Golden’s finance experience at Hambrecht & Quist and JPMorgan included significant work with mergers, capital markets and principal investing, and he has participated as lead merger advisor, equity underwriter or investor on over 150 transactions. Given this experience, Mr. Golden brings to the Board of Directors substantial knowledge of the technology sector and meaningful insight into the financial, strategic and capital-related issues technology companies face.

Michael P. Huseby serves as the Chairman of the Board of Directors and Chief Executive Officer.Directors. He was a member of the Board of Directors of Barnes & Noble from January 2014 and served as the Chief Executive Officer of Barnes & Noble until the complete legal and structural separation of the Company from Barnes & Noble on August 2, 2015. HeMr. Huseby was elected to the Board of Directors of the Company and was appointed Executive Chairman effective August 2, 2015. Effective on September 19, 2017, Mr. Huseby became Chief Executive Officer of the Company in addition to his role as Chairman of the Board of Directors. Mr. Huseby served as Chairman of the Board of Directors of the Company from August 2, 2015 to June 25, 2022. Previously, Mr. Huseby was appointed President of Barnes & Noble in July 2013, and Chief Financial Officer of Barnes & Noble in March 2012. From 2004 to 2011, Mr. Huseby served as Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of Cablevision Systems Corporation, a leading telecommunications and media company, which was acquired by the Altice Group in June 2016. He served on the Cablevision Systems Corporation Board of Directors in 2000 and 2001. Prior to

16

Index to Form 10-KIndex to FS
joining Cablevision, Mr. Huseby served as Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of Charter Communications, Inc., a large cable operator in the United States. Mr. Huseby served on the Board of Directors of Charter Communications from May 2013 through May 2016. Mr. Huseby served as Executive Vice President, Finance and Administration, of AT&T Broadband, a leading provider of cable television services from 1999 to 2002, when it was sold to Comcast Corporation. In addition, Mr. Huseby spent over 20 years at Arthur Andersen, LLP and Andersen Worldwide, S.C., where he held the position of Global Equity Partner serving a myriad of clients, including a number of large publicly-traded companies. Mr. Huseby served on the Board of Directors of CommerceHub, Inc., a cloud based cloud-based e-commerce fulfillment and marketing software platform company previously listed on Nasdaq, from July 2016 until May 2018 with his tenure ending upon the consummation of the sale of CommerceHub to financial sponsors. While on the Board of CommerceHub, Mr. Huseby served as chair of the Audit Committee and as a member of the Compensation Committee.

Qualifications, Experience, Attributes

Michael C. Miller, age 51, serves as our Executive Vice President, Corporate Development & Affairs, Chief Legal Officer, and Skills. Corporate Secretary. Previously, Mr. Huseby has more than 30 years of financial and executive experience, havingMiller served as a senior executiveExecutive Vice President, Corporate Strategy and General Counsel. Mr. Miller joined Barnes & Noble Education in April 2017. Before joining the Company, he served as Executive Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary of Monster Worldwide, Inc. from December 2008 through December 2016, as Vice President and Deputy General Counsel from July 2008 to December 2008, and as Vice President and Associate General Counsel from October 2007 to July 2008. Prior to Monster, Mr. Miller was Senior Counsel for Motorola, Inc. from February 2007 to September 2007. From June 2002 to January 2007, he served in various capacities as Senior Corporate Counsel for Symbol Technologies, Inc. Prior to joining Symbol, Mr. Miller was associated with both Sullivan & Cromwell, LLP and Winthrop, Stimson, Putnam & Roberts in New York.
Jonathan Shar, age 54, has served as our Executive Vice President, BNED Retail and President, Barnes & Noble College Booksellers, LLC since October 2021. Prior to that, he served as Executive Vice President, Retail. Mr. Shar has overall responsibility for the growth and profitability of the Company’s Retail segment, including the development and implementation of client-focused solutions that deliver innovation and increased value to the higher education marketplace; and providing strategic direction and operational leadership across the Company’s physical campus bookstores and e-commerce sites nationwide. Mr. Shar also leads strategy and execution for merchandising, marketing, and business development, serving the higher education and K-12 markets. Previously, Mr. Shar served as Senior Vice President, Revenue and Product Development for the Company. Prior to joining BNED in 2018, Mr. Shar was Chief Marketing Officer at Akademos, Inc., an e-commerce and digital marketing company that provides online bookstore services, from 2014 to 2018. He previously was the General Manager of NOOK Digital Content at Barnes & Noble, Cablevision Systems CorporationInc. where he oversaw business development, product development and AT&T Broadband. Mr. Huseby’s experience also includes

2


marketing for the Global NOOK Newsstand, NOOK Video and NOOK Apps digital businesses. Prior to his service as a director and audit committee member of Charter Communications and CommerceHub, Inc., and as a member of Cablevision Systems Corporation’s Board of Directors. This experience allows Mr. Huseby to bring to the Board of Directors substantial knowledge and a wide range and depth of insights in technology, retail, financial, business and matters unique to publicly-traded companies.

John R. Ryan was elected to the Board of Directors in July 2015 and currently serves as the Lead Independent Director. Vice Admiral Ryannearly five years with NOOK, he served as directorSenior Vice President and General Manager at CNNMoney, responsible for the CNNMoney website and mobile franchise. Prior to that, he was Vice President of Barnes & NobleConsumer Marketing at Sports Illustrated Group and Director of Consumer Marketing for FORTUNE Magazine Group.

Seema C. Paul, age 59, has served as our Senior Vice President, Chief Accounting Officer since July 2015. In this role she manages the external reporting, technical accounting, and corporate accounting functions of the Company. Prior to joining the Company, Ms. Paul held positions of increasing responsibility at Covanta Holding Corporation, including Corporate Controller from July 2014 until the Spin-Off. Vice Admiral Ryan joined the Center for Creative Leadership’s Board of Directors of Governors in 2002to July 2015, Senior Director-External Reporting & Technical Accounting from June 2013 to July 2014, Director-External Reporting from January 2011 to May 2013 and Manager-External Reporting from August 2005 to December 2010. Ms. Paul is a Certified Public Accountant and has served as its Presidentheld various senior financial roles with several large companies, including Net2Phone, Sybase, Inc. and Chief Executive Officer since 2007. From 2005Liberty Mutual Insurance Company.
17

Index to 2007, he served as Chancellor of the State University of New York. Previously, Vice Admiral Ryan served as President of the State University of New York Maritime College from 2002Form 10-KIndex to 2005, Interim President of the State University of New York at Albany from 2004 to 2005FS
Item 1A. RISK FACTORS
The risks and Superintendent of the United States Naval Academy, Annapolis, Maryland from 1998 to 2002. Vice Admiral Ryan served in the United States Navy from 1967 until his retirement in 2002, including as Commander of the Fleet Air Mediterranean from 1995 to 1998, Commander of the Patrol Wings for the United States Pacific Fleet from 1993 to 1995 and Director of Logistics for the US Command from 1991 to 1993. Vice Admiral Ryan is also the lead director of CIT Group, Inc.

Qualifications, Experience, Attributes and Skills. Vice Admiral Ryan has a total of more than 35 years in military service, more than 10 years as a leader at major universities, and over a decade of executive and Board of Directors-level experience, including his service as lead director of CIT Group. Vice Admiral Ryan has substantial experience serving on public company Board of Directors undergoing multiple strategic transactions, such as separations, including serving as a director of Cablevision during its 2010 spinoff of Madison Square Garden, L.P., its 2011 spinoff of AMC Networks, Inc., and its 2013 sales of Clearview Cinemas and Optimum West to Bow Tie Cinemas and Charter Communications, respectively. Vice Admiral Ryan has also gained experience through the acquisition of Cablevision Systems Corporation by the Altice Group in June 2016, and was one of two independent directors on the Special Committee of the Board of Directors involved in the acquisition of MBS Textbook Exchange, LLC. This experience allows Vice Admiral Ryan to bring to the Board of Directors leadership and expertise in managing large complex organizations, and in particular the environment in which the Company operates.

Jerry Sue Thornton was elected as a director in August 2015. Dr. Thornton currently serves as Chief Executive Officer of Dream Catcher Educational Consulting, a consulting firm that provides coaching and professional development for newly selected college and university presidents. She previously served as President of Cuyahoga Community College from 1992 to 2013 (for which she is now President Emeritus). Prior to serving in that role, she was President of Lakewood College in Minnesota from 1985 to 1991. Dr. Thornton also serves as a director of JobsOhio, the economic development agency for the State of Ohio. She served as a director of Applied Industrial Technologies, Inc. from 1995 until she retired in 2019, American Greetings Corporation from 2000 until it became a private corporation in 2013, and also previously served on the board of American Greetings Corporation, American Family Insurance, FirstEnergy Corporation, National City Corporation, OfficeMax and RPM International Inc.

Qualifications, Experience, Attributes and Skills. Dr. Thornton has extensive executive leadership and management experience in higher education as well as public corporate Board of Directors experience. She served on the Board of Directors of National City Corporation (banking) and American Family Insurance,uncertainties set forth below, as well as other public companies where she servedrisks and uncertainties described elsewhere in thisAnnualReport on numerous key Board of Directors committees. Dr. Thornton also served as one of two independent directors on the Special Committee of the Board of Directors involved in the acquisition of MBS Textbook Exchange, LLC. She is a recognized leader in the Northeast Ohio community and the State of Ohio. She has over 40 years of higher education work experience with 32 years in leadership positions. Dr. Thornton brings to the Board of Directors broad leadership and business skills, together with her extensive Board of Directors service for public companies and community organizations.

David A. Wilson was elected to the Board of Directors in July 2015. Dr. Wilson served as a director of Barnes & Noble from October 2010 until the Spin-Off. From 1995 to December 2013, Dr. Wilson served as President and Chief Executive Officer of the Graduate Management Admission Council, a not-for-profit education association dedicated to creating access to graduate management and professional education that provides the Graduate Management Admission Test (GMAT). In 1995, as CEO of the GMAT, Dr. Wilson took the paper and pencil test to a computer delivered test worldwide and was the first person to do so. From 2009 to 2010, Dr. Wilson was a director of Terra Industries Inc., a producer and marketer of nitrogen products, where he was a member of the audit committee. From 2002 to 2007, Dr. Wilson was a director of Laureate Education, Inc. (formerly Sylvan Learning Systems, Inc.), an operator of an international network of licensed campus-based and online universities and higher education institutions, where he was chairman of the audit committee beginning in 2003. From 1978 to 1994, Dr. Wilson was employed by Ernst & Young LLP (and its predecessor, Arthur Young & Company), serving as an Audit Principal through 1981, as an Audit Partner from 1981 to 1983 and thereafter in various capacities including Managing Partner, National Director of Professional Development, Chairman of Ernst & Young’s International Professional Development Committee and as a director of the Ernst & Young Foundation. From 1968 to 1978, Dr. Wilson served as a faculty member at Queen’s University (1968-1970), the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign (1970-1972), the University of Texas (1972-1978), where he was awarded tenure, and Harvard Business School (1976-1977). Dr. Wilson is also on the Board of Directors of CoreSite Realty Corporation, a publicly-traded real estate investment trust, and serves as lead director and as a member of the audit committee and the compensation committee. In November 2015, he was elected as Trustee of Johnson & Wales University, a not-for-profit institution, and serves as chair of its audit committee and as a member of its finance and budget committee. Dr. Wilson is a National Association of Corporate Directors (NACD) Governance Leadership Fellow (the highest award they give) and received the CERT Certificate in Cybersecurity Oversight awarded by the Software Engineering Institute of Carnegie Mellon University. He was also a 2015 honoree of the NACD Directorship 100 award in recognition of exemplary board leadership.

Qualifications, Experience, Attributes and Skills. Dr. Wilson has a total of more than 30 years of executive and Board of Directors-level experience, including serving on the Board of Directors of Terra Industries Inc. and Laureate Education, Inc. while those companies were

3


involved in multiple strategic transactions, as well as serving as President and Chief Executive Officer of the Graduate Management Admission Council. Dr. Wilson also has more than 16 years of financial and accounting expertise, including as an Audit Partner at Ernst & Young LLP (and its predecessor, Arthur Young & Company). This experience allows Dr. Wilson to bring to the Board of Directors substantial financial and accounting knowledge and valuable insights.

Lowell W. Robinson was elected to the Board of Directors in July 2020 in connection with the Cooperation Agreement (as defined herein) with Outerbridge (as defined herein). From 2006 to 2009 Mr. Robinson was chief financial officer and chief operating officer of MIVA, a digital marketing company. He was on the board of Edison Schools from 2002 to 2004, where he chaired the Audit Committee and was lead director; while on the board of Edison Schools, he was interim CFO for NYU Polytechnic, where he architected a highly successful turnaround. From 2000 to 2002, he served as senior vice president and chief financial officer of HotJobs, which was acquired by Yahoo Inc. Mr. Robinson currently serves on the board of Medley Capital Corporation, a closed-end, externally managed business development company (“BDC”) that trades on the New York Stock Exchange and Starboard Value Acquisition Corp., which is expected to be listed on The NASDAQ Stock Market LLC in September 2020. Mr. Robinson has also served on the board of each of the University of Wisconsin Business School, the Council for Economic Education, the University of Wisconsin Economics Department, the Harvard Business School Club of New York, and the New York Academy of Sciences. Mr. Robinson received his Bachelor of Arts degree in Economics from the University of Wisconsin—Madison and a Master of Business Administration from Harvard Business School.

Qualifications, Experience, Attributes and Skills. Mr. Robinson has significant public company board experience, Form10-Kincluding in the education, digital, and retail sectors. He brings to the Board of Directors his skills as an experienced digital, education, consumer marketing, turnaround and M&A executive.

Cooperation Agreement with Outerbridge Capital Management, LLC

As reported on the Form 8-K filed by the Company on July 21, 2020, on July 20, 2020, we entered into a Cooperation Agreement (the “Cooperation Agreement”) with Outerbridge Capital Management, LLC and certain of its affiliates signatory thereto (collectively, “Outerbridge”).

Pursuant to the Cooperation Agreement, and concurrently with the execution of the Cooperation Agreement, the Company (i) increased the size of the Board from seven directors to eight directors such that there would be one vacancy on the Board and (ii) appointed Mr. Lowell W. Robinson as a director of the Company to serve for a term expiring at the Annual Meeting. The Company also agreed to nominate for election to the Board at the Annual Meeting each of Mr. Robinson and, subject to the satisfactory completion of a customary vetting process, Mr. Zachary Levenick. In addition, the Cooperation Agreement provides for customary director replacement rights during the standstill period described below, provided that Outerbridge maintains beneficial ownership of at least 5.0% of the Company’s then outstanding common stock.

Pursuant to the Cooperation Agreement, and concurrently with the execution of the Cooperation Agreement, Outerbridge irrevocably withdrew its Notice of Stockholder Nomination dated June 26, 2020, and any related materials or notices submitted to the Company in connection therewith.

The Cooperation Agreement also includes, among other provisions, certain standstill commitments by Outerbridge, including but not limited to restrictions on Outerbridge’s ability to (i) engage in any solicitation of proxies or consents, (ii) encourage any person to submit nominees in furtherance of a contested solicitation for the election or removal of directors, (iii) submit any proposal for consideration by stockholders of the Company at any annual or special meeting of stockholders or (iv) acquire voting securities of the Company above certain thresholds. These restrictions apply during a standstill period that will terminate on the date that is five days prior to the last date pursuant to which stockholder nominations for director elections are permitted pursuant to the Company’s bylaws with respect to the Company’s 2021 annual meeting of stockholders.

The Cooperation Agreement also provides that Outerbridge will vote (i) for all directors nominated by the Board for election at any annual or special meeting during the standstill period and (ii) in accordance with the recommendation of the Board on any other proposals or other business (other than certain extraordinary transactions) that comes before any annual or special meeting during the standstill period.

Audit Committee Financial Experts

The Board has an Audit Committee. The responsibilities of the Audit Committee include, among other duties:

overseeing the quality and integrity of our consolidated financial statements accounting practices and financial information we provide to the Securitiesrelated notes and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) or the public;

reviewing our annual and interim financial statements, the report of our independent registered public accounting firm on our annual financial statements, Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting and the disclosures under Management’s“Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations;

selectingOperations” or in other filings by BNED with the SEC, could adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and appointingthe trading price of our common stock. Additional risks and uncertainties that are not currently known to us or that are not currently believed by us to be material may also harm our business operations and financial results. Because of the following risks and uncertainties, as well as other factors affecting our financial condition and operating results, past financial performance should not be considered to be a reliable indicator of future performance, and investors should not use historical trends to anticipate results or trends in future periods.

Risks Relating to Our Business and Industry
We are dependent upon access to the capital markets, bank credit facilities, and short-term vendor financing for liquidity needs.
We must have sufficient sources of liquidity to fund working capital requirements. The combination of cash-on-hand, cash flow received from operations, funds available under our credit agreements and short-term vendor financing must be sufficient to meet our normal working capital and debt service requirements for at least the next twelve months. If these sources of liquidity do not satisfy our requirements, we may not operate as a going concern and will need to seek additional financing. In addition, we may require additional capital in the future to sustain or grow our business, including implementation of our strategic initiatives. The future availability of financing will depend on a variety of factors, such as economic and market conditions, and the availability of credit. Additional financing may not be available to us on favorable terms when required or at all. Failure to secure adequate financing when required could lead to going concern issues, the consequences of which would have a severe negative impact upon our business. These factors could also materially adversely affect our costs of borrowing, and our financial position and results of operations would be adversely impacted. Volatility in global financial markets may also limit our ability to access the capital markets at a time when we would like, or need, to raise capital, which could have an impact on our ability to react to changing economic and business conditions. Accordingly, if the economy worsens, our business, results of operations and financial condition could be materially and adversely affected. If we raise additional funds through the issuance of equity, equity-linked, or debt securities, those securities may have rights, preferences or privileges senior to the rights of our common stock, and our stockholders may experience substantial dilution. There can be no assurances that such financing can or will be obtained at any time in the future if needed.
In addition, as noted above, our liquidity is dependent in part on the availability of funds under our credit agreements. If we are not able to comply with the covenants under our credit agreements, we may need to seek consents, waivers and/or amendments to our credit agreements from our lenders to avoid an event of default thereunder. Although we have been successful in negotiating consents, waivers and /or amendments to our credit agreements, we may be unsuccessful in negotiating any further consents, waivers and/or amendments to any such agreements as we may deem necessary. Further, the terms of any such consents, waivers and /or amendments may be less favorable than the current terms of our credit agreements or may impose additional restrictions on the operations of our business. Under such circumstances, our business and liquidity could be materially and adversely affected. See Part II - Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data - Note 2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies.
We face significant competition for our products and services, and we expect such competition to increase.
We operate within a competitive and rapidly changing business environment, in general, and each of our lines of business faces competition for the products and services they offer. We face competition from other college bookstore operators and educational content providers, including Follett Corporation, a contract operator of campus bookstores; Textbook Brokers and Texas Book Company, bookstore management and operations providers; Slingshot; and BBA Solutions, a college textbook retailer. Our online/virtual course material store operations also face competition from eCampus, an online provider of course materials, and Akademos, a virtual bookstore and marketplace for academic institutions, and on occasion, Ambassador Educational Solutions. We also face competition from other third-party sellers and local bookstores, as well as direct-to-student platforms including, bn.com, the e-commerce platform of Barnes & Noble, Inc.; Chegg.com, an online textbook rental company; publishers, including Cengage Learning, Pearson Education and McGraw-Hill Education, which bypass the traditional retail distribution channel by selling directly to students and institutions. We face competition from e-Textbook/digital content providers, VitalSource Technologies, Inc., and Red Shelf. Our wholesale business competes with Amazon, BBA Solutions, and Texas Book Company. Competitors that compete with our general merchandise offerings include Amazon, Sodexo and Aramark, online retailers, physical and online office supply stores and local and national retailers that offer college themed and other general merchandise. Students often purchase from multiple textbook providers, are highly price sensitive, and can easily shift spending from one provider or format to another. As a consequence, in addition to being competitive in the services we provide to our customers, our textbook business faces significant price competition. Some of our competitors have adopted, and may continue to adopt, aggressive pricing policies and devote substantial resources to marketing, website and
18

systems development. In addition, a variety of business models are being pursued for the provision of print and digital textbooks, some of which may be more profitable or successful than our business model, including our BNC First Day equitable and include access models. Furthermore, the market for course materials is diluted from counterfeiting and piracy of digital and print copies or illegal copies of selected chapters made by students or others; user-generated and faculty-created content; and sharing or non-purchase of required course materials by students.
We have encountered and will continue to encounter these risks and, if we do not manage them successfully, our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects may be materially and adversely affected.
Our business depends on our ability to attract and retain talented employees, including senior management.
Management believes that our continued success will depend to a significant extent upon the efforts and abilities of certain of our executive officers and senior management, many of whom have significant experience and strong commercial relationships in our industry and capital market relationships. The loss of any of these individuals could harm our business, financial condition and results of operations. We do not maintain “key man” life insurance on any of our officers or other employees. Experienced management and technical, marketing and support personnel in our industry are in high demand, and competition for their talents is intense. The COVID-19 pandemic and the measures taken to contain it has had a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, stock price, and liquidity, which has impacted our recruitment and retention of employees.
In addition, changes we make to our current and future work environments may not meet the needs or expectations of our employees or may be perceived as less favorable compared to other companies’ policies, which could negatively impact our ability to hire and retain qualified personnel. The loss of any of our executive officers or other key employees, the failure to successfully transition key roles, or the inability to hire, train, retain, and manage qualified personnel, could harm our business.
We also rely on a significant number of personnel to operate our stores, fulfillment network, and carry out our other operations. Failure to successfully hire, train, manage, and retain sufficient personnel to meet our needs can strain our operations, increase payroll and other costs, and harm our business and reputation. In addition, changes in laws and regulations applicable to employees, independent registered publiccontractors, and temporary personnel could increase our payroll costs, decrease our operational flexibility, and negatively impact how we are able to staff our operations and supplement our workforce.
We are also subject to labor union efforts to organize groups of our employees from time to time. These organizational efforts, if successful, decrease our operational flexibility, which could adversely affect our operating efficiency. In addition, our response to any organizational efforts could be perceived negatively and harm our business and reputation.
We may not be able to enter into new managed bookstore contracts or successfully retain or renew our managed bookstore contracts on profitable terms.
An important part of our business strategy for our retail operation is to expand sales for our college bookstore operations by being awarded additional contracts to manage physical and/or virtual bookstores for colleges and universities, and K-12 schools, across the United States. Our ability to obtain those additional contracts is subject to a number of factors that we are not able to control. In addition, the anticipated strategic benefits of new and additional college and university bookstores may not be realized at all or may not be realized within the time frames contemplated by management. In particular for the operation of physical bookstores, contracts for additional managed stores may involve a number of special risks, including adverse short-term effects on operating results, diversion of management’s attention and other resources, standardization of accounting firm;

systems, dependence on retaining, hiring and training key personnel, unanticipated problems or legal liabilities, and actions of our competitors and customers. Because certain terms of any contract are generally fixed for the initial term of the contract and involve judgments and estimates that may not be accurate, including for reasons outside of our control, we have contracts that are not profitable and may have such contracts in the future. The retail price charged to the consumer for textbooks is set by our contracts with colleges and universities to be a maximum markup based on the publishers’ costs and as colleges continue to focus on affordability those prices have been reduced, which has negatively impacted our revenue and margin and further reductions could continue to have a negative impact.

pre-approvingIn addition, we may face significant competition in retaining existing physical and virtual store contracts and when renewing those contracts as they expire. Our physical bookstore contracts are typically for five years with renewal options, and most contracts are cancellable by either party without penalty with 90 to 120 days notice. Our virtual bookstore contracts are typically for three to five years, and most are cancellable without penalty with notice. Despite the lower startup and ongoing operating expense associated with virtual stores, the loss of such contracts could impact revenue and profitability. We may not be successful in retaining our current contracts, renewing our current contracts or renewing our current contracts on terms that provide us the opportunity to improve or maintain the profitability of managing stores that are the subject matter of such contracts.

19

We face the risk of disruption of supplier relationships.
The products that we sell originate from a wide variety of domestic and international vendors. During Fiscal 2023, our four largest retail suppliers, excluding our wholesale business which fulfills orders for all our physical and virtual bookstores, accounted for approximately 28% of our merchandise purchased, with the largest supplier accounting for approximately 8% of our merchandise purchased. Our wholesale business sources over 90% of its inventory from two primary channels, approximately 54% from third-party suppliers and approximately 38% from retail bookstores (including our retail bookstores). While we believe that our relationships with our suppliers are good, suppliers may modify the terms of these relationships due to general economic conditions or otherwise or, especially with respect to wholesale inventory, publishers could terminate distribution to wholesalers, including our wholesale business.
We do not have long-term arrangements with most of our suppliers to guarantee availability of merchandise, content or services, particular payment terms or the extension of credit limits. If our current suppliers were to stop selling merchandise, content or services to us on acceptable terms, including as a result of one or more supplier bankruptcies due to poor economic conditions or refusal by such suppliers to ship products to us due to delayed or extended payment windows as a result of our own liquidity constraints, we may be unable to procure the same merchandise, content or services from other suppliers in a timely and efficient manner and on acceptable terms, or at all. Furthermore, certain of our merchandise is sourced indirectly from outside the United States. Political or financial instability, merchandise quality issues, product safety concerns, trade restrictions, work stoppages, tariffs, foreign currency exchange rates, transportation capacity and costs, inflation, civil unrest, natural disasters, public health crises, epidemics, and pandemics, and other factors relating to foreign trade are beyond our control and could disrupt our supply of foreign-sourced merchandise.
We face the risk of fluctuating inventory supplies as a consequence of changes in the way publishers distribute course materials.
Our traditional retail and wholesale businesses are dependent on the continued supply of textbooks. The publishing industry generally has suffered recently due to, among other things, changing consumer preferences away from the print medium and the economic climate. A significant disruption in this industry generally or a significant unfavorable change in our relationships with key suppliers could adversely impact our business. In addition, any significant change in the terms that we have with our key suppliers, including purchase or rental terms, payment terms, return policies, the discount or margin on products or changes to the distribution model of textbooks, could adversely affect our financial condition and liquidity. For example, some textbook publishers have proposed to supply textbooks on consignment terms, instead of selling to us, which would eliminate those titles from the used textbook inventory supply. With respect to our wholesale business, the demand for used and new textbooks is typically greater than the available supply, and our wholesale business is highly dependent upon its ability to build its textbook inventory from publishers and suppliers in advance of the selling season. These publisher and supplier relationships are not generally governed by long-term contracts and publishers and suppliers could choose not to sell to us. Any negative impact on our ability to build our textbook inventory could have an adverse impact on financial results.
In response to changes in the market over the last few years, we have also significantly increased our textbook rental business, offering students a lower cost alternative to purchasing textbooks, which is also subject to certain inventory risks, such as textbooks not being resold or re-rented due to textbooks being returned late or in poor condition, faculty members not continuing to adopt or use certain textbooks, or, as discussed below, changes in the way publishers supply textbooks to us.
Some textbook publishers rent textbooks on consignment terms directly to students. Accordingly, we have entered into agreements with a number of textbook publishers to administer their consignment rental programs with distributors and their direct to student textbook consignment rental programs. These programs, if successful, will result in a substantial decrease in the supply of those titles from the used textbook inventory supply, which impacts our wholesale business.
Our wholesale business is a national distributor for rental textbooks offered through McGraw-Hill Educations consignment rental program (which includes approximately 1,016 titles) and Pearson Education’s consignment rental program (which includes approximately 817 titles). Through its centrally located, advanced distribution center, our wholesale business offers the seamless integration of these consignment rental programs and centralized administration and distribution to approximately 1,576 stores, including our Retail Segment stores. These consignment rental programs are available to our wholesale customers, including institutionally run and contract-managed campus bookstores, as well as our physical and virtual bookstores.
In addition, the profit margins associated with the traditional distribution model are fairly predictable and constant, but the move to a model of increased consignment rental programs combined with pressure to provide more affordable course materials to students could result in lower profit margins for a substantial part of our wholesale and retail business.
20

Our wholesale business may not be able to manage its inventory levels effectively, which may lead to excess inventory or inventory obsolescence.
Our wholesale business sources new textbooks from publishers and new and used textbooks from other suppliers to resell to its customers. If it is unable to appropriately manage its inventory and anticipate the release of new editions of titles, faculty’s change in choice of titles, return rate, or use of alternative educational material, our wholesale business could be exposed to risks of excess inventory and less marketable or obsolete inventory. This may lead to excess or obsolete inventory that might have to be sold at a deep discount, which may impact its revenues and profit margin and may have a negative impact on our financial condition and results of operations.
Shipping is a critical part of our business and changes in, or disruptions to, our shipping arrangements have in the past and may in the future adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.
We rely on a limited number of shipping companies to deliver inventory to us and completed orders to our customers. An inability to negotiate acceptable terms with these companies or performance problems, staffing limitations, union strikes, or other difficulties experienced by these companies or by our own transportation systems, including as a result of labor market constraints and related costs, could negatively impact our operating results and customer experience. In addition, our ability to receive inbound inventory efficiently and ship completed orders to customers also may be negatively affected by natural or human-caused disasters (including public health crises) or extreme weather (including as a result of climate change), geopolitical events and security issues, labor or trade disputes, and similar events.
We currently rely on a limited number of third-party global providers to deliver inventory to us and completed orders to our customer. If we are not able to negotiate acceptable pricing and other terms with these providers, or if these providers experience performance problems or other difficulties in processing our orders or delivering our products to customers, it could negatively impact our results of operations and our customers’ experience. Furthermore, changes to the terms of our shipping arrangements or the imposition of surcharges or surge pricing have in the past and may in the future adversely impact our margins and profitability. We have from time to time experienced increased shipping costs as a result, and these costs may continue to increase in the future. We may not be able to or choose to pass such increases on to our customers in the future.
The COVID-19 pandemic or any future pandemic, epidemic or outbreak of an infectious disease may also continue to adversely affect workforces and supply chains globally, potentially impacting the operations of our third-party shipping providers, which could negatively impact our business and results of operations.
Our ability to receive inbound inventory efficiently and ship merchandise to customers, including at costs to which we are accustomed, may also be negatively affected by other factors beyond our and/or these providers’ control, including pandemic, weather, fire, flood, power loss, earthquakes, acts of war, or terrorism or other events specifically impacting other shipping partners, such as labor disputes or shortages, financial difficulties, system failures and other disruptions to the operations of the shipping companies on which we rely. For example, a strike by employees of any of our third-party global providers or a port worker strike, work slow-down or other transportation disruption could significantly disrupt our business. We have in the past experienced, and may in the future experience, shipping delays for reasons outside of our control.
Our business is dependent on the overall economic environment, college enrollment and consumer spending patterns.
A deterioration of the current economic environment could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and operating results, as well as our ability to fund our growth and strategic business initiatives. Our business is affected by funding levels at colleges and universities and by changes in enrollments at colleges and universities, changes in student enrollments and lower spending on course materials and general merchandise. The growth of our business depends on our ability to attract new students and to increase the level of engagement by current student customers. To the extent we are unable to attract new students or students spend less generally, our business could be adversely affected.
Our business is seasonal.
Our business is seasonal, particularly with respect to textbook sales and rentals, with sales and rentals attributable to our retail businesses generally highest in the second and third fiscal quarters, when college students generally purchase textbooks for the upcoming semesters, and lowest in the first and fourth fiscal quarters. Sales attributable to our wholesale business are generally highest in our first, second and third quarter as it sells textbooks for retail distribution.
Given the growth of our BNC First Day programs, the timing of cash collection from our school partners may shift to periods subsequent to when the revenue is recognized. When a school adopts our BNC First Day equitable and inclusive access offerings, cash collection from the school generally occurs after the student drop/add dates, which is later in the working capital cycle, particularly in our third quarter given the timing of the Spring Term and our quarterly reporting period, as compared to direct-to-student point-of-sale transactions where cash is generally collected during the point-of-sale transaction or within a few days from the credit card processor. As a higher percentage of our sales shift to BNC First Day equitable and inclusive access offerings, we are focused on efforts to better align the timing of our cash outflows to course material vendors with cash inflows collected from schools, including modifying payment terms in existing and future school contracts.
21

For both retail and wholesale, cash flows from operating activities are typically a use of cash in the fourth fiscal quarter, when sales volumes are materially lower than the other quarters. Our quarterly cash flows also may fluctuate depending on the timing of the start of the various school’s semesters, as well as shifts in our fiscal calendar dates. These shifts in timing may affect the comparability of our results across periods. Less than satisfactory net sales during our peak fiscal quarters could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition or operating results for the year, and our results of operations from those quarters may not be sufficient to cover any losses that may be incurred in the other fiscal quarters of the year.
Our international operations could result in additional risks.
Our operations are substantially limited to the United States; however, we have operations in India, offer services and products to students and other customers internationally, contract with service providers outside the United States and may continue to expand internationally in accordance with applicable laws and regulations. Such international expansion may result in additional risks that are not present domestically and could adversely affect our business or our results of operations, including compliance with additional United States laws and regulations and those of other nations applicable to international operations; cultural and language differences; currency fluctuations between the U.S. dollar and foreign currencies, which are harder to predict in the current adverse global economic climate; restrictions on the repatriation of earnings; potentially adverse tax consequences and limitations on our ability to utilize losses generated in our foreign operations; different legal and regulatory requirements and other barriers to conducting business; and different or less stable political and economic environments. Further, conducting business abroad subjects us to increased legal and regulatory compliance and oversight. For example, in connection with our international operations, we are subject to laws prohibiting certain payments to governmental officials, such as the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act. A failure to comply with applicable laws and regulations could result in regulatory enforcement actions, as well as substantial civil and criminal penalties assessed against us and our employees.
The impact of public health crises, epidemics, and pandemics, such as the COVID-19 pandemic, could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, stock price, and liquidity.
Our business, results of operations and financial condition were adversely affected by the COVID-19 pandemic in Fiscal 2021 and Fiscal 2022. The COVID-19 pandemic, and measures taken to contain it, have subjected our business, results of operations, financial condition, stock price and liquidity to a number of material risks and uncertainties.
Public health crises, epidemics, and pandemics, such as COVID-19, related governmental reactions and economic conditions may have a negative impact on our business, liquidity, results of operations, and stock price due to the occurrence of some, or all, of the following events or circumstances:
the closing or limited operations of our campus retail stores;
reductions in government funding of education could negatively impact the budgets of public educational institutions and K-12 schools, which could impact the demand for our products and services;
our inability to realize our expected return on textbooks in our print textbook library as educators transition to online curriculums and the lack of supply of used textbooks as a result of limited on-campus buyback opportunities;
disruptions to the operations of our logistics and distribution partners, which could impact our ability to timely deliver our print textbooks to students;
our partners’ inability to fill our textbook or general merchandise orders due to disruptions to their operations, supply chains or overwhelming demand from their own customers;
system interruptions that slow our website or make our website unavailable as our third-party software and service providers experience increased usage;
a significant reduction in U.S. economic activity and increased unemployment, which could lead to decreased enrollment and consumer spending;
the potential negative impact on the health of our employees, particularly if a significant number of them are impacted, could affect our ability to ensure business continuity during the period of disruption related to the pandemic; and
governmental orders have forced many of our on-site and management office employees to work remotely, which may adversely impact our ability to effectively manage our business and maintain our financial reporting processes and related controls, as well as introduce operational risk, including an increased vulnerability to potential cyber security attacks.
22

Risks relating to our Strategic Plan
Our results also depend on the successful implementation of our strategic initiatives, including implementation of our BNC First Day equitable and inclusive access course material models. We may not be able to implement this strategy successfully, on a timely basis, or at all.
In response to our changing business environment and to adapt to industry trends, we are focused on offering course materials sales through our equitable and inclusive access First Day Complete and First Day models to meet the market demands of reducing costs to students and contribute to improved student outcomes, while increasing our market share, revenue and relative gross profits of course materials sales given the higher volumes of units sold in such models as compared to historical sales models that rely on individual student marketing and sales. These programs have allowed us to reverse historical long-term trends in course materials revenue declines, which have been observed at those schools where such programs have been adopted. We are moving quickly and decisively to accelerate our First Day Complete strategy. While we plan to move many institutions to First Day Complete in Fiscal 2024 and the majority of our campus stores in Fiscal 2025, we cannot guarantee that we will be able to achieve these plans within these timeframes or at all. While we believe we have the capital resources, experience, management resources and internal systems to successfully implement our BNC First Day equitable and inclusive access models across our client portfolio, we may not be successful in implementing this strategy. The implementation of this strategy is a complex process and relies on leveraging our services and relationships to help accelerate the adoption of our First Day Complete strategy. The success of our future operating results will be dependent upon rapid customer adoption of BNC First Day equitable and inclusive access models and our ability to scale our business to meet customer demand appropriately. If colleges and universities, faculty and students are not receptive to our BNC First Day equitable and inclusive access models or these models do not meet the expectations of these constituencies, there could be a negative impact on the implementation of our strategy. To successfully execute on this strategy, we need to continue to further evolve the focus of our organization towards the delivery of cost effective and unique solutions for our customers. Any failure to successfully execute this strategy could adversely affect our operating results.
Part of our strategy includes the successful execution of strategic acquisitions and partnerships, including our strategic partnership with VitalSource Technologies, Inc. (“VST”) and the F/L Partnership which may not be successful.
As part of our strategy, we will continue to seek, and may, in the future acquire, businesses or business operations, or enter into other business transactions to grow our business and expand our product and service offerings. We may not be able to identify suitable candidates for additional business combinations and strategic investments, obtain financing on acceptable terms for such transactions, obtain necessary regulatory approvals, if any, or otherwise consummate such transactions on acceptable terms, or at all. In addition, we compete for acquisitions with other potential acquirers, some of which may have greater financial or operational resources than we do. Any strategic acquisitions or investments that we are able to identify and complete may also involve a number of risks, including our inability to successfully or profitably integrate, operate, maintain and manage our newly acquired operations or employees; the diversion of our management’s attention from our existing business to integrate operations and personnel; possible material adverse effects on our results of operations during the integration process; becoming subject to contingent or other liabilities, including liabilities arising from events or conduct predating the acquisition that were not known to us at the time of the acquisition; and our possible inability to achieve the intended objectives of the transaction, including the inability to achieve cost savings and synergies. Acquisitions may also have unanticipated tax, legal, regulatory and accounting ramifications, including recording goodwill and non-amortizable intangible assets that are subject to impairment testing on a regular basis and potential periodic impairment charges and incurring amortization expenses related to certain intangible assets.
A strategic partnership between two independent businesses is a complex, costly, and time-consuming process that will require significant management attention and resources. Realizing the benefits of our strategic partnerships, particularly our relationship with VST and the F/L Partnership, will depend in part on our ability to work with our strategic partners to integrate our systems, simplify the customer experience, offer compelling solutions to our customers, and maintain financially beneficial terms. Setting up and maintaining the operations and processes of these strategic partnerships may cause us to incur significant costs, disrupt our business and, if implemented ineffectively, would limit the expected benefits to us. The failure to successfully and timely implement and operate our strategic partnerships could harm our ability to realize the anticipated benefits of these partnerships and could adversely affect our results of operations.
We intend to offer new products and solutions to students to grow our business. If our efforts are not successful, our business and financial results would be adversely affected.
In the future, we may invest in new products and services and other initiatives to generate revenues, but there is no guarantee these approaches will be successful. Acquisitions of new companies, products and services create integration risk, while development of new products and services and enhancements to existing products and services involve significant time, labor and expense, and are also subject to risks and challenges, including managing the length of the development cycle, entry into new markets, integration into our existing business, legal and regulatory compliance, evolution in sales and marketing
23

methods, and maintenance and protection of intellectual property and proprietary rights. If we are not successful with our new products and services, we may not be able to maintain or increase our revenues as anticipated or recover any associated acquisition or development costs, and our financial results could be adversely affected.
Risks relating to Data Privacy, Information Technology and Cybersecurity
We face potential data privacy and information security risks with respect to unencrypted, non-deidentified personal information.
Our business involves the receipt, storage, processing and transmission of personal information about customers and employees. In accordance with our published privacy policies, we may share non-deidentified personal information about such persons between our affiliates and with vendors and third parties that assist with certain aspects of our business pursuant to written agreements. Also, in connection with our student financial aid platform and the processing of college and university debit cards, we have access to certain student personal information that has been provided to us by the colleges and universities we serve. Our handling and use of personal information is subject to applicable federal and state privacy and information security laws and regulations and industry standards, such as the Payment Card Industry Data Security Standard. As an entity that provides services to institutions of higher education, we are contractually bound to handle certain personal information from student education records in accordance with the requirements of Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act (“FERPA”). Privacy and information security laws, regulations, and applicable industry standards are evolving rapidly, and our independent registered public accounting firm;

on-going compliance with them may result in cost increases due to necessary systems changes and the development of new processes, which may be difficult to timely implement. If we fail to materially comply with these applicable laws, regulations and industry standards, we could be subject to increased legal risk. In addition, even if we materially comply with all applicable laws, regulations and industry standards, and even though we have taken significant steps to protect non-deidentified personal information, e.g., encrypting such personal information in transit and at rest, we could experience a data security breach, and our reputation could be damaged, possibly resulting in a material breach of contract with one or more of our clients, litigation, and/or lost future sales or decreased usage of credit and debit card products. Further, in the event that we disclose unencrypted, non-deidentified student information in violation of our contractual FERPA obligations, the U.S. Department of Education could require a client to suspend our access to their student information. Because the techniques used to obtain unauthorized access, disable or degrade service, or sabotage systems change frequently and often are not recognized until launched against a target, we may be unable to anticipate these techniques or to implement adequate preventative measures. A party that is able to circumvent our security measures could misappropriate our proprietary information or our customers' and employees' personal information, and cause interruption in our operations. Any compromise of our data security could result in a violation of applicable laws, regulations or industry standards, significant legal and financial exposure beyond the scope or limits of insurance coverage, increased operating costs associated with remediation, equipment acquisitions or disposal, and added personnel, and a loss of confidence in our security measures, which could harm our business or affect investor confidence. Data security breaches may also result from non-malicious and non-technical means (for example, inadvertent actions by an employee).

reviewingOur business is subject to a variety of domestic and international laws, rules, policies and other obligations regarding data protection.

Although most of our operations are in the United States, we do have some operations and offer some services and products internationally. Our international operations subject us to a complex array of international laws and regulations relating to the collection, use, retention, disclosure, security and transfer of personally identifiable information. Many jurisdictions have passed laws in this area, and other jurisdictions are considering imposing additional restrictions. The interpretation and application of data protection laws in the United States and elsewhere are rapidly evolving. It is possible that these laws may be interpreted and applied in a manner that is inconsistent with our independent registered public accounting firmcurrent data practices. Complying with applicable international laws and regulations could cause us to incur substantial costs or require us to change our management the accounting firm’s significant findings and recommendations upon the completion of the annual financial audit and quarterly reviews;

reviewing and evaluating the qualification, performance, fees and independence ofbusiness practices in a manner adverse to our registered public accounting firm;

business.

4


meeting with our independent registered public accounting firm and our management regarding our internal controls, critical accounting policies and practices, and other matters;

discussing with our independent registered public accounting firm and our management earnings releases priorFurther, although we continue to their issuance;

overseeing our enterprise risk assessment and management;

overseeing our internal audit function;

reviewing and approving related party transactions (see “Certain Relationships and Related Transactions” below); and

overseeing our compliance program, response to regulatory actions involving financial, accounting and internal control matters,implement internal controls and riskprocedures designed to protect our proprietary and confidential information, and non-deidentified customer and employee personal data, including sensitive personal data, in order to comply with privacy and information security laws, and regulations, our facilities, and systems may be vulnerable to security breaches and other data loss, including cyber-attacks. Such a security breach or data loss could lead to negative publicity, damage to our reputation, exposure to litigation and liability, theft, modification or destruction of proprietary information and personal data, damage to or inaccessibility of critical systems, manufacture of defective products, production downtimes, operational disruptions and remediation and other significant costs, which could adversely affect our reputation, financial condition and results of operations.

24

Computer malware, viruses, hacking and phishing attacks could harm our business and results of operations.
We are increasingly dependent upon information technology systems, infrastructure and data. Our computer systems may be vulnerable to service interruption or destruction, malicious intrusion, ransomware and cyber-attacks. Cyber-attacks are increasing in their frequency, sophistication and intensity, and have become increasingly difficult to detect. Cyber-attacks could include the deployment of harmful malware, denial-of service, social engineering, ransomware and other means to affect service reliability and threaten data confidentiality, integrity and availability. Our key business partners face similar risks, and a security breach of their systems could adversely affect our security posture. While we continue to invest in data protection and information security technology to prevent or minimize these risks and, to date, we have not experienced any material service interruptions and are not aware of any material breaches, there can be no assurance that our efforts will prevent service interruptions, or identify breaches in our systems, that could adversely affect our business and operations and/or result in the loss of critical or sensitive information, which could result in financial, legal, business or reputational harm.
Defects, errors, installation difficulties or performance issues with our point-of-sales and other systems could expose us to potential liability, harm our reputation and negatively impact our business.
Our wholesale business sells and services point-of-sales systems to its college bookstore customers. These systems are complex and incorporate third-party hardware and software. Despite testing and quality control, we cannot be certain that defects or errors will not be found in these systems. In addition, because these systems are installed in different environments, we may experience difficulty or delay in installation. Our products may be integrated with other components or software, and, in the event that there are defects or errors, it may be difficult to determine the origin of defects or errors. Additionally, any difficulty or failure in the operation of these systems could cause business disruption for our customers. If any of these risks materialize, they could result in additional costs and expenses, exposure to liability claims, diversion of technical and other resources to engage in remediation efforts, loss of customers or negative publicity, each of which could impact our business and operating results.
We rely upon third party web service providers to operate certain aspects of our service, and any disruption of or interference with such services would impact our operations and our business would be materially and adversely impacted.
Amazon Web Services (“AWS”) and other third-party web service providers provide a distributed computing infrastructure platform for business operations, or what is commonly referred to as a “cloud” computing service. We have architected our software and computer systems so as to utilize data processing, storage capabilities, and other services provided by AWS and other providers.
We rely on third-party software and service providers, including AWS, to provide systems, storage and services, including user log in authentication, for our website. Any technical problem with, cyber-attack on, or loss of access to such third parties’ systems, servers or technologies could result in the inability of our students to rent or purchase print textbooks, interfere with access to our digital content and other online products and services or result in the theft of end-user personal information.
Our reliance on AWS or other third-party providers makes us vulnerable to any errors, interruptions, or delays in their operations. Any disruption in the services provided by AWS could harm our reputation or brand, adversely impact consumers, and/or cause us to lose revenues or incur substantial recovery costs and distract management policies.

from operating our business.

Any disruption of or interference with our use of AWS or other third-party service providers would impact our operations and our business would be materially and adversely impacted.
AWS may terminate its agreement with us upon 30 days' notice. Upon expiration or termination of our agreement with AWS, we may not be able to replace the services provided to us in a timely manner or on terms and conditions, including service levels and cost, that are favorable to us, and a transition from one vendor to another vendor could subject us to operational delays and inefficiencies until the transition is complete.

Risks relating to Applicable Laws and Regulations
Laws and regulations have been and may be enacted in the future that restrict or prohibit use of emails or similar marketing activities that we currently rely on.
Our marketing and sales efforts are centered around an active digital community, which includes engaged email subscribers, text messaging, interest-based online advertising, recurring billing and our continuous dialogue with customers on our school-customized social media channels. For example, the following laws and regulations may apply:    
the CAN-SPAM Act of 2003 and similar laws adopted by most U.S. states pertaining directly or indirectly to commercial email regulate unsolicited commercial emails, create civil and criminal penalties for emails containing fraudulent headers and control other abusive online marketing practices;    
25

the U.S. Federal Trade Commission (the “FTC”) has guidelines that impose responsibilities on companies with respect to communications with consumers and impose fines and liability for failure to comply with rules with respect to advertising or marketing or sales practices they may deem misleading or deceptive;
the Telephone Consumer Protection Act of 1991 (“TCPA”) restricts telemarketing and the use of automated telephone equipment. The BoardTCPA limits the use of Directors has adoptedautomatic dialing systems, artificial or prerecorded voice messages and SMS text messages. It also applies to unsolicited text messages advertising the commercial availability of goods or services. Additionally, a written charter setting outnumber of states have enacted statutes that address telemarketing. For example, some states, such as California, Illinois and New York, have created do-not-call lists. Other states, such as Oregon and Washington, have enacted “no rebuttal statutes” that require the functionstelemarketer to end the call when the consumer indicates that he or she is not interested in the product being sold. Restrictions on telephone marketing, including calls and text messages, are enforced by the FTC, the Federal Communications Commission, states and through the availability of statutory damages and class action lawsuits for violations of the Audit Committee,TCPA;
The Restore Online Shopper Confidence Act (“ROSCA”), and similar state laws, impose requirements and restrictions on online services that automatically charge payment cards on a copyperiodic basis to renew a subscription service, if the consumer does not cancel the service; 
The California Consumer Privacy Act (“CCPA”) became effective on January 1, 2020, with enforcement commencing on July 1, 2020. CCPA, as amended, provides California consumers the right to know what personal data companies collect, how it is used, and the right to access, delete and opt out of sale of their personal information to third parties. It also expands the definition of personal information and gives consumers increased privacy rights and protections for that information. The California Privacy Rights Act (“CPRA”) took effect on December 16, 2020, and became fully operative on January 1, 2023. CPRA amends and adds to CCPA by strengthening rights of California consumers, further restricting business use of consumer personal information, and establishing a new government agency for enforcement;
The Virginia Consumer Data Protection Act (“VCDPA”), similar in scope to CCPA, went into effect on January 1, 2023. VCDPA is the second U.S. state-level consumer privacy law after CCPA, but unlike California, will not apply to employees and business contacts, nor provide for a private right of action. VCDPA also defines the “sale” of personal information narrowly, including only exchanges for monetary consideration;
Colorado is the third state to enact a comprehensive data privacy statute, the Colorado Privacy Act (“CPA”). CPA takes effect on July 1, 2023. Although similar in scope to VCDPA, CPA defines “sale” of personal information in the same manner as CCPA, which includes any exchange for monetary or any other valuable consideration;
The Connecticut Data Privacy Act (“CTDPA”) also takes effect July 1, 2023. CTDPA protects a Connecticut consumer acting in an individual or household context, but does not protect an individual acting in an employment context.
The Utah Consumer Privacy Act (“UCPA”) adopts the VCDPA’s definition of “sale” of personal information. UCPA goes into effect on December 31, 2023;
On March 29, 2023, Iowa became the sixth state to pass a comprehensive consumer privacy law, joining Utah, Connecticut, Colorado, Virginia and California. The Iowa Consumer Data Protection Act will go into effect on January 1, 2025;
On May 1, 2023, Indiana became the seventh state to pass similar data privacy legislation, the Indiana Data Privacy Law, which will become effective January 1, 2026.
The Tennessee Information Protection Act, enacted on May 11, 2023, will go into effect on July 1, 2024.
On May 19, 2023, Montana became the ninth state to enact comprehensive consumer privacy law, the Montana Consumer Data Privacy Act, which goes into effect October 1, 2024.
Even if no applicable laws or regulations are further enacted, we may discontinue use or support of these activities if we become concerned that students or potential students deem them intrusive or they otherwise adversely affect our goodwill and brand. If our marketing activities are curtailed, our ability to attract new customers may be adversely affected.
Our business could be impacted by changes in federal, state, local or international laws, rules or regulations.
We are subject to laws and regulations applicable to our business. These laws and regulations may cover taxation, data privacy, information security, our access to student financial aid, pricing and availability of educational materials, competition and/or antitrust, content, copyrights, distribution, college distribution, mobile communications, electronic contracts and other communications, consumer protection, the provision of online payment services, unencumbered Internet access to our services, the design and operation of websites and mobile application (including complying with the Americans with Disabilities Act), digital content (including governmental investigations and litigation relating to the agency pricing model for digital content distribution), the characteristics and quality of products and services and labor and employee benefits (including the costs
26

associated with complying with the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act or any legislation enacted in connection with repeal of the Affordable Care Act). Changes in applicable federal, state, local or international laws, rules or regulations relating to these matters could increase regulatory compliance requirements in addition to increasing our costs of doing business or otherwise impact our business. For example, changes in federal and state minimum wage laws could raise the wage requirements for certain of our employees at our retail locations, which would increase our selling costs and may cause us to reexamine our wage structure for such employees.
Changes in tax laws and regulations might adversely impact our businesses or financial performance.
We collected sales tax on the majority of the products and services that we sold in our respective prior fiscal years that were subject to sales tax, and we generally have continued the same policies for sales tax within the current fiscal year. While management believes that the financial statements included elsewhere in this Form 10-K reflect management’s best current estimate of any potential additional sales tax liability based on current discussions with taxing authorities, we cannot assure you that the outcome of any discussions with any taxing authority will not result in the payment of sales taxes for prior periods or otherwise, or that the amount of any such payments will not be materially in excess of any liability currently recorded. In the future, our businesses may be subject to claims for not collecting sales tax on the products and services we currently sell for which sales tax is not collected. In addition, our provision for income taxes and our obligation to pay income tax is based on existing federal, state and local tax laws. Changes to these laws, in particular as they relate to depreciation, amortization and cost of goods sold, could have a significant impact on our income tax provision, our projected cash tax liability, or both.
Risks relating to Intellectual Property
We rely on third-party digital content and applications, which may not be available to us on commercially reasonable terms or at all.
We contract with certain third parties to offer their digital content. Our licensing arrangements with these third parties do not guarantee the continuation or renewal of these arrangements on reasonable terms, if at all. Some third-party content providers currently, or in the future, may offer competing products and services, and could take action to make it more difficult or impossible for us to license our content in the future. Other content owners, providers or distributors may seek to limit our access to, or increase the total cost of, such content. If we are unable to offer a wide variety of content at reasonable prices with acceptable usage rules, our business may be materially adversely affected.
We rely heavily on proprietary technology and sophisticated equipment to manage certain aspects of our business, including to manage textbook inventory, process deliveries and returns of the textbooks and manage warehousing and distribution.
We use a proprietary system to source, distribute and manage inventory of textbooks and to manage other aspects of our operations, including systems to consider the market pricing for textbooks, general availability of textbook titles and other factors to determine how to buy textbooks and set prices for textbooks and other content in real time. We have invested significant amounts of resources in the hardware and software to develop this system. We rely on the expertise of our engineering and software development teams to maintain and enhance the equipment and software used for our distribution operations. We cannot be sure that the maintenance and enhancements we make to our distribution operations will achieve the intended results or otherwise be of value to students. If we are unable to maintain and enhance our technology to manage textbook sourcing, distribution and inventory, it could disrupt our business operations and have a material adverse impact on our results.
Our wholesale business is also dependent on sophisticated equipment and related software technology for the warehousing and distribution of the vast majority of textbooks supplied to our retail business and others, which is availablelocated at MBS’ warehouse facility in Columbia, Missouri. Our ability to efficiently manage our wholesale business depends significantly on the Company’s website at www.bned.comreliability and capacity of these systems. The failure of these systems to operate effectively, problems with maintenance, upgrading or transitioning to replacement systems, especially if such events were to occur during peak periods, could adversely affect our operations, the ability to serve our customers and our results of operations. In addition, substantially all of our wholesale inventory is availablelocated in printthe Columbia warehouse facility. We could experience significant interruption in the operation of this facility or damage or destruction of our inventory due to any stockholder who requests it in writing directedphysical damage to the Company’s Corporate Secretary,facility caused by natural disasters, accidents or otherwise. If a material portion of our inventory were to be damaged or destroyed, we would likely incur significant financial loss, including loss of revenue and harm to our customer relationships.
We may not be able to adequately protect our intellectual property rights or may be accused of infringing upon intellectual property rights of third parties.
We regard our trademarks, service marks, copyrights, patents, trade dress, trade secrets, proprietary technology and similar intellectual property as important to our success, and we rely on trademark, copyright and patent law, domain name regulations, trade secret protection and confidentiality or license agreements to protect our proprietary rights, including our use of the Barnes & Noble trademark. Laws and regulations may not adequately protect our trademarks and similar proprietary rights. We
27

may be unable to prevent third parties from acquiring domain names that are similar to, infringe upon or diminish the value of our trademarks and other proprietary or licensed rights.
We may not be able to discover or determine the extent of any unauthorized use of our proprietary rights. The protection of our intellectual property may require the expenditure of significant financial and managerial resources. Moreover, the steps we take to protect our intellectual property may not adequately protect our rights or prevent third parties from infringing or misappropriating our proprietary rights. We also cannot be certain that others will not independently develop or otherwise acquire equivalent or superior technology or other intellectual property rights.
Other parties also may claim that we infringe their proprietary rights. Because of the changes in Internet commerce and digital content businesses, current extensive patent coverage, and the rapid rate of issuance of new patents, it is possible that certain of our products, content and business methods may unknowingly infringe existing patents or intellectual property rights of others. Successful intellectual property infringement claims against us could result in monetary liability or a material disruption in the conduct of our business. We cannot be certain that our products, content and business methods do not or will not infringe valid patents, trademarks, copyrights or other intellectual property rights held by third parties. We expect that infringement claims in our markets will increase in number. We may be subject to legal proceedings and claims from time to time relating to the intellectual property of others in the ordinary course of our business. If we were found to have infringed the intellectual property rights of a third party, we could be liable to that party for license fees, royalty payments, lost profits or other damages, and the owner of the intellectual property might be able to obtain injunctive relief to prevent us from using the technology or software in the future. If the amounts of these payments were significant or we were prevented from incorporating certain technology or software into our products, our business could be significantly harmed.
We may incur substantial expenses in defending against these third-party infringement claims, regardless of their merit. As a result, due to the diversion of management time, the expense required to defend against any claim and the potential liability associated with any lawsuit, any significant litigation could significantly harm our business, financial condition and results of operations.
Our digital content offerings depend in part on effective digital rights management technology to control access to digital content. If the digital rights management technology that we use is compromised or otherwise malfunctions, we could be subject to claims, and content providers may be unwilling to include their content in our service.
In addition, the publishing industry has been, and we expect in the future will continue to be, the target of counterfeiting and piracy. We have entered into agreements with major textbook publishers to implement the textbook industry’s Anti-Counterfeit Best Practices. These best practices were developed as a mechanism to assist publishers and distributors in the eradication of counterfeit copies of textbooks in the marketplace. While we have agreed to implement the Anti-Counterfeit Best Practices and have in place our anti-counterfeit policies and procedures (which include removing from distribution suspected counterfeit titles) for preventing the proliferation of counterfeit textbooks, we may inadvertently purchase counterfeit textbooks, which may unknowingly be included in the textbooks we offer for sale or rent to students or we may purchase such textbooks through our buyback program. As such, we may be subject to allegations of selling counterfeit books. We have in the past and may continue to receive communications from publishers alleging that certain textbooks sold or rented by us are counterfeit. When receiving such communications, we cooperate, and will continue to cooperate in the future, with such publishers in identifying fraudulent textbooks and removing them from our inventory. We may implement measures in an effort to protect against these potential liabilities that could require us to spend substantial resources. Any costs incurred as a result of liability or asserted liability relating to sales of counterfeit textbooks could harm our business, reputation and financial condition.
We do not own the Barnes & Noble Education, Inc., 120 Mountain View Blvd., Basking Ridge, New Jersey 07920.

The memberstrademark and instead rely on a license of that trademark and certain other trademarks, which license imposes limits on what those trademarks can be used to do.

In connection with the Audit Committee currently are Dr. David A. Wilson (Chair), Emily C. Chiu, Daniel A. DeMatteo, David G. Golden and Lowell W. Robinson who joined the Audit Committee in July 2020. In addition to meeting the independence standards of the NYSE listing standards, each member of the Audit Committee meets the independence standards established by the SEC for audit committee members and our Corporate Governance Guidelines. The Board of Directors has also determined that each of Dr. Wilson, Ms. Chiu, Mr. DeMatteo, Mr. Golden and Mr. Robinson is financially literate for purposes of the NYSE listing standards and has the requisite attributes of an “audit committee financial expert” as defined by regulations promulgated by the SEC and that such attributes were acquired through relevant education and/or experience. The Audit Committee met eight (8) times during Fiscal 2020.

Executive Officers

See Part I, Item 1 of this Form 10-K for certain information regarding the Company’s executive officers and other key employees.

Corporate Governance Guidelines and Code of Business Conduct and Ethics

The Board of Directors has adopted Corporate Governance Guidelines applicable to the members of the Board of Directors. The Board of Directors has also adopted a Code of Business Conduct and Ethics applicable to the Company’s employees, directors, agents and representatives, including consultants. The Corporate Governance Guidelines and the Code of Business Conduct and Ethics are available on the Company’s website at www.bned.com. Copies of the Corporate Governance Guidelines and the Code of Business Conduct and Ethics are available in print to any stockholder who requests them in writing to the Company’s Corporate Secretary,Spin-Off, Barnes & Noble, Education, Inc., 120 Mountain View Blvd., Basking Ridge, New Jersey 07920.

ITEM 11. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

Unless otherwise stated, granted us an exclusive, perpetual, fully paid up, non-transferable and non-assignable license to use the compensation tables included in this section reflect amounts paid or payable or awards granted to our named executive officers (“NEOs”) by the Company under the Company’s compensation planstrademarks “Barnes & Noble College,” “B&N College,” “Barnes & Noble Education” and programs during Fiscal 2018, Fiscal 2019 and Fiscal 2020.

Summary Compensation Table

Name and

Principal Position

  Fiscal
Year
   Salary
(1)
   Bonus
(2)
   Stock
Awards
(3)
   Non-Equity
Incentive Plan
Compensation
(4)
   All Other
Compensation
(5)
   Total 

Michael P. Huseby (6)

   2020   $1,089,423   $—     $1,979,996   $247,500   $37,040   $3,353,959 

Chairman and Chief Executive Officer

   2019   $1,100,000   $—     $1,858,467   $1,501,500   $36,105   $4,496,072 
   2018   $866,923   $250,000   $3,299,995   $1,320,000   $38,425   $5,775,343 

Barry Brover (7)

   2020   $610,000   $445,000   $329,994   $305,000   $23,657   $1,713,651 

Executive Vice President, Operations; Executive Vice President, Barnes & Noble College

   2019   $560,962   $—     $536,310   $462,583   $37,268   $1,597,123 
   2018   $535,000   $—     $749,996   $314,982   $38,370   $1,638,348 

Thomas D. Donohue

   2020   $500,000   $—     $329,994   $42,500   $12,670   $885,164 

Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer

   2019   $462,462   $—     $223,466   $212,333   $13,050   $911,311 
   2018   $435,000   $50,000   $249,995   $143,550   $6,416   $884,961 

Kanuj Malhotra

   2020   $   523,400   $—     $   389,995   $   327,125   $12,670   $1,253,190 

Executive Vice President, Corporate Development

   2019   $523,400   $—     $625,693   $362,716   $12,750   $1,524,559 
   2018   $523,400   $—     $749,996   $591,442   $7,640   $1,872,478 

Michael C. Miller

   2020   $500,000   $—     $329,994   $42,500   $1,470   $873,964 

Chief Legal Officer and Executive Vice President, Corporate Affairs

   2019   $496,154   $200,000   $446,927   $273,000   $16,481   $1,432,562 
   2018   $475,000   $—     $349,999   $285,000   $6,904   $1,116,903 

5


(1)

This column represents base salary earned during each fiscal year.

(2)

This column represents a cash transition payment paid in Fiscal 2020 of $445,000 to Mr. Brover; a retention bonus paid in Fiscal 2019 of $200,000 to Mr. Miller; and management transition bonuses earned in Fiscal 2019 of $657,448 paid to Mr. Maloney and in Fiscal 2018 of $250,000 and $50,000 paid to Messrs. Huseby and Donohue, respectively. See “Narrative to the Summary Compensation Table and the Grants of Plan-Based Awards Table – Resignation Letter with Mr. Brover” for a description of the cash transition payment.

(3)

This column represents the aggregate grant date fair value of stock awards granted computed in accordance with Financial Accounting Standards Board of Directors (“FASB”) Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 718, Compensation-Stock Compensation (“ASC 718”). The stock awards value is determined to be the fair market value of the underlying Company shares on the grant date, which is determined based on the closing price of the Company’s Common Stock on the grant date. These amounts reflect an estimate of the grant date fair value and may not be equivalent to the actual value recognized by the NEO. The amounts reported in the Summary Compensation Table for the performance-based awards assume a future payout at the target level and may not represent the amounts that the NEOs will actually realize from the awards. Whether and to what extent an NEO realizes value with respect to these performance-based awards will depend on our actual performance and the NEO’s continued employment. If our performance results in a future payout at the maximum level (150% of target), the aggregate grant date fair value of the performance-based stock awards granted in 2020 would be as follows: Mr. Huseby-$1,484,997; Mr. Brover-$247,496; Mr. Donohue-$247,496; Mr. Malhotra-$292,496; and Mr. Miller-$247,496.

(4)

This column represents the dollar value of performance-based annual incentive compensation earned for fiscal year.

(5)

This column represents the value of all other compensation, as detailed in the table below.

(6)

On April 1, 2020, as a result of the unusual circumstances surrounding the COVID-19 epidemic, Mr. Huseby voluntarily agreed to a temporary reduction of his base salary of 25%, effective April 13, 2020, which will continue through September 19, 2020.

(7)

Mr. Brover resigned from his position of Executive Vice President, Operations of the Company and Executive Vice President of Barnes & Noble College, effective as of May 2, 2020.

All Other Compensation Table

Name

  Fiscal
Year
   Long-Term
Disability
Insurance(1)
   Life and
AD&D
Insurance(2)
   Car
Allowance
   401(k)
Company
Match
   Cell
Phone
   Total
Other
Income
 

Michael P. Huseby

   2020   $     13,086   $  11,985   $—     $     10,769   $  1,200   $     37,040 
   2019   $13,086   $12,065   $—     $10,154   $800   $36,105 
   2018   $13,086   $12,108   $—     $13,231   $—     $38,425 

Barry Brover

   2020   $8,368   $2,889   $—     $11,200   $1,200   $23,657 
   2019   $9,461   $2,969   $  12,000   $12,038   $800   $37,268 
   2018   $9,950   $3,012   $18,000   $7,408   $—     $38,370 

Thomas D. Donohue

   2020   $—     $270   $—     $11,200   $1,200   $12,670 
   2019 �� $—     $350   $—     $11,900   $800   $13,050 
   2018   $—     $393   $—     $6,023   $—     $6,416 

Kanuj Malhotra

   2020   $—     $270   $—     $11,200   $1,200   $12,670 
   2019   $—     $350   $—     $11,000   $1,400   $12,750 
   2018   $—     $393   $—     $7,247   $—     $7,640 

Michael C. Miller

   2020   $—     $270   $—     $—     $1,200   $1,470 
   2019   $—     $350   $—     $14,731   $1,400   $16,481 
   2018   $—     $328   $—     $6,577   $—     $6,905 

(1)

This represents the premiums paid by the Company for the long-term disability insurance.

(2)

This represents the premiums paid by the Company for life and accidental death and dismemberment insurance.

6


2020 Grants of Plan-Based Awards Table

The following table provides additional information about non-equity incentive awards and equity incentive awards granted to our NEOs by the Company during Fiscal 2020.

    Estimated Future Payouts Under
Non-Equity Incentive Plan Awards (2)
  Estimated Future Payouts
Under Equity Incentive Plan
Awards (3)
  All Other
Stock
Awards:
Number of
Shares of
Stock or Units
(#)
  Value of
Stock and
Option
Awards
($)
 

Name

 Award(1) Grant
Date
 Threshold
(@ 50%)
($)
  Target
($)
  Maximum
(@ 150%)
($)
  Threshold
(#)
  Target
(#)
  Maximum
(#)
       

Michael P. Huseby

 PS 6/19/19     157,143   314,285   471,428   $989,998 
 AIP 7/18/19 $825,000  $1,650,000  $2,475,000      
 RSU 6/19/19        314,285  $989,998 

Barry Brover

 PS 6/19/19     26,190   52,380   78,570   $164,997 
 AIP 7/18/19 $305,000  $610,000  $915,000      
 RSU 6/19/19        52,380  $164,997 

Thomas D. Donohue

 PS 6/19/19     26,190   52,380   78,570   $164,997 
 AIP 7/18/19 $212,500  $425,000  $637,500      
 RSU 6/19/19        52,380  $164,997 

Kanuj Malhotra

 PS 6/19/19     30,952   61,904   92,856   $194,998 
 AIP 7/18/19 $261,700  $523,400  $785,100      
 RSU 6/19/19        61,904  $194,998 

Michael C. Miller

 PS 6/19/19     26,190   52,380   78,570   $164,997 
 AIP 7/18/19 $212,500  $425,000  $637,500      
 RSU 6/19/19        52,380  $164,997 

(1)

Forms of awards granted to executive officers during Fiscal 2020 include Performance Shares (“PS”), bonus payments under the Company’s Annual Incentive Plan (“AIP”) and Restricted Stock Units (“RSUs”).

(2)

These columns represent the threshold payout level, target payout level and maximum payout level for the performance-based incentive compensation awards under the Company’s AIP. For additional information regarding the performance-based annual incentive compensation program, see the discussion in the “Compensation Discussion and Analysis-Overview of Compensation Program Design-Performance-Based Annual Incentive Compensation” section of Part III, Item II.

(3)

These columns represent the threshold payout level, target payout level and maximum payout level for the Performance Shares issued under the Company’s Long-Term Incentive Plan. For additional information regarding the Performance Shares, see the discussion in the “Compensation Discussion and Analysis-Overview of Compensation Program Design- Long-Term Equity Incentives-Performance Shares” section of Part III, Item 11.

Narrative to the Summary Compensation Table“B&N Education” and the Grants of Plan-Based Awards Table

Employment Arrangements withnon-exclusive, perpetual, fully paid up, non-transferable and non-assignable license to use the Named Executive Officers

The Company has entered into an employment agreement or employment letter with each of the NEOsmarks “Barnes & Noble,” “B&N” and compensation of each of these NEOs is based on their respective employment agreement or employment letter, as the case may be, as well as their job responsibilities. The Company entered into an employment agreement with Mr. Huseby on June 26, 2015“BN,” solely in connection with the Spin-Off,contract management of college and entered intouniversity bookstores and other bookstores associated with academic institutions and related websites, as well as education products and services (including digital education products and services) and related websites. These restrictions may materially limit our ability to use the licensed marks in the expansion of our operations in the future. In addition, we are reliant on Barnes & Noble, Inc. to maintain the licensed trademarks.

28

Index to Form 10-KIndex to FS
Risks Relating to our Common Stock and the Securities Market
Our stock price may fluctuate significantly.
We cannot predict the prices at which our Common Stock may trade. The market price of our Common Stock may fluctuate widely, depending on many factors, some of which may be beyond our control, including:
actual or anticipated fluctuations in our operating results due to factors related to our businesses;
success or failure of our business strategies, including our digital education initiative;
our quarterly or annual earnings or those of other companies in our industries;
our ability to obtain financing as needed, when needed, and on favorable terms;
the terms of any financing through the issuance of additional equity or equity-linked securities;
announcements by us or our competitors of significant acquisitions or dispositions;
changes in accounting standards, policies, guidance, interpretations or principles;
the failure of securities analysts to cover our Common Stock;
changes in earnings estimates by securities analysts or our ability to meet those estimates;
the operating and stock price performance of other comparable companies;
investor perception of our Company and the higher education industry;
overall market fluctuations;
results from any material litigation or government investigation;
changes in laws and regulations (including tax laws and regulations) affecting our business;
changes in capital gains taxes and taxes on dividends affecting stockholders; and
general economic conditions and other external factors.
Stock markets in general have experienced volatility that has often been unrelated to the operating performance of a particular company. These broad market fluctuations could adversely affect the trading price of our Common Stock.
Provisions in our Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and Amended and Restated By-laws and of Delaware law may prevent or delay an amended and restated employment agreement with Mr. Huseby on July 19, 2017 in connection with his role as Chief Executive Officer and Chairmanacquisition of the Company, which could affect the trading price of our Common Stock.
Our Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and our Amended and Restated By-laws contain provisions which, together with applicable Delaware law, may discourage, delay or prevent a merger or acquisition that our stockholders consider favorable, including provisions that:
authorize the issuance of “blank check” preferred stock that could be issued by our Board effectiveof Directors to increase the number of outstanding shares of capital stock, making a takeover more difficult and expensive;
provide special meetings of the stockholders may be called only by or at the direction of a majority of our Board or the chairman of our Board of Directors; and
require advance notice to be given by stockholders for any stockholder proposals or director nominations.
In addition, Section 203 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, or the DGCL, may affect the ability of an “interested stockholder” to engage in certain business combinations, for a period of three years following the time that the stockholder becomes an “interested stockholder”.
These provisions may discourage, delay or prevent certain types of transactions involving an actual or a threatened acquisition or change in control of the Company, including unsolicited takeover attempts, even though the transaction may offer our stockholders the opportunity to sell their Common Stock at a price above the prevailing market price.
Our Amended and Restated By-laws designate courts in the State of Delaware as the sole and exclusive forum for certain types of September 19, 2017. The employment agreement provides severance paymentsactions and benefits upon terminationproceedings that may be initiated by our stockholders, which could limit our stockholders’ ability to obtain a favorable judicial forum for disputes with us or our directors, officers or employees.
Our Amended and Restated By-laws provide that, subject to limited exceptions, the state and federal courts of employmentthe State of Delaware are the sole and exclusive forum for (a) any derivative action or proceeding brought on our behalf, (b) any action asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty owed by any of our directors, officers or other employees to us or our stockholders, (c) any action asserting a claim arising pursuant to any provision of the DGCL, our Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation or our Amended and Restated By-laws or (d) any other action asserting a claim that is governed by the Company without “cause”internal affairs doctrine. Any person or byentity purchasing or otherwise acquiring or holding any interest in shares of our capital stock will be deemed to have notice of and to have consented to these provisions. This provision may limit a stockholder’s ability to bring a claim in a judicial forum that it finds favorable for disputes with us or our directors, officers or other employees, which may discourage such lawsuits against us and our directors, officers and employees.
29

Index to Form 10-KIndex to FS
Alternatively, if a court were to find this provision of our Amended and Restated By-laws inapplicable to, or unenforceable in respect of, one or more of the NEO for “good reason” (including upon termination within twospecified types of actions or proceedings, we may incur additional costs associated with resolving such matters in other jurisdictions.
Item 1B. UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS
None.
Item 2. PROPERTIES
Facilities
We lease various office space in New Jersey, New York, Missouri, California, and India and we lease warehouse space in Missouri.
For our physical campus retail operations, we typically have the exclusive right to operate the official physical school bookstore on college campuses through multi-year management service agreements with our schools. In turn, we pay the school a percentage of store sales and, in some cases, a minimum fixed guarantee. These contracts with colleges and universities are typically five years following a change of control). The employment agreement has a two-year termwith renewal options, but can range from one to 15 years, and renews automatically for one year unlessare typically cancellable by either party gives noticewithout penalty with 90 to 120 days' notice.
As of non-renewal at least three months priorApril 29, 2023, these contracts for the 774 physical stores that we operate expire as follows:
Contract Terms to Expire During
 (12 months ending on or about April 30)
Number of Physical Campus Stores
202492
202567
202669
202774
202858
2029 and later414

Item 3. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS
We are involved in a variety of claims, suits, investigations and proceedings that arise from time to automatic renewal. The Company entered intotime in the ordinary course of our business, including actions with respect to contracts, intellectual property, taxation, employment, letters outlining employment terms with eachbenefits, personal injuries and other matters. We record a liability when we believe that it is both probable that a loss has been incurred and the amount of Messrs. Brover, Donohue, Malhotraloss can be reasonably estimated. Based on our current knowledge, we do not believe that there is a reasonable possibility that the final outcome of any pending or threatened legal proceedings to which we or any of our subsidiaries are a party, either individually or in the aggregate, will have a material adverse effect on our future financial results. However, legal matters are inherently unpredictable and Miller on June 19, 2019. The employment letters provide the officers with severance payments and benefits upon terminationsubject to significant uncertainties, some of employment by the Company without “cause” or by the NEO for “good reason” (including upon termination within two years following a change of control).

7


Employment Arrangements-General Provisions

Pursuant to their employment agreement or letters, the annual base salaries of Messrs. Huseby, Brover, Donohue, Malhotra and Millerwhich are beyond our control. As such, there can be no less than $1,100,000, $610,000, $500,000, $523,400 and $500,000, respectively, during the terms of their employment. Each of Messrs. Huseby, Brover, Donohue, Malhotra and Miller are eligible for a minimum target annual incentive compensation award of not less than 150%, 100%, 85%, 100% and 85%, respectively, of his base salary, as determined by the Compensation Committee. On April 1, 2020, as a result of the unusual circumstances surrounding the COVID-19 epidemic, Mr. Huseby voluntarily agreed to a temporary reduction of his base salary of 25%, effective April 13, 2020, which will continue through September 19, 2020. Mr. Huseby remains eligible to participate in the Company’s short-term incentive programs at a level commensurate with his previous salary.

The employment agreements or employment letters also provideassurance that the NEO is eligiblefinal outcome of these matters will not materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.

Item 4. MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES
Not applicable.
30

Index to Form 10-KIndex to FS
PART II
Item 5. MARKET FOR THE REGISTRANT'S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES
Our authorized capital stock consists of 200,000,000 shares of common stock, par value $0.01 per share, and 5,000,000 shares of preferred stock, par value $0.01 per share. Our common stock trades on the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”) under the symbol “BNED.”
We have reserved an aggregate of 13,409,345 shares of common stock for future grants of equity-based awards underin accordance with the Barnes & Noble Education Inc. Equity Incentive Plan. With respectPlan. See Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data - Note 12. Long-Term Incentive Compensation Expense.
Repurchase of Shares
On December 14, 2015, our Board of Directors authorized a stock repurchase program of up to Messrs. Brover, Donohue, Malhotra$50 million, in the aggregate, of our outstanding common stock. The stock repurchase program is carried out at the direction of management (which may include a plan under Rule 10b5-1 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934). The stock repurchase program may be suspended, terminated, or modified at any time. Any repurchased shares will be held as treasury stock and Miller,will be available for general corporate purposes. During Fiscal 2023, 2022, and 2021, we did not repurchase shares under the amountsstock repurchase program. As of such grants are determined byApril 29, 2023, approximately $26.7 million remains available under the Compensation Committee,stock repurchase program.
During the years ended April 29, 2023, April 30, 2022, and May 1, 2021, we also repurchased 347,808 shares, 239,751 shares, and 414,174 shares, respectively, of our common stock in connection with respectemployee tax withholding obligations for vested stock awards.
Dividends
We paid no other dividends to Mr. Huseby, the amount of such equity award shall have an aggregate target value of 300% of his base salary. The employment agreement for Mr. Huseby and the employment letter for Mr. Brover also provide for $1,000,000 of life insurance and long-term disability (providing for monthly payments of $12,800) payablecommon stockholders during the disability period throughyears ended April 29, 2023, April 30, 2022, and May 1, 2021. We do not intend to pay dividends on our common stock in the earlierforeseeable future and dividend payments are not permitted under current or future financing arrangements.

31

Index to Form 10-KIndex to FS
Item 6. SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA
The selected financial information presented below should be read in conjunction with Item 7. Management's Discussion and Analysis of deathFinancial Condition and Results of Operations and Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.
 
Fiscal Year (a)(b)
(In thousands of dollars,
 except for share and per share amounts)
2023
2022 (c)

2021 (c)
2020 (c)
2019
STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS DATA:
Total sales$1,543,208 $1,495,734 $1,406,516 $1,827,402 $2,013,304 
Cost of sales (exclusive of depreciation and amortization expense):1,193,769 1,152,902 1,176,173 1,404,166 1,505,608 
Gross profit349,439 342,832 230,343 423,236 507,696 
Selling and administrative expenses357,611 353,968 316,164 385,300 409,376 
Depreciation and amortization expense42,163 42,124 45,204 53,190 57,891 
Impairment loss (non-cash) (d)
6,008 6,411 27,630 433 57,748 
Restructuring and other charges (d)
10,103 944 10,107 18,567 6,836 
Transaction costs— — — — 154 
Operating loss(66,446)(60,615)(168,762)(34,254)(24,309)
Interest expense, net22,683 10,096 8,087 7,445 9,780 
Loss from continuing operations before income taxes(89,129)(70,711)(176,849)(41,699)(34,089)
Income tax expense (benefit)1,011 (9,152)(43,280)(9,895)(12,263)
Loss from continuing operations, net of tax(90,140)(61,559)(133,569)(31,804)(21,826)
Loss from discontinued operations, net of tax (b)
(11,722)(7,298)(6,241)(6,446)(2,548)
Net loss$(101,862)$(68,857)$(139,810)$(38,250)$(24,374)
Loss per common share:
Basic and Diluted
Continuing operations$(1.72)$(1.19)$(2.69)$(0.66)$(0.46)
Discontinued operations (b)
(0.22)(0.14)(0.12)(0.14)(0.06)
Total Basic and Diluted Earnings per share$(1.94)$(1.33)$(2.81)$(0.80)$(0.52)
Weighted average common shares - Basic and Diluted (thousands):52,454 51,797 49,669 48,013 47,306 

 
Fiscal Year (a)(b)
(In thousands of dollars,
 except for share and per share amounts)
2023
2022 (c)

2021 (c)
2020 (c)
2019
OTHER OPERATING DATA
        - Continuing Operations:
Adjusted EBITDA (non-GAAP) (e)
Retail$10,640 $8,679 $(66,827)$36,227 $89,094 
Wholesale3,239 3,782 18,598 21,567 35,018 
Corporate Services and Eliminations(22,025)(22,777)(21,887)(19,044)(25,339)
Total Adjusted EBITDA (non-GAAP)$(8,146)$(10,316)$(70,116)$38,750 $98,773 
Adjusted Earnings (non-GAAP) (e)
$(74,003)$(53,384)$(93,890)$(17,104)$26,811 
Capital expenditures$25,092 $33,607 $27,562 $30,767 $34,976 
OTHER OPERATING DATA - STORE COUNT:
Number of physical stores at period end774 805 769 772 772 
Number of virtual stores at period end592 622 648 647 676 
Total number of stores at period end1,366 1,427 1,417 1,419 1,448 
32

Index to Form 10-KIndex to FS
 
Fiscal Year (a)(b)
(In thousands of dollars,
 except for share and per share amounts)
2023
2022 (c)

2021 (c)
2020 (c)
2019
BALANCE SHEET DATA
 (at period end):
Merchandise and rental inventory$353,328 $323,466 $309,804 $469,649 $467,323 
Total assets (b)
$980,779 $1,071,553 $1,031,113 $1,158,138 $952,337 
Total liabilities (b)
$850,028 $843,179 $738,102 $740,387 $501,709 
Short-term debt$— $40,000 $50,000 $75,000 $100,000 
Long-term debt$182,151 $185,700 $127,600 $99,700 $33,500 
Total stockholders' equity$130,751 $228,374 $293,011 $417,751 $450,628 
(a)Our fiscal year is comprised of 52 or 53 weeks, ending on the attainmentSaturday closest to the last day of age 65. EachApril. “Fiscal 2023” means the 52 weeks ended April 29, 2023, “Fiscal 2022” means the 52 weeks ended April 30, 2022, “Fiscal 2021” means the 52 weeks ended May 1, 2021, “Fiscal 2020” means the 53 weeks ended May 2, 2020, and “Fiscal 2019” means the 52 weeks ended April 27, 2019.
(b)During the fourth quarter of Fiscal 2023, assets related to our Digital Student Solutions ("DSS") Segment met the criteria for classification as Assets Held for Sale and Discontinued Operations. The results of operations related to the DSS Segment are included in the consolidated statements of operations as "Loss from discontinued operations, net of tax" for all periods presented. Certain assets and liabilities associated with the DSS Segment are presented in our consolidated balance sheets as "Assets Held for Sale" and "Liabilities Held for Sale."
(c)    During Fiscal 2022, Fiscal 2021 and Fiscal 2020, our business experienced an unprecedented and significant impact as a result of the COVID-19 pandemic. The impact of which affects the comparability of our NEOs is entitled to all other benefits afforded to executive officersresults of operations and employeescash flows.
(d)    For additional information, see Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data - Note 2. Summary of the Company.

Under their respective employment agreements or employment letters with the Company,Significant Accounting Policies and Note 9. Supplementary Information.

(e)    To supplement our NEOs are subject to certain restrictive covenants regarding competition, solicitation, confidentiality and disparagement. Mr. Huseby’s agreement contains non-competition and non-solicitation covenants that apply during the employment term and for the two-year period following the termination of employment.

Messrs. Brover, Donohue, Malhotra and Miller are restricted by a non-competition and non-solicitation covenant during their term of employment and for a one-year period thereafter. The confidentiality and non-disparagement covenants apply during the term of each respective employment letters of each NEO and at all times thereafter.

Employment Arrangements-Severance and Change of Control Benefits

Mr. Huseby’s employment agreement provides that he may be terminated by the Company upon death or disability or for “cause”, and by Mr. Huseby without “good reason”. If Mr. Huseby’s employment is terminated by the Company upon death, disability or for “cause,” or by the NEO without “good reason”, Mr. Huseby is entitled to payment of base salary through the date of death, disability or termination of employment. Pursuant to the letter agreement, dated April 1, 2020, between the Company and Mr. Huseby, the reduction in base salary does not apply with respect to the determination of severance and change of control benefits under Mr. Huseby’s employment agreement.

If the employment of Messrs. Huseby, Brover, Donohue, Malhotra or Miller is terminated by the Company without “cause” or by the NEO for “good reason,” the NEO is entitled, provided he signs a release of claims against the Company, to a lump-sum severance payment equal to one-time (or, in the case of Mr. Huseby, two times) (a) annual base salary, (b) with respect to Mr. Huseby, the average of annual incentive compensation actually paid to Mr. Huseby with respect to the three completed years preceding the date of termination, and with respect to Messrs. Brover, Donohue, Malhotra and Miller, the target annual incentive compensation for the fiscal year in which termination takes place, and (c) the cost of benefits.

Further, if the employment of any NEO is terminated by the Company without “cause” or by the NEO for “good reason” within two years (or the remainder of his term of employment under his employment agreement, whichever is longer) following a “change of control” of the Company, the NEO is entitled, regardless of whether he signs a release of claims against the Company, to a lump-sum severance payment equal to two times (or, in the case of Mr. Huseby, three times) (a) annual base salary, (b) with respect to Mr. Huseby, the average of annual incentive compensation actually paid to Mr. Huseby with respect to the three completed years preceding the date of termination, and with respect to Messrs. Brover, Donohue, Malhotra and Miller, the target annual incentive compensation for the fiscal year in which termination takes place, and (c) the cost of benefits. However, if such severance payments trigger the “golden parachute” excise tax under Sections 280G and 4999 of the Code, the severance benefits for an NEO would be reduced if such reduction would result in a greater after-tax benefit to him.

Except as otherwise provided by the applicable award agreement, if the successor company assumes or substitutes for an outstanding equity award such award will continueresults prepared in accordance with its applicable termsGAAP, we use the measure of Adjusted EBITDA and will not be accelerated. UnderAdjusted Earnings, which are non-GAAP financial measures as defined by the restricted stock unit award agreements, ifSecurities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”). See Item 7. Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations - Adjusted Earnings (non-GAAP) and - Adjusted EBITDA (non-GAAP).

33

Index to Form 10-KIndex to FS
Item 7.     MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
Unless the holder were terminated other than for “cause” at any time following a change of control, then the unvested restricted stock units underlying the award would immediately vest.

Under the award agreements executed under thecontext otherwise indicates, references to “we,” “us,” “our” and “the Company” refer to Barnes & Noble Education, Inc. Equity Incentive Plan, “changeor “BNED”, a Delaware corporation. References to “Barnes & Noble College” or “BNC” refer to our subsidiary Barnes & Noble College Booksellers, LLC. References to “MBS” refer to our subsidiary MBS Textbook Exchange, LLC.

Our fiscal year is comprised of control” generally has52 or 53 weeks, ending on the same meaning as provided underSaturday closest to the last day of April. “Fiscal 2024” means the 52 weeks ended April 27, 2024, “Fiscal 2023” means the 52 weeks ended April 29, 2023, “Fiscal 2022” means the 52 weeks ended April 30, 2022, and “Fiscal 2021” means the 52 weeks ended May 1, 2021.
Overview
Description of Business
Barnes & Noble Education, Inc. Equity Incentive Plan and means any(“BNED”) is one of the following: (a)largest contract operators of physical and virtual bookstores for college and university campuses and K-12 institutions across the United States. We are also one of the largest textbook wholesalers, inventory management hardware and software providers, and a changeleading provider of digital education solutions. We operate 1,366 physical, virtual, and custom bookstores and serve more than 6 million students, delivering essential educational content, tools and general merchandise within a dynamic omnichannel retail environment.
The strengths of our business include our ability to compete by developing new products and solutions to meet market needs, our large operating footprint with direct access to students and faculty, our well-established, deep relationships with academic partners and stable, long-term contracts and our well-recognized brands. We provide product and service offerings designed to address the most pressing issues in higher education, including equitable access, enhanced convenience and improved affordability through innovative course material delivery models designed to drive improved student experiences and outcomes. We offer our BNC First Day® equitable and inclusive access programs, consisting of First DayComplete and First Day, which provide faculty requested course materials on or before the first day of class at a discounted rate, as compared to the total retail price for the same course materials if purchased separately. The BNC First Day discounted price is offered as a course fee or included in tuition. During Fiscal 2023, BNC First Day total revenue increased 48% from the prior year period. We plan to move many institutions to First Day Complete in Fiscal 2024 and the majority of our stores by Fiscal 2025, with continued relative adoption of this model thereafter.
We expect to continue to introduce scalable and advanced solutions focused largely on the student and customer experience, expand our e-commerce capabilities and accelerate such capabilities through our merchandising partnership with Fanatics Retail Group Fulfillment, LLC, Inc. (“Fanatics”) and Fanatics Lids College, Inc. D/B/A "Lids" (“Lids”) (collectively referred to herein as the “F/L Partnership”), win new accounts, and expand our strategic opportunities through acquisitions and partnerships. We expect gross general merchandise sales to continue to increase over the long term, as our product assortments continue to emphasize and reflect changing consumer trends, and we evolve our presentation concepts and merchandising of products in stores and online, which we expect to be further enhanced and accelerated through the F/L Partnership. Through this partnership, we receive unparalleled product assortment, e-commerce capabilities and powerful digital marketing tools to drive increased value for customers and accelerate growth of our logo general merchandise business. During Fiscal 2023, Retail Gross Comparable Store general merchandise sales increased by 8.6%.
The Barnes & Noble brand (licensed from our former parent) along with our subsidiary brands, BNC and MBS, are synonymous with innovation in bookselling and campus retailing, and are widely recognized and respected brands in the ownershipUnited States. Our large college footprint, reputation, and credibility in the marketplace not only support our marketing efforts to universities, students, and faculty, but are also important to our relationship with leading publishers who rely on us as one of their primary distribution channels.
For a discussion of our business,see Part I - Item 1. Business.
Sale of Digital Student Solutions ("DSS") Segment
During the fourth quarter of Fiscal 2023, assets related to our Digital Student Solutions ("DSS") Segment met the criteria for classification as Assets Held for Sale and Discontinued Operations. Certain assets and liabilities associated with the DSS Segment are presented in our consolidated balance sheets as "Assets Held for Sale" and "Liabilities Held for Sale". The results of operations related to the DSS Segment are included in the consolidated statements of operations as "Loss from discontinued operations, net of tax." The cash flows of the Company; (b)DSS Segment are also presented separately in our consolidated statements of cash flows.
On May 31, 2023, subsequent to the end of Fiscal 2023, we completed the sale of these assets related to our DSS Segment for cash proceeds of $20 million, net of certain transaction fees, severance costs, escrow, and other considerations. During the first quarter of Fiscal 2024, we expect to record a changeGain on Sale of Business in the range of $2.5 million to $4.5 million. Net
34

Index to Form 10-KIndex to FS
cash proceeds from the sale was used for debt repayment and provided additional funds for working capital needs under our Credit Facility.
Cost Savings Initiative
We have implemented a significant cost reduction program designed to streamline our operations, maximize productivity and drive profitability. We have taken steps to significantly reduce our workforce during non-rush seasonal sales periods, eliminated duplicate administrative headcounts at all levels, implemented improved system development processes to reduce maintenance costs. reduced capital expenditures, and evaluated operating contractual obligations for cost savings. We have achieved meaningful cost savings from this program of approximately $17 million during the year ended April 29, 2023. These initiatives are expected to provide annualized savings of $30 million to $35 million in Fiscal 2024. Management's plans over the next twelve months include the further reduction of gross capital expenditures and other cost saving measures of approximately $25 million. Management believes that these plans are within its control and probable of being implemented on a timely basis.
BNC First Day Equitable and Inclusive Access Programs
We provide product and service offerings designed to address the most pressing issues in higher education, including equitable access, enhanced convenience and improved affordability through innovative course material delivery models designed to drive improved student experiences and outcomes. We offer our BNC First Day® equitable and inclusive access programs, consisting of First DayComplete and First Day, which provide faculty requested course materials on or before the first day of class at a discounted rate, as compared to the total retail price for the same course materials if purchased separately. The BNC First Day discounted price is offered as a course fee or included in tuition.
First Day Complete is adopted by an institution and includes all undergraduate classes (and on occasion graduate classes), providing students both physical and digital materials. The First Day Complete model drives substantially greater unit sales and sell-through for the bookstore.
First Day is adopted by a faculty member for a single course, and students receive primarily digital course materials through their school's learning management system ("LMS").
Offering course materials through our equitable and inclusive access First Day Complete and First Day models is a key, and increasingly important strategic initiative of ours to meet the market demands of substantially reduced pricing to students, as well as the opportunity to improve student outcomes, while, at the same time, increasing our market share, revenue and relative gross profits of course material sales given the higher volumes of units sold in such models as compared to historical sales models that rely on individual student marketing and sales. These programs have allowed us to reverse historical long-term trends in course materials revenue declines, which have been observed at those schools where such programs have been adopted. We are moving quickly and decisively to accelerate our First Day Complete strategy. We plan to move many institutions to First Day Complete in Fiscal 2024 and the majority of our schools by Fiscal 2025, with continued relative adoption of this model thereafter.
For the 2023 Spring Term, 116 campus stores adopted our First Day Complete course materials delivery program, representing approximately 580,000 in total undergraduate student enrollment (as reported by National Center for Education Statistics), compared to 76 campus stores representing approximately 380,000 in total undergraduate student enrollment for the 2022 Spring Term. During the 52 weeks ended April 29, 2023, First Day Complete sales increased by $93 million to $198 million, or 88%, as compared to $105 million in the prior year period.
Partnership with Fanatics and Lids
In December 2020, we entered into the F/L Partnership. Through this partnership, we receive unparalleled product assortment, e-commerce capabilities and powerful digital marketing tools to drive increased value for customers and accelerate growth of our general merchandise business. Fanatics’ cutting-edge e-commerce and technology expertise offers our campus stores expanded product selection, a world-class online and mobile experience, and a progressive direct-to-consumer platform. Coupled with Lids, the leading standalone brick and mortar retailer focused exclusively on licensed fan and alumni products, our campus stores have improved access to trend and sales performance data on licensees, product styles, and design treatments.
We maintain our relationships with campus partners and remain responsible for staffing and managing the day-to-day operations of our campus bookstores. We also work closely with our campus partners to ensure that each campus store maintains unique aspects of in-store merchandising, including localized product assortments and specific styles and designs that reflect each campus’s brand. We leverage Fanatics’ e-commerce technology and expertise for the operational management of the emblematic merchandise and gift sections of our campus store websites.
Lids manages in-store assortment planning and merchandising of emblematic apparel, headwear, and gift products for our partner campus stores, and Lids owns the inventory it manages, relieving us of the obligation to finance inventory purchases from working capital. Through the pending installation of Lids "Custom Zones" at certain stores, our stores will offer a
35

Index to Form 10-KIndex to FS
differentiated shopping experience, that lets students, parents, alumni, fans, and campus clubs personalize school merchandise that’s sold in the store. These Custom Zones will drive incremental foot traffic, increase in-store dwell time, and grow sales opportunities. The installation of traffic counters at certain stores provides comprehensive store analytics that help us optimize the customer experience and business outcomes, by better aligning staffing with peak traffic hours, identifying opportunities to increase conversion, or assessing promotional effectiveness.
On April 4, 2021, as contemplated by the F/L Partnership's merchandising agreement, we sold our logo and emblematic general merchandise inventory to Lids, which was finalized during the first quarter of Fiscal 2022. Effective in April 2021, as contemplated by the F/L Partnership's merchandising agreement and e-commerce agreement, we began to transition the fulfillment of our logo general merchandise sales to Lids and Fanatics. The transition to Lids for campus stores was effective in April 2021, and the e-commerce websites transitioned to Fanatics throughout Fiscal 2022. As the logo and emblematic general merchandise sales are fulfilled by Lids and Fanatics, we recognize commission revenue earned for these sales on a net basis in our consolidated financial statements, as compared to the recognition of logo and emblematic general merchandise sales on a gross basis prior to April 4, 2021.
In December 2020, Fanatics, Inc. and Lids Holdings, Inc. jointly made a $15 million strategic equity investment in BNED. In addition to its equity investment, on June 7, 2022, we entered into a $30 million term loan credit agreement with TopLids LendCo, LLC and Vital Fundco, LLC, another strategic partner. For additional information, see Part II - Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.
COVID-19 Pandemic Business Impact
Our business was significantly negatively impacted by the COVID-19 pandemic, as many schools adjusted their learning models and on-campus activities. The impact of COVID-19 store closings during Fiscal 2021 to Fiscal 2022 resulted in the loss of cash flow and increased borrowings that we would not otherwise have expected to incur. However, on campus traffic continues to grow from increased campus events and activities, as compared to the last two years. We cannot accurately predict the duration or extent of the lingering impact of the COVID-19 pandemic on enrollments, primarily at community colleges and international student enrollment, campus activities, university budgets, athletics, the continuation of remote and hybrid class offerings, and other areas that directly affect our business operations.
Segments
During the fourth quarter of Fiscal 2023, assets related to our DSS Segment met the criteria for classification as Assets Held for Sale and Discontinued Operations and is no longer a reportable segment. We have two reportable segments: Retail and Wholesale. Additionally, unallocated shared-service costs, which include various corporate level expenses and other governance functions, are not allocated to any specific reporting segment and continue to be presented as “Corporate Services”. The following discussion provides information regarding the three segments.
Retail Segment
The Retail Segment operates 1,366 college, university, and K-12 school bookstores, comprised of 774 physical bookstores and 592 virtual bookstores. Our bookstores typically operate under agreements with the college, university, or K-12 schools to be the official bookstore and the exclusive seller of course materials and supplies, including physical and digital products. The majority of the physical campus bookstores have school-branded e-commerce websites which we operate independently or along with our merchant partners, and which offer students access to affordable course materials and affinity products, including emblematic apparel and gifts. The Retail Segment also offers equitable and inclusive access programs, which provide faculty requested course materials on or before the first day of class at a discounted rate, as compared to the total retail price for the same course materials if purchased separately. The BNC First Day discounted price is offered as a course fee or included in tuition. Additionally, the Retail Segment offers a suite of digital content and services to colleges and universities, including a variety of open educational resource-based courseware.
Wholesale Segment
The Wholesale Segment is comprised of our wholesale textbook business and is one of the largest textbook wholesalers in the country. The Wholesale Segment centrally sources, sells, and distributes new and used textbooks to approximately 3,000 physical bookstores (including our Retail Segment's 774 physical bookstores) and sources and distributes new and used textbooks to our 592 virtual bookstores. Additionally, the Wholesale Segment sells hardware and a software suite of applications that provides inventory management and point-of-sale solutions to approximately 340 college bookstores.
Corporate Services represents unallocated shared-service costs which include corporate level expenses and other governance functions, including executive functions, such as accounting, legal, treasury, information technology, and human resources.
36

Index to Form 10-KIndex to FS
Seasonality
Our business is highly seasonal. Our quarterly results also may fluctuate depending on the timing of the start of the various schools' semesters, as well as shifts in our fiscal calendar dates. These shifts in timing may affect the comparability of our results across periods. Our fiscal year is comprised of 52 or 53 weeks, ending on the Saturday closest to the last day of April.
Our retail business is highly seasonal, with the major portion of sales and operating profit realized during the second and third fiscal quarters, when college students generally purchase and rent textbooks for the upcoming semesters.
Retail product revenue is recognized when the customer takes physical possession of our products, which occurs either at the point of sale for products purchased at physical locations or upon receipt of our products by our customers for products ordered through our websites and virtual bookstores. Revenue from the sale of digital textbooks, which contains a single performance obligation, is recognized at the point of sale as product revenue in our consolidated financial statements. Revenue from the rental of physical textbooks is deferred and recognized over the rental period based on the passage of time commencing at the point of sale, when control of the Company;product transfers to the customer and is recognized as rental income in our consolidated financial statements. Depending on the product mix offered under the BNC First Day offerings, revenue recognized is consistent with our policies for product, digital and rental sales, net of an anticipated opt-out or (c)return provision.
Given the growth of BNC First Day programs, the timing of cash collection from our school partners may shift to periods subsequent to when the revenue is recognized. When a changeschool adopts our BNC First Day equitable and inclusive access offerings, cash collection from the school generally occurs after the student drop/add dates, which is later in the ownership of a substantial portionworking capital cycle, particularly in our third quarter given the timing of the Company’sSpring Term and our quarterly reporting period, as compared to direct-to-student point-of-sale transactions where cash is generally collected during the point-of-sale transaction or within a few days from the credit card processor. As a higher percentage of our sales shift to BNC First Day equitable and inclusive access offerings, we are focused on efforts to better align the timing of our cash outflows to course material vendors and schools with cash inflows collected from schools, including modifying payment terms in existing and future school contracts.
Sales attributable to our wholesale business are generally highest in our first, second and third quarter, as it sells textbooks and other course materials for retail distribution.
Trends and Other Factors Affecting Our Business
For a discussion of our trends and other factors affecting our business,see Part I - Item 1. Business.
Results of Operations
Elements of Results of Operations
Our consolidated financial statements reflect our consolidated financial position, results of operations and cash flows in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States (“GAAP”). The results of operations reflected in our consolidated financial statements are presented on a consolidated basis. All material intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.
During the fourth quarter of Fiscal 2023, assets related to our DSS Segment met the criteria for classification as Assets Held for Sale and Discontinued Operations. Certain assets and liabilities associated with the DSS Segment are presented in each case, withinour consolidated balance sheets as current "Assets Held for Sale" and current "Liabilities Held for Sale". The results of operations related to the meaningDSS Segment are included in the consolidated statements of Section 409Aoperations as "Loss from discontinued operations, net of tax." The cash flows of the CodeDSS Segment are also presented separately in our consolidated statements of cash flows.
Our sales are primarily derived from the sale of course materials, which include new, used, rental and digital textbooks. Additionally, at college and university bookstores which we operate, we sell general merchandise, including emblematic apparel and gifts, trade books, computer products, school and dorm supplies, convenience and café items and graduation products. Our rental income is primarily derived from the regulations promulgated thereunder.

Underrental of physical textbooks. We also derive revenue from other sources, such as sales of inventory management, hardware and point-of-sale software, and other services.

Our cost of sales primarily includes costs such as merchandise costs, textbook rental amortization, content development cost amortization, warehouse costs related to inventory management and order fulfillment, insurance, certain payroll costs, and management service agreement costs, including rent expense, related to our college and university contracts and other facility related expenses.
Our selling and administrative expenses consist primarily of store payroll and store operating expenses. Selling and administrative expenses also include long-term incentive plan compensation expense and general office expenses, such as merchandising, procurement, field support, and finance and accounting. Shared-service costs such as human resources, legal, treasury, information technology, and various other corporate level expenses and other governance functions, are not allocated to any specific reporting segment and are recorded in Corporate Services as discussed in the restricted stock unit award agreements, “cause” generally means Overview - Segments discussion above.
37

Index to Form 10-KIndex to FS
Results of Operations Summary - Continuing Operations (a) a material failure by
52 weeks ended
Dollars in thousands
April 29, 2023 (a)
April 30, 2022 (b)
May 1, 2021 (b)
Sales: (c)
Product sales and other$1,406,655 $1,362,380 $1,272,366 
Rental income136,553 133,354 134,150 
Total sales$1,543,208 $1,495,734 $1,406,516 
Gross Profit$349,439 $342,832 $230,343 
Net loss from continuing operations$(90,140)$(61,559)$(133,569)
Adjusted Earnings (non-GAAP) - Continuing Operations (d)
$(74,003)$(53,384)$(93,890)
Adjusted EBITDA (non-GAAP) - Continuing Operations (d)
Retail$10,640 $8,679 $(66,827)
Wholesale3,239 3,782 18,598 
Corporate Services(22,000)(23,002)(22,079)
Eliminations(25)225 192 
Total Adjusted EBITDA (non-GAAP)$(8,146)$(10,316)$(70,116)
(a)During the holderfourth quarter of Fiscal 2023, assets related to perform his or her duties (other thanour Digital Student Solutions ("DSS") Segment met the criteria for classification as a resultAssets Held for Sale and Discontinued Operations. Net Loss from Continuing Operations excludes the results of incapacity due to physical or mental illness) during his or her employment with the Company after written notice

8


of such breach or failure and the holder failed to cure such breach or failureoperations related to the Company’s reasonable satisfaction within five days after receiving such written notice; or DSS Segment for all years reported above.

(b) any act of fraud, misappropriation, misuse, embezzlement or any other material act of dishonesty in respect of the Company or its funds, properties, assets or other employees.

The estimated payments to be made by the Company toIn Fiscal 2022 and Fiscal 2021, our NEOs in the event of a change of control are set forth in the “Potential Payments Upon Termination or Change of Control Table”.

Employment Arrangements-Defined Terms

“Cause,” for purposes of the employment agreementbusiness experienced an unprecedented and employment letters, generally means any of the following: (a) the NEO engaging in intentional misconduct or gross negligence that, in either case, is injurious to the Company; (b) the NEO’s indictment, entry of a plea of nolo contendere or conviction by a court of competent jurisdiction with respect to any crime or violation of law involving fraud or dishonesty (with the exception of misconduct based in good faith on the advice of professional consultants, such as attorneys and accountants) or any felony (or equivalent crime in a non-U.S. jurisdiction); (c) any gross negligence, intentional acts or intentional omissions by the NEO in connection with the performance of the NEO’s duties and responsibilities; (d) fraud, dishonesty, embezzlement or misappropriation in connection with the performance of the NEO’s duties and responsibilities; (e) the NEO engaging in any act of misconduct or moral turpitude reasonably likely to adversely affect the Company or its business; (f) the NEO’s abuse of or dependency on alcohol or drugs (illicit or otherwise) that adversely affects the NEO’s job performance; (g) the NEO’s willful failure or refusal to properly perform the duties, responsibilities or obligations of the NEO’s service for reasons other than disability or authorized leave, or to properly perform or follow any lawful direction by the Company; or (h) the NEO’s breach of the agreement or of any other contractual duty to, written policy of, or written agreement with, the Company.

“Change of Control,” for purposes of the employment agreement and employment letters, generally means any of the following: (a) the Company’s directors immediately prior to a merger, consolidation, liquidation or sale of assets cease within two years thereafter to constitute a majority of the Company’s Board of Directors; (b) the Company’s directors immediately prior to a tender or exchange offer for the Company’s voting securities cease within two years thereafter to constitute a majority of the Company’s Board of Directors. The consummation of a corporate transaction constituting a Reorganization or a Sale, if such transaction requires the approval of the Company’s stockholders, subject to certain exceptions outlined in the agreement and letters; or (c) the acquisition by any person or group (other than the executive or his or her affiliates) of 40% or more of the Company’s voting securities.

“Good Reason,” for purposes of the employment agreement and employment letters, generally means any of the following without the NEO’s written consent: (a) a material diminution of authority, duties or responsibilities; (b) a material diminution in the authority, duties or responsibilities of the supervisor to whom the NEO reports; (c) a reduction in current annual base salary or target annual bonus; (d) the relocation of the Company’s principal executive offices more than 50 miles from both New York City, New York and Basking Ridge, New Jersey; (e) a failure by the Company to make material payments under the agreement; (f) a reduction in title; or (g) a material reduction in the value of employee benefits following a Change of Control. Notwithstanding the foregoing, an NEO will only have grounds to resign for Good Reason if the NEO notifies the Company in writing with 60 days of the Good Reason occurrence, the Company does not cure such grounds within 30 days following receipt of notice, and the NEO actually resigns employment 30 days following the end of such cure period.

Resignation Letter Agreement with Mr. Brover

On February 7, 2020, Mr. Brover resigned as Executive Vice President, Operations of the Company and Executive Vice President of Barnes & Noble College Booksellers, LLC, effective as of May 2, 2020,significant impact as a result of the eliminationCOVID-19 pandemic. The impact of his positions.

In connection with his resignation,which affects the Companycomparability of our results of operations and Mr. Brover entered into a resignation letter agreement. Undercash flows.

(c)Effective in April 2021, as contemplated by the resignation letterF/L Partnership's merchandising agreement and consistent with Mr. Brover’s employment letter, Mr. Brover received, among other things, bi-weekly payments through September 30, 2020e-commerce agreement, we began to transition the fulfillment of an amount equalour logo general merchandise sales to 1.0 timesLids and Fanatics. The transition to Lids for campus stores was effective in April 2021, and the sume-commerce websites transitioned to Fanatics throughout Fiscal 2022. As the logo general merchandise sales are fulfilled by Lids and Fanatics, we recognize commission revenue earned for these sales on a net basis in our consolidated financial statements, as compared to the recognition of (i) base salary ($610,000), (ii) target annual bonus for Fiscal 2020 ($610,000) and (iii) the aggregate dollar amount of the payments made or to be made in respect of employee benefits for eighteen months, totaling $1,245,000logo general merchandise sales on a gross basis in the aggregate. In addition, subjectperiods prior to the termstransition. See Retail Gross Comparable Store Sales details.
(d)Adjusted Earnings and conditionsAdjusted EBITDA are a non-GAAP financial measures. See Adjusted Earnings (non-GAAP) and Adjusted EBITDA (non-GAAP) discussion below.
The following table sets forth, for the periods indicated, the percentage relationship that certain items bear to total sales: 
52 weeks ended
Continuing OperationsApril 29, 2023April 30, 2022May 1, 2021
Sales:
Product sales and other91.2 %91.1 %90.5 %
Rental income8.8 8.9 9.5 
Total sales100.0 100.0 100.0 
Cost of sales (exclusive of depreciation and amortization expense):
Product and other cost of sales (a)
79.6 79.0 85.6 
Rental cost of sales (a)
54.4 57.5 65.0 
Total cost of sales77.4 77.1 83.6 
Gross margin22.6 22.9 16.4 
Selling and administrative expenses23.2 23.7 22.5 
Depreciation and amortization expense2.7 2.8 3.2 
Impairment loss (non-cash)0.4 0.4 2.0 
Restructuring and other charges0.7 0.1 0.7 
Operating loss from continuing operations(4.3)%(4.1)%(12.0)%
(a) Represents the percentage these costs bear to the related sales, instead of total sales.
38

Index to Form 10-KIndex to FS
Results of Operations - Discontinued Operations
During the resignation letter agreement, including Mr. Brover’s cooperationfourth quarter of Fiscal 2023, assets related to our DSS Segmentmet the criteria for classification as Assets Held for Sale and Discontinued Operations and is no longer a reportable segment. The results of operations related to the DSS Segment are included in the transitionconsolidated statements of his responsibilitiesoperations as "Loss from discontinued operations, net of tax." On May 31, 2023, subsequent to the end of Fiscal 2023, we completed the sale of these assets related to our DSS Segment for cash proceeds of $20 million, net of certain transaction fees, severance costs, escrow, and Mr. Brover’s waiverother considerations. During the first quarter of any benefitsFiscal 2024, we expect to which herecord a Gain on Sale of Business in the range of $2.5 million to $4.5 million. Net cash proceeds from the sale was entitledused for a change of control of the Companydebt repayment and provided additional funds for working capital needs under his employment letter agreement, the Company agreed to pay Mr. Brover a cash transition payment of $445,000 and a Fiscal 2020 bonus of $305,000 in cash. Mr. Brover forfeited any unvested equity awards. As a condition to payment of all of the foregoing amounts, Mr. Brover executed a release of claims in favor of the Company, BNC, and its affiliates.

Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal Year End

our Credit Facility. The following table summarizes the equity awardsoperating results of the Company madediscontinued operations for the periods indicated:

52 weeks ended
Dollars in thousandsApril 29, 2023April 30, 2022May 1, 2021
Total sales$35,353 $35,666 $27,374 
Cost of sales (a)
7,156 5,738 5,056 
Gross profit (a)
28,197 29,928 22,318 
Selling and administrative expenses34,137 29,472 22,116 
Depreciation and amortization3,155 7,257 7,763 
Restructuring costs1,848 — 571 
Transaction costs381 — — 
Operating loss(11,324)(6,801)(8,132)
Income tax expense (benefit)398 497 (1,891)
Loss from discontinued operations, net of tax$(11,722)$(7,298)$(6,241)
(a) Cost of sales and Gross margin for the DSS Segment includes amortization expense (non-cash) related to content development costs of $6.6 million, $5.1 million, and $4.3 million for the 52 weeks ended April 29, 2023, April 30, 2022, and May 1, 2021, respectively.

Results of Operations - Continuing Operations
- 52 weeks ended April 29, 2023 compared with the 52 weeks ended April 30, 2022

52 weeks ended, April 29, 2023 (a)
Dollars in thousandsRetailWholesaleCorporate Services
Eliminations (b)
Total
Sales:
Product sales and other$1,355,173 $106,366 $— $(54,884)$1,406,655 
Rental income136,553 — — — 136,553 
Total sales1,491,726 106,366 — (54,884)1,543,208 
Cost of sales (exclusive of depreciation and amortization expense):
Product and other cost of sales1,086,095 88,091 — (54,704)1,119,482 
Rental cost of sales74,287 — — — 74,287 
Total cost of sales1,160,382 88,091 — (54,704)1,193,769 
Gross profit331,344 18,275 — (180)349,439 
Selling and administrative expenses320,730 15,036 22,000 (155)357,611 
Depreciation and amortization expense36,737 5,373 53 — 42,163 
Impairment loss (non-cash)6,008 — — — 6,008 
Restructuring and other charges2,964 916 6,223 — 10,103 
Operating loss from continuing operations$(35,095)$(3,050)$(28,276)$(25)$(66,446)
39

Index to Form 10-KIndex to FS
52 weeks ended, April 30, 2022 (a)(c)
Dollars in thousandsRetailWholesaleCorporate Services
Eliminations (b)
Total
Sales:
Product sales and other$1,306,310 $112,246 $— $(56,176)$1,362,380 
Rental income133,354 — — — 133,354 
Total sales1,439,664 112,246 — (56,176)1,495,734 
Cost of sales (exclusive of depreciation and amortization expense):
Product and other cost of sales1,040,022 92,464 — (56,243)1,076,243 
Rental cost of sales76,659 — — — 76,659 
Total cost of sales1,116,681 92,464 — (56,243)1,152,902 
Gross profit322,983 19,782 — 67 342,832 
Selling and administrative expenses315,124 16,000 23,002 (158)353,968 
Depreciation and amortization expense36,635 5,418 71 — 42,124 
Impairment loss (non-cash)6,411 — — — 6,411 
Restructuring and other charges2,118 (2,131)957 — 944 
Operating (loss) income from continuing operations$(37,305)$495 $(24,030)$225 $(60,615)
(a)    During the fourth quarter of Fiscal 2023, assets related to our NEOs that were outstandingDigital Student Solutions ("DSS") Segment met the criteria for classification as Assets Held for Sale and Discontinued Operations. Operating Loss from Continuing Operations excludes the results of operations related to the end of Fiscal 2020. The Company has not granted any stock options. In accordance with the applicable SEC disclosure guidance, this table and the accompanying footnotes do not accountDSS Segment for any awards that may have been exercised or have vested pursuant to their terms in the ordinary course since the end of Fiscal 2020.

9

all years reported above.


Name

  Stock Award
Grant Date
  RSU/
PSU
   Number of Shares
or Units of Stock
That Have Not
Vested (1)
   Market Value of
Shares or Units of
Stock That Have
Not Vested (2)
   Vesting Dates 

Michael P. Huseby

          
   7/19/2017  PSU   82,077   $138,710   7/19/20 
   9/19/2017  RSU   93,697   $158,348   9/19/20 
   7/19/2018  PSU   180,834   $305,609   7/19/21 
   9/26/2018  RSU   102,564   $173,333   9/26/20, 9/26/21 
   6/19/2019  PSU   314,285   $531,142   6/19/22 
   6/19/2019  RSU   314,285   $531,142   6/19/20,
6/19/21, 6/19/22
 

Thomas D. Donohue

          
   7/13/2017  PSU   6,085   $10,284   7/13/20 
   9/19/2017  RSU   7,099   $11,997   9/19/20 
   7/19/2018  PSU   11,302   $19,100   7/19/21 
   9/26/2018  RSU   19,232   $32,502   9/26/20, 9/26/21 
   6/19/2019  PSU   52,380   $88,522   6/19/22 
   6/19/2019  RSU   52,380   $88,522   6/19/20,
6/19/21, 6/19/22
 

Kanuj Malhotra

          
   7/13/2017  PSU   18,256   $30,852   7/13/20 
   9/19/2017  RSU   21,295   $35,989   9/19/20 
   7/19/2018  PSU   31,646   $53,482   7/19/21 
   9/26/2018  RSU   53,846   $91,000   9/26/20, 9/26/21 
   6/19/2019  PSU   61,904   $104,618   6/19/22 
   6/19/2019  RSU   61,904   $104,618   6/19/21, 6/19/22 

Michael C. Miller

  9/19/2017   RSU    19,876   $33,590    9/19/20 
   7/19/2018  PSU   22,603   $38,199   7/19/21 
   9/26/2018  RSU   38,463   $65,002   9/26/20, 9/26/21 
   6/19/2019  PSU   52,380   $88,522   6/19/22 
   6/19/2019  RSU   52,380   $88,522   6/19/20,
6/19/21, 6/19/22
 

(1)

This column represents outstanding grants of shares of restricted stock units and performance shares.

(2)

Market values have been calculated using a stock price of $1.69 (closing price of our Common Stock on May 1, 2020, the last trading day of Fiscal 2020), and assuming target level performance is achieved.

Option Exercises and Stock Vested

The following table provides(b)    For additional information about the value realized by our NEOs upon the vesting of stock or stock unit awards during Fiscal 2020. The Company has not issued any stock options.

       Stock Awards 

Name

  Fiscal Year   Number
of
Shares
Acquired
on Vesting
(#)
   Value Realized
on Vesting (1)
($)
 

Michael P. Huseby

   2020    198,410   $667,004 

Barry Brover

   2020    62,183   $209,384 

Thomas D. Donohue

   2020    29,181   $100,985 

Kanuj Malhotra

   2020    63,357   $211,216 

Michael C. Miller

   2020    39,106   $124,178 

(1)

The amounts in this column are calculated by multiplying the number of shares vested by the closing price of our Common Stock on the date of vesting.

10


Potential Payments Upon Termination or Change of Control (1)

Event

  Michael P. Huseby   Barry Brover   Thomas D. Donohue   Kanuj Malhotra   Michael C. Miller 

Involuntary Termination or Voluntary Termination with Good Reason

          

Cash severance payment (2)

  $4,540,549   $—     $937,670   $1,086,371   $953,371 

Accelerated equity-based awards (3)

   —      —      —      —      —   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

  $4,540,549   $—     $937,670   $1,086,371   $953,371 

Death

          

Cash severance payment (2)

  $—     $—     $—     $—     $—   

Accelerated equity-based awards (3)

   1,838,284    —      250,928    420,558    313,836 

Health benefits (4)

   6,692    —      0    6,692    6,692 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

  $1,844,976   $—     $250,928   $427,250   $320,528 

Disability

          

Cash severance payment (2)

  $—     $—     $—     $—     $—   

Accelerated equity-based awards (3)

   1,838,284    —      250,928    420,558    313,836 

Health benefits (5)

   12,023    —      —      12,023    12,023 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

  $1,850,307   $—     $250,928   $432,581   $325,859 

Change of Control with Involuntary Termination (without Cause) or Termination with Good Reason

          

Cash severance payment (2)

  $6,810,824   $—     $1,875,340   $2,172,742   $1,906,742 

Accelerated equity-based awards (3)

   1,838,284    —      250,928    420,558    313,836 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

  $8,649,108   $—     $2,126,268   $2,593,300   $2,220,578 

(1)

The values in this table reflect estimated payments associated with various termination scenarios, assume a stock price of $1.69 (closing price of our Common Stock on May 1, 2020, the last trading day of Fiscal 2020) and include all outstanding grants through the assumed termination date of May 1, 2020. Actual value will vary based on changes in the Company’s Common Stock price. As previously disclosed, Barry Brover, pursuant to the terms of his resignation letter agreement, received a cash payment in the aggregate amount of $1,995,000

(2)

Cash severance is equal to the sum of (i) the NEO’s annual base salary, (ii) with respect to Mr. Huseby, the average of annual incentive compensation actually paid to the NEO with respect to the three completed years preceding the date of termination, and with respect to Messrs. Brover, Donohue, Malhotra and Miller, the target annual incentive compensation for the fiscal year in which termination takes place and (iii) the aggregate annual cost of benefits, times the named executive officer’s severance multiple as follows: one time (or, in the case of Mr. Huseby, two times) for non-change of control and two times (or, in the case of Mr. Huseby, three times) for change of control.

(3)

This row represents the value of restricted stock unit awards and performance shares and performance share units at expected vested amounts that would automatically vest upon a termination due to death or disability and the value restricted stock unit awards upon a termination following a change of control. Except as provided below, in the event of a change of control, unless otherwise provided by the applicable award agreement, if the successor company assumes or substitutes for an outstanding equity award such award will continue in accordance with its applicable terms and not be accelerated. Absent a change of control, in the event of involuntary termination, termination for “cause” or resignation for any reason, each restricted stock unit award will be forfeited. In the event of an involuntary termination other than for “cause” within 24 months following a change of control, each restricted stock unit award will immediately vest.

(4)

Following the termination of employment due to death, the Company provides the NEO’s spouse three months’ of premiums for medical and dental insurance in accordance with the Consolidated Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act of 1985 (“COBRA”).

(5)

Following the termination of employment due to disability, the Company provides the NEO a seven-month subsidy for premiums for medical and dental insurance in accordance with COBRA.

For the table above, the amount of potential payments to our NEOs, other than Mr. Brover, in the event of a termination of their employment in connection with a change of control was calculated assuming that a change of control occurred on the last business day of Fiscal 2020 (May 2, 2020), each NEO’s employment terminated on that date due to involuntary termination without “cause” or for “good reason” and the successor company did not assume the NEO’s equity awards. Mr. Brover’s employment was terminated effective May 2, 2020, and, in connection with that termination, he was paid the amounts described under “Resignation Letter Agreement with Mr. Brover.

11


For a summary of the provisions of the employment agreements with our NEOs that were effective as of May 2, 2020 and the outstanding equity awards that were held by our NEOs as of May 2, 2020, and therefore affect the amounts set forth in the table above in the event of involuntary termination without “cause” or for “good reason” or a “change of control”, see the discussions in the “Narrativerelated to the Summary Compensation Tableintercompany activities and Grants of Plan-Based Awards Table-Employment Arrangements-General Provisions” and “Narrative to the Summary Compensation Table and Grants of Plan-Based Awards Table-Employment Arrangements-Severance and Change of Control Benefits” sections of this eliminations, see Part III,II - Item 11.

Pay Ratio Disclosure

The Company is required to provide the ratio of the annual total compensation of the Company’s CEO to the median annual total compensation of all employees under Section 953(b) of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform 8. Financial Statements and Consumer Protection Act. The pay ratio information provided below is a reasonable estimate calculated in a manner consistent with Item 402(u) of SEC Regulation S-K.

For Supplementary Data - Note 4. Segment Reporting.

(c)In Fiscal 2020, the median annual total compensation of our median employee, excluding our CEO, was $6,749 and the annual total compensation of our CEO was $3,353,959. Accordingly, the ratio of the CEO’s annual total compensation to the annual total compensation of our median employee was 497:1.

To determine our median employee, the Company used the employee population of 9,309 on the final day of the payroll year, May 1, 2020. Temporary, seasonal, and part time employees make up 64% of the Company’s total population and on average work less than 15 hours per week. As permitted under SEC rules, we excluded employees in India as de minimis. We used cash compensation (base salary, overtime and cash bonuses paid during Fiscal 2020) to determine the median employee in our population.

When we include only our full time “permanent” staff as of May 2, 2020, our median employee’s annualized total compensation was $39,624 for Fiscal 2020. Under this calculation, the CEO pay ratio is 85:1. We believe this is a more representative indication of how our CEO pay compares to that of our workforce. (Note this population totals 3,365).

The SEC rules do not specify a single methodology for identifying the median employee or calculating the CEO pay ratio. Since other companies use different assumptions, adjustments, or estimates in their own calculation, disclosure and methodology is inconsistent across companies. Therefore, our CEO pay ratio is not comparable to another company’s CEO pay ratio. Our information and pay ratio calculation is a reasonable good faith estimate, based on our methodology and SEC rules as required for disclosure.

COMPENSATION DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS

This Compensation Discussion and Analysis summarizes the material elements of our compensation program for our named executive officers (“NEOs”). For Fiscal 2020, our NEOs were:

Named Executive Officer

Position

Michael P. Huseby

Chairman of the Board of Directors and Chief Executive Officer

Barry Brover (1)

Former Executive Vice President, Operations; Former Executive Vice President, Barnes & Noble College

Thomas D. Donohue

Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer

Kanuj Malhotra

Executive Vice President, Corporate Development; President, Digital Student Solutions

Michael C. Miller

Chief Legal Officer and Executive Vice President, Corporate Affairs

(1)

Resigned effective as of May 2, 2020.

Executive Summary

Our executive compensation program is designed to align with2022, our business strategy to attract, retain,experienced an unprecedented and engage the talent we need to compete in our industry, and align management with stockholders’ interests. We believe our Compensation Committee has established a compensation program that reflects our businesses, compensation governance best practices and a “pay-for-performance” philosophy.

Compensation and Governance Highlights

What we do

Tie a majority of executive pay to performance-based cash and equity incentives

Align annual incentive payouts to clearly stated target performance levels

12


Vest equity awards over time to promote retention and require a one-year minimum vesting period for equity awards

Require one additional year of time-based vesting for performance shares earned following the achievement of performance measures

Accelerate equity only upon termination of employment following a change in control (double trigger)

Subject incentive compensation (including cash and equity) to a clawback policy

Require executive officers and directors to meet stock ownership targets and retention guidelines

Engage with stockholders regarding governance and/or executive compensation issues

Conduct an annual risk assessment of our executive compensation program

Conduct an annual say-on-pay vote

What we don’t do

X

Pay current dividends or dividend equivalents on unearned performance shares and unvested restricted stock units

X

Permit option repricing without stockholder approval

X

Provide significant perquisites

X

Pay tax gross-ups to executives

X

Provide supplemental executive retirement benefits

X

Permit hedging or, without the approval of the Audit Committee, pledging by executive officers or directors

Executive Leadership Transition

On February 7, 2020, Mr. Barry Brover submitted his resignation as Executive Vice President, Operations of the Company and Executive Vice President of Barnes & Noble College, effective as of May 2, 2020.

Recent Actions Taken by Compensation Committee

The Compensation Committee continues to review and refine the Company’s executive compensation program to further align pay with Company performance and to ensure the integrity of the Company’s executive compensation program. The Compensation Committee considered the “say-on-pay” stockholder advisory vote held in September 2019 to be supportive of the Company’s pay practices. Approximately 88.9% of stockholder votes cast were in favor of the executive officer compensation as described in our 2019 proxy statement. Over the past few years, the Compensation Committee has been responsive to concerns raised by the stockholders and have made adjustments to the compensation program accordingly. The reaction to these changes from stockholders generally has been favorable.

Stockholders Have Raised
Concerns About

How We Addressed Their Concerns

No performance-based long-term

vesting incentive awards

•  Grant a portion of long-term equity incentives in the form of time-based restricted stock units and performance shares units.

•  FY 2020 are 50% RSUs / 50% PSUs for CEO and other NEOs. FY 2019 grants were 50% RSUs / 50% PSUs for CEO and 75% RSUs / 25% PSUs for other NEOs.

•  FY 2020 grants have payout threshold of 85% of target.

No stock ownership guidelines for

executive officers

•  Adopted stock ownership guidelines for executive officers (in addition to the existing guidelines for directors)

Clawback provisions only applied to

equity awards

•  Adopted a compensation recoupment policy (“clawback policy”) that applies to all incentive compensation (cash and equity)

Discretionary bonuses for executive

officers

•  No portion of the Annual Incentive Plan is discretionary

Highlights of Fiscal 2020 Company Performance

The Company has faced transformational and challenging trends in the higher education market. Given this landscape, the following are Company financial and operational performance highlights for Fiscal 2020.

Financial Highlights

Fiscal year 2020 consolidated sales of $1,851.1 million decreased 9.0% as compared to the prior year.

Consolidated fiscal year 2020 GAAP net loss was $(38.3) million, compared to a net loss of $(24.4) million in the prior year.

Fiscal year 2020 consolidated non-GAAP Adjusted EBITDA was $42.2 million, compared to non-GAAP Adjusted EBIDTA of $104.9 million in the prior year.

13


Fiscal year 2020 consolidated non-GAAP Adjusted Earnings was $(21.1) million, compared to non-GAAP Adjusted Earnings of $25.4 million in the prior year.

Progressed on the execution of a number of strategic initiatives; all of which remained on target prior to the onset of the COVID-19 pandemic, which has accelerated the demand and need to scale such key initiatives.

Bartleby successes.

Continued to drive subscriptions for the Company’s bartleby®suite of solutions, gaining more than 170,000 subscribers in fiscal year 2020, representing over 200% growth over fiscal year 2019 new subscribers.

Achieved a six-fold increase in fiscal year 2020 bartleby revenue versus prior year; bartleby peak Spring traffic increased over 10x year-over-year and almost 3x versus peak Fall traffic.

eCommerce platform development. Completed initial build of the Company’s next generation eCommerce platform; recently executed selective launch with expected further roll-out throughout fiscal year 2021 to grow increased high-margin general merchandise sales.

BNC First Day Successes.

Continued to grow the BNC First Day inclusive access programs, with revenue increasing 91% year-over-year.

Increased adoption of BNC First Day Complete, with eleven campus partners utilizing the complete access model in the upcoming Fall Term 2020, increasing from four in fiscal year 2020.

Bookstore wins. Continued to win new business for both physical and virtual bookstores, including the University of Nevada, Reno, Western Kentucky University, Front Range Community College and The City Colleges of Chicago.

School solutions. Provided valuable solutions to schools to help mitigate the COVID-19 on-campus learning disruption utilizing BNED’s virtual store offerings and course material fulfillment capabilities, its BNC First Day® offering, and its digital bartleby® offerings to help students continue to perform while studying remotely.

For a reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA to net income and discussion of the Company’s use of Adjusted EBITDA, please refer to page 49 of the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended May 2, 2020.

Pay and Performance Alignment in Fiscal 2020

Annual incentives for NEOs for Fiscal 2020 were awarded mostly based on Company EBITDA (earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization adjusted for certain items) performance relative to a pre-defined target level. As described below in more detail, our Fiscal 2020 Company EBITDA performance was 45% of target, which yielded a payout factor of 0% of the target award allocated to the Company goal. In determining individual NEO awards, the Compensation Committee also considered individual performance against individual performance goals.

Fiscal 2020 equity grants for the executive officers were delivered in a combination of performance shares, which accounted for 50% of the target award amount for the NEOs, and restricted stock units, which accounted for 50% of the target award for the NEOs. Relative to the prior year, the Compensation Committee increased the portion of performance shares from 25% of the total to 50% of the total for all NEOs (in the prior year, only the CEO received a 50%/50% mix). This change was in response to shareholder feedback and to better align executive pay with overall performance. The Compensation Committee believes the mix of awards provides a strong link between the Company’s financial performance and executive compensation, aligns executives with the Company’s stockholders and provides an important retention tool. The performance shares will vest if and only to the extent pre-established performance goals for the two-year period covering Fiscal years 2020 and 2021 are achieved and an additional one year of time-based vesting is met. The restricted stock units vest in equal one-third increments on the first, second and third anniversary of the grant date. The performance shares granted in Fiscal year 2019 were forfeited as the performance goals for such awards for the performance period of Fiscal years 2019 and 2020 were not achieved.

Compensation Decisions for Fiscal 2021

The Compensation Committee is committed to aligning executive pay with organization performance. However, the ongoing COVID-19 pandemic is having a significant impact on schools, as they decide whether to pursue on campus or virtual learning environments for the upcoming semester and beyond. Within this context, the Compensation Committee is continuing to evaluate the most appropriate approach to executive compensation for Fiscal 2021 and will be revisited once the fall back to school period is concluded.

Compensation Philosophy and Objectives

We are engaged in a very competitive and rapidly changing industry, and our success depends on our ability to attract, motivate and retain qualified executives. Accordingly, the Compensation Committee aims to create total compensation packages that are competitive with programs offered by other companies with which we compete for talent. At the same time, our Compensation Committee believes that a significant portion of the compensation paid to our executive officers should be tied to our performance, execution of our strategic plan and the value we create for stockholders.

The Compensation Committee’s objectives are to:

attract, retain, and motivate talented executives responsible for the success of our organization;

14


provide compensation to executives that is externally competitive, internally equitable, performance-based, and aligned with stockholder interests; and

ensure that total compensation levels are reflective of company and individual performance and provide executives with the opportunity to receive above-market total compensation for exceptional business performance.

Compensation Market References

In establishing compensation for Fiscal 2020, the Compensation Committee worked with Mercer, its compensation consultant, to develop a peer group for the Company and review executive compensation against that peer group. In support of its compensation philosophy, the Compensation Committee reviews the following: (a) base salary; (b) target short-term incentive; (c) target total cash compensation; (d) actual total cash compensation; (e) target or grant date fair value of long-term incentive; and (f) target total direct compensation. Executives are matched to market positions based on titles, responsibilities and contributions to the Company. The Compensation Committee reviewed compensation among the peer group companies to determine the competitiveness of pay levels and pay mix for executives. Although no other public companies are directly comparable to the Company and its businesses, the Compensation Committee considers the Company’s competitors for executive talent to be companies engaged in retail and education services. Our peer group, which is reviewed annually, includes companies that are similar in size to the Company based on revenues and market capitalization and also companies with overlapping business model characteristics (e.g., education / technology focus, combination of products and services, strong relationships with business partners, go-to-market strategy, and geographic footprint) as follows:

Adtalem Global Education Inc.John Wiley & Sons, Inc.
American Eagle Outfitters, Inc.K12 Inc.
Bright Horizons Family Solutions Inc.Lands’ End, Inc.
Chegg, Inc.Meredith Corporation
Graham Holdings CompanyScholastic Corporation
Grand Canyon Education, Inc.Urban Outfitters, Inc.
Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Company

The Committee reviews the peer group annually and will continue to consider the Company’s current size and strategic direction in its review.

   Total Revenue
(Most Recent FY, $M)
   Market Cap
(as of 6/30/2020, $M)
 
Peer Group Median  $1,654   $1,614 
BNED  $1,851   $77 

However, peer group compensation is just one factor that is considered in determining compensation levels for our executive officers. We also consider: (a) the Company’s business performance; (b) each executive officer’s job responsibilities, experience and prior performance; (c) relative compensation among our executive officers; (d) industry-wide business conditions; and (e) the recommendations of our Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer (in the case of Messrs. Brover, Donohue, Malhotra, and Miller.)

15


Overview of Compensation Program Design

Elements of Pay

Our compensation structure is primarily composed of base salary, performance-based annual incentive compensation and performance-based and time-vested long-term equity incentives. The mix of Fiscal 2020 target total direct compensation was as follows:

NEOs Fiscal 2020 Target Pay Mix

LOGO

Note that Target Annual Incentive reflects Fiscal 2020 target opportunity and restricted stock units (“RSUs”) and performance shares (“PSUs”) reflect Fiscal 2020 target value on the respective grant date.

Base Salary

We pay our NEOs a base salary to provide them with a guaranteed minimum compensation level for their services. An NEO’s base salary is determined by evaluating the external competitive marketplace, internal equity and individual contributions.

Named Executive Officer

  Base
Salary in

Fiscal 2019
   Base Salary in
Fiscal 2020
  Percentage Change 

Michael P. Huseby

  $1,100,000   $1,100,000(1)   0

Barry Brover

  $610,000   $610,000   0

Thomas D. Donohue

  $500,000   $500,000   0

Kanuj Malhotra

  $523,400   $523,400   0

Michael C. Miller

  $500,000   $500,000   0

(1)

On April 1, 2020, as a result of the unusual circumstances surrounding the COVID-19 epidemic, Mr. Huseby voluntarily agreed to a temporary reduction of his base salary of 25%, effective April 13, 2020 through September 19, 2020.

16


Performance-Based Annual Incentive Compensation

Each of Messrs. Huseby, Brover, Donohue, Malhotra and Miller were granted performance-based annual incentive compensation opportunities. The target award under the Annual Incentive Plan is expressed as a percentage of base salary as set forth in the table below. For Messrs. Huseby, Brover, Donohue and Miller, the individual Annual Incentive Plan payouts were based 80% on Company performance as measured by Company EBITDA and 20% on individual performance goals. For Mr. Malhotra, the individual Annual Incentive Plan payout was based 40% on digital education EBITDA, 40% on Company EBITDA, and 20% on bartleby targets. Individual performance goals are closely linked to the Company’s business and strategic objectives and reflect the executive’s scope of responsibility, as noted below. Participants had the opportunity to earn up to 150% of the Company EBITDA component and between 50% and 150% of the individual performance goal components established for each of them.

Named Executive Officer

Target as
Percentage of Salary

Michael P. Huseby

150

Barry Brover

100

Thomas D. Donohue

85

Kanuj Malhotra

100

Michael C. Miller

85

Fiscal 2020 Performance Targets and Actual Results. The chart below shows the payout scale on which the Company EBITDA portion of the individual annual incentive target compensation was based.

Company EBITDA Performance Relative to Target

Payout Percentage
(% of Target Payout)
Less than 85% of Target0%
85% to less than 98%50-100%*
98% to less than 102%100%
102% to less than 115%100-150%*
115% or more150%

*

Payout percentage is interpolated for results within range.

The chart below shows the target and actual Company EBITDA results for Fiscal 2020 and actual results as a percentage of target results and target pay. Based on actual Company EBITDA, the NEOs earned a payout of 0% of the Company EBITDA component.

   Target ($)
(in millions)
   Actual ($)
(in millions)
   % Target
Achieved
  % Target
Payout
 

Company EBITDA *

  $92.0   $42.159    45  0

*

Company EBITDA is used in our compensation programs and is presented in order to show the correlation between these financial measures and compensation to our NEOs. Both target Company EBITDA and actual Company EBITDA were determined by using Adjusted EBITDA, as calculated and reported in the Company’s SEC filings and disclosure and further adjusted to exclude certain adjustments related to the Digital Student Solutions (“DSS”) segment related to technology development costs and store incentives which were not originally in the budget. The Compensation Committee chose Company EBITDA as a performance measure because it is the measure management reviews internally to evaluate the Company’s performance and manage its operations. For a reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA to net income and discussion of the Company’s use of Adjusted EBITDA, please refer to page 49 of the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended May 2, 2020.

Fiscal 2020 Individual Performance Results and Incentive Payouts. Our Compensation Committee determined that our NEOs had achieved the individual performance goals discussed below. Individual performance goal components accounted for 20% of the aggregate target amount. Mr. Brover was paid a Fiscal 2020 bonus of $305,000 as part of his resignation letter agreement.

17


Mr. Huseby. Mr. Huseby’s individual performance goals were DSS adjusted EBITDA and bartleby subscriptions (weighted 10% each). The maximum level was achieved on DSS adjusted EBITDA (150% payout factor), while the bartleby result was below threshold (0% payout factor). Based on these results, the Committee approved an individual payout of 15% of target.

Mr. Donohue. Mr. Donohue’s individual performance goals were (1) bartleby subscriptions (weighted 10%) and (2) managing expense payables and vendor relations contracts (weighted 10%). The bartleby result was below threshold (0% payout factor) and the Committee assessed Mr. Donohue’s performance to be at target on the other goals (100% payout factor). Based on these results, the Committee approved an individual payout of 10% of target.

Mr. Malhotra. Mr. Malhotra’s individual performance goals were established based on achieving a DSS adjusted EBITDA target (weighted 40%), bartleby subscriptions (weighted 15%) and bartleby revenue growth (weighted 5%). The maximum level was achieved on DSS adjusted EBITDA (150% payout factor), while bartleby subscriptions were below threshold (0% payout factor) and bartleby revenue growth was at threshold (50% payout factor). Based on these results, the Committee approved an individual payout of 62.5% of target.

Mr. Miller. Mr. Miller’s individual performance goals were (1) bartleby subscriptions (weighted 10%) and (2) consolidating and reviewing strategic priorities, assisting with strategic initiatives, including transactions, and overseeing corporate communications (weighted 10%). The bartleby result was below threshold (0% payout factor) and the Committee assessed Mr. Miller’s performance to be at target on the other goals (100% payout factor). Based on these results, the Committee approved an individual payout of 10% of target.

Fiscal 2020 Performance-Based Annual Incentive Compensation Payment Amounts. Set forth below is a table showing target, maximum and actual Fiscal 2020 performance-based annual incentive compensation for our NEOs.

Named Executive Officer

  

Company EBITDA/
Individual Weighting

  Target Annual
Incentive ($)
   Maximum
Annual
Incentive ($)
   Actual
Company
EBITDA Payout
   Actual Individual
Performance
Payout
   Actual Total
Payout
   Total Payout
as a % of
Target
 

Michael P. Huseby

  80%/20%  $1,650,000   $2,475,000   $—     $247,500   $247,500    15

Barry Brover (1)

  80%/20%  $610,000   $915,000   $—     $—     $305,000    50

Thomas D. Donohue

  80%/20%  $425,000   $637,500   $—     $42,500   $42,500    10

Kanuj Malhotra (2)

  40%/40%/20%  $523,400   $785,100   $314,040   $13,085   $327,125    62.5

Michael C. Miller

  80%/20%  $425,000   $637,500   $—     $42,500   $42,500    10

(1)

In connection with Mr. Brover’s resignation, he received a bonus of $305,000, which represents 50% of his target annual incentive.

(2)

40% of Mr. Malhotra’s individual performance award was based on the DSS adjusted EBITDA, which was achieved at 150%; 15% of his award was based on bartleby subscriptions, which was not achieved; and 5% of his award was based on bartleby revenue growth, which was achieved at 50%.

The performance-based annual incentive awards earned by our NEOs under the annual incentive plan for Fiscal 2020 are set forth in the “Summary Compensation Table” on page 5. The threshold, target and maximum incentive award opportunities for each of our NEOs for Fiscal 2020 are set forth in the “2020 Grants of Plan-Based Awards Table” on page 7.

Long-Term Equity Incentives

Long-term equity incentives are a critical component of the Company’s compensation program. They are designed to promote the Company’s long-term financial interests and growth, to attract, motivate, and retain key

18


employees, and to align the interests of management with those of the Company’s stockholders. The Company grants long-term equity incentive awards under the Company’s Equity Incentive Plan (the “Equity Incentive Plan”), which is administered by the Compensation Committee. The Compensation Committee reviews, discusses and approves the types and number of awards made to senior management, including the NEOs, and approves the terms, conditions and limitations applicable to each award. The Committee delegates authority to the CEO, within pre-established limitations, to make awards to newly-hired employees or current employees who are not executive officers. Equity awards are generally granted in connection with the June Compensation Committee meeting.

In Fiscal 2020, the Compensation Committee established a target long-term incentive amount for each of the NEOs denominated in dollars. The Compensation Committee determined to make awards with a mix of performance shares, which accounted for 50% of the target award amount, and restricted stock units, which accounted for 50% of the target award amount. The Compensation Committee believes that granting a portion of the award in the form of restricted stock units is desirable because such grants immediately align the interests of our executives with those of stockholders and provide a retention incentive. In order to manage the run-rate of equity awards, the amount of long-term incentive awards granted in FY 2020 was determined using the average market value of the shares of Common Stock over the preceding approximately 12 months prior to grant date, which was greater than the actual market value of Common Stock on the grant date. This approach resulted in a significant reduction to the total shares used for NEO grants, than otherwise would have been granted had the dollar value of the award divided by the market value of the shares of Common Stock on the respective grant date been used.

Performance Shares. Performance share units are generally granted annually to each of the NEOs. Performance share units are earned and settled for shares of common stock if and only to the extent that certain pre-established performance goals are met for a two-year performance period. For the performance share units granted in Fiscal 2020, the metrics included Adjusted EBITDA and New Business. Actual results for the two-year period beginning on the first day of the fiscal year period and ending on the last day of the second fiscal year will be compared to the targeted goals to determine the number of performance share units that will be earned. The NEOs can earn up to 150% of the number of performance share units at target for performance that exceeds 115% of target. If a threshold level of performance, 85% of target is not met, all of the performance share units will be forfeited. Once performance share units are earned and held for an additional one-year period, the units will be settled for shares of common stock.

Restricted Stock Units. Restricted stock units are Common Stock equivalents that are granted to a recipient and vest after a period of time has elapsed. The restricted share units granted to the NEOs vest in one-third annual increments over the three years from the date of grant. These share units vest only if the executive is employed by the Company at the end of the vesting period or if his or her employment was terminated due to death, disability or a change in control during that period. The Compensation Committee believes the use of restricted stock units strengthens the retention aspects of the Company’s pay program, consistent with one of its key principles. The following grants were made for Fiscal 2020.

Named Executive

Officer

  Performance
Shares at
Target
   Performance
Shares at
Maximum
   Restricted
Stock
Units
   Aggregate Award
Target ($)
 

Michael P. Huseby

   314,285    471,428    314,285   $1,979,996 

Barry Brover

   52,380    78,570    52,380   $329,994 

Thomas D. Donohue

   52,380    78,570    52,380    329,994 

Kanuj Malhotra

   61,904    92,856    61,904   $389,995 

Michael C. Miller

   52,380    78,570    52,380   $329,994 

In June 2018, performance shares were granted for the two-year period covering Fiscal 2019 and Fiscal 2020. The chart below sets forth the performance targets and actual results for Fiscal 2019 and Fiscal 2020, in thousands, which resulted in 0% of the performance share target award being earned as shown in the following table:

19


(in thousands)

   Weighting  Threshold   Target   Max   Fiscal 2019
Actual
   Fiscal 2020
Actual
   Cumulative
Results
   Weighted
Payout
 

DSS Revenue

   25 $48,800   $65,000   $    $21,339   $23,661   $45,000    0

Adjusted EBITDA (1)

   25 $168,800   $225,000   $    $104,942   $42,159   $147,101    0

TOTAL

 

   0

(1)

New Business means the annual sales (based upon the first full fiscal year budget) associated with new stores opened during the fiscal year consistent with what is reported in the Company’s annual report.

Other Components of Compensation

401(k) Plan. Each of our NEOs is entitled to participate in our tax-qualified defined contribution 401(k) plan on the same basis as all other eligible employees. The 401(k) plan provides our employees, including our NEOs, with a way to accumulate tax-deferred savings for retirement. The Company matches the contributions of participants, subject to certain criteria. Under the terms of the 401(k) plan, as prescribed by the Code, the contribution of any participating employee is limited to the lesser of 75% of annual salary before taxes or a maximum dollar amount ($19,500 for 2020), subject to a $6,500 increase for participants who are age 50 or older. As a result of the COVID-19 pandemic, in pandemic. The impact of which affects the comparability of our results of operations and cash flows.    

Sales
The following table summarizes our sales:
52 weeks ended
Dollars in thousandsApril 29, 2023April 30, 2022%
Product sales and other$1,406,655 $1,362,380 3.2%
Rental income136,553 133,354 2.4%
Total Sales$1,543,208 $1,495,734 3.2%
Our total sales increased by $47.5 million, or 3.2%, to $1,543.2 million during the 52 weeks ended April 2020, upon29, 2023 from $1,495.7 million during the recommendation52 weeks ended April 30, 2022 which is primarily related to higher course material sales, primarily due to our BNC First Day programs and higher general merchandise sales as many schools approach a more traditional on campus learning experience. The components of management, the Compensation Committee suspended the Company’s 401(k) plan matchsales variances for the remainder of 2020. The amount of the Company’s matching contributions for each of our NEOs is set forth in footnotes to the “Summary Compensation Table” on page 5. We do not provide supplemental executive retirement benefits.

Limited Perquisites and Other Compensation. The Company’s NEOs52 week period are entitled to only the limited perquisites set forth in their employment agreements or letters and disclosedreflected in the footnotes to the “Summary Compensation Table” on page 5.

Severance and Change of Control Payments and Benefits. The Company has an employment agreement with Mr. Huseby and each of Messrs. Brover, Donohue, Malhotra and Miller have employment letter agreements that contain severance and change in control benefits. The agreements provide for certain severance payments and benefits upon termination of employment by the Company without cause or by the NEO for good reason (including upon termination within two years following a change of control). The triggering events that would result in the severance payments and benefits and the amount of those payments and benefits are intended to provide our NEOs with financial protection upon loss of employment and to support our executive retention goals and enable our NEOs to focus on the interests of the Company in the event of a potential change of control. Equity awards are subject to a “double-trigger” and vesting will only be accelerated if there is a termination of employment without” cause” or for “good reason” following a change of control. The Company does not pay any tax gross-ups in connection with the severance payments. The Compensation Committee believes that the terms of the employment agreements, including triggering events and amounts payable, are competitive with severance protection being offered by other companies with whom we compete for highly qualified executives. The compensation that could be received by each of our NEOs upon termination or change of control is set forth in the “Potential Payments Upon Termination or Change of Control Table” on page 11. The material terms of these agreements are described in the “Narrative to the Summary Compensation Table” and the “Grants of Plan-Based Awards Table-Employment Arrangements with the Named Executive Officers.”

Governance Policies

Executive Incentive Compensation Clawback Policy

The Board of Directors has adopted the Executive Incentive Compensation Clawback Policy (the “Clawback Policy”). The Clawback Policy allows the Compensation Committee to take action to recover incentive compensation from certain key employees, including executive officers, in the event that the Company is required to prepare an accounting restatement due to material noncompliance with financial reporting requirements. The Clawback Policy only applies to incentive-based compensation paid in excess of what would have been paid or granted under the circumstances reflected by such restatement, and applies irrespective of the responsibility of the key employee for the accounting restatement. The Clawback Policy applies to all Section 16 officers and covers all incentive-based compensation (including cash and equity) paid or granted after adoption of the policy.

20

table below.


Prohibition on Hedging and Pledging Transactions

The Company’s Insider Trading Policy prohibits directors and executive officers from hedging their ownership of Company stock, including selling Company stock short, buying or selling puts or calls or other derivative instruments related to Company stock. Directors and executive officers are also prohibited from pledging Company stock, purchasing Company stock on margin or incurring any indebtedness secured by a margin or similar account in which Company stock is held, without prior approval of the Audit Committee.

Executive Stock Ownership and Retention Guidelines

The Compensation Committee has adopted executive stock ownership targets (“Stock Ownership Targets”) based on a multiple of annual salary as follows: Chief Executive Officer-five times; all other NEOs-two times; and all other Section 16 officers-one time. Officers are required to retain 50% of net after-tax shares earned from equity grants until the Stock Ownership Target is met (“Retention Guidelines”). Only vested and fully-owned shares owned by an officer directly or indirectly through the 401(k) plan, immediate family members or trusts or similar arrangements count toward the Stock Ownership Targets. The Compensation Committee reviews progress toward the Stock Ownership Targets and compliance with the Retention Guidelines annually.

Named Executive Officer

Sales variances
Stock Ownership Targets
as a Multiple of Salary52 weeks ended
 April 29, 2023
In Compliance with
Retention Guidelines
Yes/No

Michael P. Huseby

Dollars in millions
5 xYes

Barry Brover

Retail Sales
2 xYes

Thomas D. Donohue

New stores
$2 x78.3 Yes

Kanuj Malhotra

Closed stores
(46.4)2 xYes

Michael C. Miller

Comparable stores (a)
25.7 2 x
Textbook rental deferralYes0.9 

Compensation Policies and Practices as Related to Risk Management

With the assistance of its compensation consultant, the Compensation Committee conducted its risk assessment of the Company’s incentive compensation plans covering employees. The Compensation Committee evaluated the levels of risk-taking to determine whether they are appropriate in the context of the Company’s strategic objectives, the overall compensation arrangements, and the Company’s overall risk profile. The Compensation Committee concluded the Company has a balanced pay-for-performance executive compensation program that does not encourage excessive risk-taking and the Company does not maintain compensation policies and practices that are reasonably likely to have a material adverse effect on the Company.

Tax and Accounting Considerations

Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code, as in effect prior to the adoption in December 2017 of The Tax Cuts and Jobs Act (the “TCJA”), includes a performance-based compensation exception to its limits on the deductibility of compensation in excess of $1 million earned by specified executive officers of publicly held companies. The TCJA eliminated the performance-based compensation exception, so that for Fiscal 2020 all compensation paid to specified executive officers in excess of $1 million will be nondeductible (except for any amounts that qualify as performance-based that have been grandfathered pursuant to the written binding contract transition rule under the TCJA).

Roles of the Compensation Committee, Management, and our Compensation Consultant in Determining the Compensation of our Named Executive Officers

21


Roles of the Compensation Committee and Management

The Compensation Committee is responsible for establishing, implementing and overseeing our compensation program, and reviews and approves our compensation philosophy and objectives. The Compensation Committee also annually reviews and approves annual base salary levels, annual incentive opportunity levels, long-term incentive opportunity levels, employment and severance agreements and any special or supplemental benefits for each of the NEOs and any other executive officers, Section 16 officers and employees of the Company earning a base salary of $400,000 or more.

The compensation of our Chairman and Chief Executive Officer is determined by the Compensation Committee in executive session. The Chairman and Chief Executive Officer reviews the performance of each of our other executive officers and makes compensation recommendations to the Compensation Committee. The Compensation Committee considers all key elements of compensation separately and also reviews the full compensation package of each executive officer.

Role of the Compensation Consultant

The Compensation Committee has retained Mercer, a wholly-owned subsidiary of Marsh & McLennan Companies, Inc., to assist with the committee’s responsibilities related to the Company’s executive compensation program and the director compensation program. Mercer’s engagement by the Compensation Committee includes reviewing and recommending the structure of our compensation program and advising on all significant aspects of executive compensation, including base salaries, annual incentives and long-term equity incentives for executives. At the request of the Compensation Committee, Mercer collects relevant market data to allow the Compensation Committee to compare components of our compensation program to those of our peers, provides information on executive compensation trends and implications and makes other recommendations to the Committee regarding our executive compensation program. Our management, Chief Executive Officer (on certain occasions), Senior Vice President, Human Resources, General Counsel and the chair of the Compensation Committee, meet with representatives of Mercer before Compensation Committee meetings.

In making its final decisions regarding the form and amount of compensation to be paid to the executives, the Compensation Committee considers the information gathered by and recommendations of Mercer. Mercer’s fees for executive and director compensation consulting to the Compensation Committee in Fiscal 2020 were approximately $229,319. MMC Securities LLC, a subsidiary of Marsh & McLennan Companies, Inc., provides advisory services to the Company’s Benefits Committee, which administers the Company’s 401(k) plan, and other human resource services for which the Company paid approximately $19,660. The Company also paid Marsh & McLennan Companies, Inc., the parent company of Mercer, for insurance brokerage services totaling approximately $585,641. The Compensation Committee has assessed the independence of Mercer taking into account the following factors identified by the SEC and NYSE as bearing upon independence: (i) Mercer’s provision of other services to the Company; (ii) the fees Mercer received for such services as a percentage of the revenues of Marsh & McLennan, Mercer’s parent; (iii) the policies and procedures of Mercer that are designed to prevent conflicts of interest; (iv) any business or personal relationship of the Mercer consultants with a member of the Compensation Committee; (v) any of our stock owned by the Mercer consultants; and (vi) any business or personal relationship of the Mercer consultants or Mercer with any of our executive officers. The Compensation Committee concluded that no conflict of interest exists with respect to its engagement of Mercer.

Compensation Committee Report

The Compensation Committee reviewed and discussed the foregoing Compensation Discussion and Analysis with management and, based on such review and discussions, the Compensation Committee as of that date recommended to the Board of Directors that the Compensation Discussion and Analysis be included in this Amendment No. 1 to Form 10-K.

Service revenue (b)
(3.8)
Other (c)
(2.6)
Retail Sales subtotal:$52.1 
Wholesale Sales$(5.9)
Compensation Committee
Eliminations (d)
David G. Golden, Chair$1.3 
Total sales variance:Daniel A. DeMatteo$47.5 
40

Index to Form 10-KIndex to FS

(a)    Effective in April 2021, as contemplated by the F/L Partnership's merchandising agreement and e-commerce agreement, we began to transition the fulfillment of our logo general merchandise sales to Lids and Fanatics. The transition to Lids for campus stores was effective in April 2021, and the e-commerce websites transitioned to Fanatics throughout Fiscal 2022. As the logo general merchandise sales are fulfilled by Lids and Fanatics, we recognize commission revenue earned for these sales on a net basis in our consolidated financial statements, as compared to the recognition of logo general merchandise sales on a gross basis in the periods prior to the transition. For Retail Gross Comparable Store Sales details, see below.
(b)    Service revenue includes brand partnerships, shipping and handling, and revenue from other programs.
(c)    Other includes inventory liquidation sales to third parties, marketplace sales and certain accounting adjusting items related to return reserves, and other deferred items.
(d)    Eliminates Wholesale sales and service fees to Retail and Retail commissions earned from Wholesale. See discussion of intercompany activities and eliminations below.
Retail
The following is a store count summary for physical stores and virtual stores. Many of the store closings relate to closing less profitable stores, including satellite store locations.
Fiscal 2023Fiscal 2022
Number of Stores:PhysicalVirtualTotalPhysicalVirtualTotal
Beginning of period805 622 1,427 769 648 1,417 
Opened36 30 66 57 35 92 
Closed67 60 127 21 61 82 
End of period774 592 1,366 805 622 1,427 
Generally, sales are impacted by revenue from net new/closed stores, increased campus traffic, and an increase in the number of on campus activities and events, such as graduations, athletic events, alumni events and prospective student campus tours, as schools approach a more traditional campus experience. We continued to experience higher sales related to our BNC First Day programs and higher general merchandise sales, especially for graduation products, logo products, and cafe and convenience products, as on campus traffic continues to grow compared to the prior year.Sales were negatively impacted by lower enrollments, primarily at community colleges and by international students, and the continuation of remote and hybrid class offerings.
Retail total sales increased by $52.1 million, or 3.6%, to $1,491.7 million during the 52 weeks ended April 29, 2023 from $1,439.7 million during the 52 weeks ended April 30, 2022. In addition, our sales and margins were positively impacted in Fiscal 2023 compared to Fiscal 2022 as a result of improved availability of used inventory which was constrained in 2022.
Product sales and other increased by $48.9 million, or 3.7%, to $1,355.2 million during the 52 weeks ended April 29, 2023 from $1,306.3 million during the 52 weeks ended April 30, 2022. During the 52 weeks ended April 29, 2023, total course material product sales increased by $16.7 million, or 1.8%, to $927.9 million; total general merchandise product sales increased by $38.5 million, or 11.1%, to $385.5 million as students return to on campus activities, partially offset by a decrease in service and other revenue of $6.3 million, or 13.2%, to $41.8 million primarily due to lower shipping and handling income resulting from increased in-store order fulfillment.
Revenue from our BNC First Day equitable and inclusive access programs increased by $112 million, or 48%, to $347 million during the 52 weeks ended April 29, 2023, as compared to $235 million during the 52 weeks ended April 30, 2022. Specifically, First Day Complete sales increased by $93 million, or 88%, to $198 million during the 52 weeks ended April 29, 2023, as compared to $105 million during the 52 weeks ended April 30, 2022. First Day sales increased by $19 million, or 15%, to $149 million during the 52 weeks ended April 29, 2023, as compared to $130 million during the 52 weeks ended April 30, 2022. As of April 29, 2023, 116 campus stores adopted our First Day Complete course materials delivery program for the 2023 Spring Term, representing approximately 580,000 in total undergraduate student enrollment (as reported by National Center for Education Statistics), compared to 76 campus stores representing approximately 380,000 in total undergraduate student enrollment in the 2022 Spring Term.
Total course material rental income increased by $3.2 million, or 2.4%, to $136.6 million during the 52 weeks ended April 29, 2023 from $133.4 million during the 52 weeks ended April 30, 2022 primarily due to increased rental textbook activity in our First Day Complete program and improved availability of used textbook inventory.
41

Index to Form 10-KIndex to FS
Retail Gross Comparable Store Sales
To supplement the Total Sales table presented above, the Company uses Retail Gross Comparable Store Sales as a key performance indicator. Retail Gross Comparable Store Sales includes sales from physical and virtual stores that have been open for an entire fiscal year period and does not include sales from permanently closed stores for all periods presented. For Retail Gross Comparable Store Sales, sales for logo general merchandise fulfilled by Lids, Fanatics and digital agency sales are included on a gross basis for consistent year-over-year comparison.
Effective in April 2021, as contemplated by the F/L Partnership's merchandising agreement and e-commerce agreement, we began to transition the fulfillment of our logo general merchandise sales to Lids and Fanatics. The transition to Lids for campus stores was effective in April 2021, and the e-commerce websites transitioned to Fanatics throughout Fiscal 2022. As the logo general merchandise sales are fulfilled by Lids and Fanatics, we recognize commission revenue earned for these sales on a net basis in our consolidated financial statements, as compared to the recognition of logo general merchandise sales on a gross basis in the periods prior to the transition.
We believe the current Retail Gross Comparable Store Sales calculation method reflects management’s view that such comparable store sales are an important measure of the growth in sales when evaluating how established stores have performed over time. We present this metric as additional useful information about the Company’s operational and financial performance and to allow greater transparency with respect to important metrics used by management for operating and financial decision-making. Retail Gross Comparable Store Sales are also referred to as "same-store" sales by others within the retail industry and the method of calculating comparable store sales varies across the retail industry. As a result, our calculation of comparable store sales is not necessarily comparable to similarly titled measures reported by other companies and is intended only as supplemental information and is not a substitute for net sales presented in accordance with GAAP.
The increase in course material sales was primarily due to the growth of BNC First Day equitable and inclusive access programs (as discussed above), partially offset by a shift to lower cost options and more affordable solutions, including digital offerings. The increase in general merchandise sales was primarily due to higher sales related to graduation products, logo products, and cafe and convenience products, as on campus traffic continues to grow compared to the prior year.
Retail Gross Comparable Store Sales variances for Retail by category for the 52 week period are as follows:
Dollars in millions52 weeks ended
April 29, 2023April 30, 2022
Textbooks (Course Materials)$4.1 0.4 %$21.2 2.3 %
General Merchandise43.9 8.6 %219.5 75.6 %
Total Retail Gross Comparable Store Sales$48.0 3.2 %$240.7 19.6 %
Wholesale
Wholesale sales decreased by $5.9 million, or 5.2%, to $106.4 million during the 52 weeks ended April 29, 2023 from $112.2 million during the 52 weeks ended April 30, 2022. The decrease is primarily due to a decline in gross sales of $2.0 million from lower customer demand resulting from a shift in buying patterns from physical textbooks to digital products, and lower demand from other third-party clients, and higher returns and allowances of $3.9 million.
Cost of Sales and Gross Margin
Our cost of sales increased as a percentage of sales to 77.4% during the 52 weeks ended April 29, 2023 compared to 77.1% during the 52 weeks ended April 30, 2022. Our gross margin increased by $6.6 million, or 1.9%, to $349.4 million, or 22.6% of sales, during the 52 weeks ended April 29, 2023 from $342.8 million, or 22.9% of sales, during the 52 weeks ended April 30, 2022.
During the 52 weeks ended April 30, 2022, we recognized a merchandise inventory loss of $0.4 million in cost of goods sold in the Retail Segment. For additional information, see Part II - Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data - Note 2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies - Merchandise Inventories.
42

Index to Form 10-KIndex to FS
Retail
The following table summarizes the Retail cost of sales: 
 52 weeks ended52 weeks ended
Dollars in thousandsApril 29, 2023% of
Related Sales
April 30, 2022% of
Related Sales
Product and other cost of sales$1,086,095 80.1%$1,040,022 79.6%
Rental cost of sales74,287 54.4%76,659 57.5%
Total Cost of Sales$1,160,382 77.8%$1,116,681 77.6%
The following table summarizes the Retail gross margin:
 52 weeks ended52 weeks ended
Dollars in thousandsApril 29, 2023% of
Related Sales
April 30, 2022% of
Related Sales
Product and other gross margin$269,078 19.9%$266,288 20.4%
Rental gross margin62,266 45.6%56,695 42.5%
Gross Margin$331,344 22.2%$322,983 22.4%
For the 52 weeks ended April 29, 2023, the Retail gross margin as a percentage of sales decreased as discussed below:
Product and other gross margin decreased (50 basis points), driven primarily by lower margin rates (110 basis points) due to higher markdowns, higher inventory reserves, lower general merchandise margin rates, offset by lower shipping costs; higher contract costs as a percentage of sales related to our college and university contracts (40 basis points) resulting from contract renewals and new store contracts; partially offset by improved sales mix (95 basis points) primarily due to higher used textbook sales due to lower constraints on inventory availability, offset by lower margins due to a shift in buying patterns from physical textbooks to digital products, and higher general merchandise sales, including logo sales.
Retail Rental gross margin as a percentage of sales increased driven primarily by higher rental margin rates primarily due to our First Day Complete program and favorable rental mix due to improved availability of used textbook inventory, partially offset by higher contract costs as a percentage of sales related to our college and university contracts resulting from contract renewals and new store contracts.
Wholesale
The cost of sales and gross margin for Wholesale were $88.1 million, or 82.8% of sales, and $18.3 million, or 17.2% of sales, respectively, during the 52 weeks ended April 29, 2023. The cost of sales and gross margin for Wholesale were $92.5 million, or 82.4% of sales, and $19.8 million, or 17.6% of sales, respectively, during the 52 weeks ended April 30, 2022. The gross margin decreased to 17.2% during the 52 weeks ended April 29, 2023 from 17.6% during the 52 weeks ended April 30, 2022. The decrease was primarily due to the unfavorable impact of higher markdowns of $2.3 million and returns and allowances of $0.5 million, partially offset by a favorable sales mix of $1.3 million due to improved availability of used textbook inventory.
Intercompany Eliminations
During the 52 weeks ended April 29, 2023 and 52 weeks ended April 30, 2022, sales eliminations were $54.9 million and $56.2 million, respectively. These sales eliminations represent the elimination of Wholesale sales and fulfillment service fees to Retail and the elimination of Retail commissions earned from Wholesale.
During the 52 weeks ended April 29, 2023 and 52 weeks ended April 30, 2022, the cost of sales eliminations were $54.7 million and $56.2 million, respectively. These cost of sales eliminations represent (i) the recognition of intercompany profit for Retail inventory that was purchased from Wholesale in a prior period that was subsequently sold to external customers during the current period and the elimination of Wholesale service fees charged for fulfillment of inventory for virtual store sales, net of (ii) the elimination of intercompany profit for Wholesale inventory purchases by Retail that remain in ending inventory at the end of the current period.
During the 52 weeks periods ended April 29, 2023 and 52 weeks ended April 30, 2022, the gross margin eliminations were $(0.2) million and $0.1 million, respectively. The gross margin eliminations reflect the net impact of the sales eliminations and cost of sales eliminations during the above mentioned reporting periods.
43

Index to Form 10-KIndex to FS
Selling and Administrative Expenses
 52 weeks ended52 weeks ended
Dollars in thousandsApril 29, 2023% of
Sales
April 30, 2022% of
Sales
Selling and Administrative Expenses$357,611 23.2%$353,968 23.7%
During the 52 weeks ended April 29, 2023, selling and administrative expenses increased by $3.6 million, or 1.0%, to $357.6 million from $354.0 million during the 52 weeks ended April 30, 2022. The variances by segment are discussed by segment below.
Retail
For Retail, selling and administrative expenses increased by $5.6 million, or 1.8%, to $320.7 million during the 52 weeks ended April 29, 2023 from $315.1 million during the 52 weeks ended April 30, 2022. This increase was primarily due to an increase in store payroll and operating costs at new/closed stores of $6.4 million, and a $5.4 million increase in corporate payroll, infrastructure and product development costs, partially offset by a $5.2 million decrease in incentive plan compensation expense and a $1.0 million decrease in store payroll and operating costs at comparable stores.
Wholesale
For Wholesale, selling and administrative expenses decreased by $1.0 million, or 6.0%, to $15.0 million during the 52 weeks ended April 29, 2023 from $16.0 million during the 52 weeks ended April 30, 2022. The decrease was primarily driven by lower compensation related expense, including incentive plan compensation expense.
Corporate Services
Corporate Services' selling and administrative expenses decreased by $1.0 million, or 4.4%, to $22.0 million during the 52 weeks ended April 29, 2023 from $23.0 million during the 52 weeks ended April 30, 2022. The decrease in costs was primarily due to lower incentive plan compensation costs of $1.8 million, partially offset by higher professional service costs of $0.8 million.
Depreciation and Amortization Expense
 52 weeks ended52 weeks ended
Dollars in thousandsApril 29, 2023% of
Sales
April 30, 2022% of
Sales
Depreciation and Amortization Expense$42,163 2.7%$42,124 2.8%
Depreciation and amortization expense remained flat at $42.1 million during both the 52 weeks ended April 29, 2023 and the 52 weeks ended April 30, 2022. Capital expenditures decreased by $8.5 million during the 52 weeks ended April 29, 2023 compared to the prior year period and depreciable assets and intangibles were lower due to the store impairment loss recognized during Fiscal 2023 and Fiscal 2022.
Impairment loss (non-cash)
We review our long-lived assets for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable in accordance with ASC 360-10, Accounting for the Impairment or Disposal of Long-Lived Assets. For information, see Part II - Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data - Note 2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies and Note 6. Fair Value Measurements.
During the 52 weeks ended April 29, 2023, we evaluated certain of our store-level long-lived assets in the Retail segment for impairment. Based on the results of the impairment tests, we recognized an impairment loss (non-cash) of $6.0 million (both pre-tax and after-tax), comprised of $0.7 million, $1.7 million, and $3.6 million of property and equipment, operating lease right-of-use assets, and amortizable intangibles, respectively, on the consolidated statement of operations.
During the 52 weeks ended April 30, 2022, we evaluated certain of our store-level long-lived assets in the Retail segment for impairment. Based on the results of the impairment tests, we recognized an impairment loss (non-cash) of $6.4 million (both pre-tax and after-tax), comprised of $0.7 million, $1.8 million, $3.7 million and $0.2 million of property and equipment, operating lease right-of-use assets, amortizable intangibles, and other noncurrent assets, respectively, on the consolidated statement of operations.
44

Index to Form 10-KIndex to FS
Restructuring and other charges
During the 52 weeks ended April 29, 2023, we recognized restructuring and other charges totaling $10.1 million, comprised primarily of $4.4 million for severance and other employee termination and benefit costs associated with elimination of various positions as part of cost reduction objectives, and $5.7 million, primarily for costs primarily associated with professional service costs for restructuring and process improvements.
During the 52 weeks ended April 30, 2022, we recognized restructuring and other charges totaling $1.0 million, comprised primarily of $1.3 million for severance and other employee termination and benefit costs associated with elimination of various positions as part of cost reduction objectives and $1.8 million for costs associated with professional service costs for restructuring, process improvements, development and integration associated with the F/L Partnership, and shareholder activist activities, partially offset by $2.1 million in an actuarial gain related to a frozen retirement benefit plan (non-cash).
Operating Loss
 52 weeks ended52 weeks ended
Dollars in thousandsApril 29, 2023% of
Sales
April 30, 2022% of
Sales
Operating Loss$(66,446)(4.3)%$(60,615)(4.1)%
Our operating loss was $(66.4) million during the 52 weeks ended April 29, 2023 compared to operating loss of $(60.6) million during the 52 weeks ended April 30, 2022. This operating loss increase was due to the matters discussed above.
For the 52 weeks ended April 29, 2023, excluding the $10.1 million of restructuring and other charges and the $6.0 million impairment loss (non-cash), all discussed above, operating loss was $(50.3) million (or (3.3)% of sales).
For the 52 weeks ended April 30, 2022, excluding the $0.4 million of merchandise inventory loss and write-off, $1.0 million of restructuring and other charges and the $6.4 million impairment loss (non-cash), all discussed above, operating loss was $(52.8) million (or (3.5)% of sales).
Interest Expense, Net
52 weeks ended
Dollars in thousandsApril 29, 2023April 30, 2022
Interest Expense, Net$22,683 $10,096 
Net interest expense increased by $12.6 million to $22.7 million during the 52 weeks ended April 29, 2023 from $10.1 million during the 52 weeks ended April 30, 2022 primarily due to higher borrowings and higher interest rates compared to the prior year.
Income Tax Expense (Benefit)
52 weeks ended52 weeks ended
Dollars in thousandsApril 29, 2023Effective RateApril 30, 2022Effective Rate
Income Tax Expense (Benefit)$1,011 (1.1)%$(9,152)12.9%
We recorded an income tax expense of $1.0 million on a pre-tax loss of $(89.1) million during the 52 weeks ended April 29, 2023, which represented an effective income tax rate of (1.1)% and an income tax benefit of $(9.2) million on a pre-tax loss of $(70.7) million during the 52 weeks ended April 30, 2022, which represented an effective income tax rate of 12.9%.
The effective tax rate for the 52 weeks ended April 29, 2023 is significantly lower as compared to the prior year comparable period due to the valuation allowance benefit of changing the tax fiscal year in the prior year.
Impact of U.S. Tax Reform
On March 27, 2020, the Coronavirus Aid, Relief, and Economic Security Act (The “CARES Act”) was enacted. We have analyzed the provisions, which provide for a technical correction to allow for full expensing of qualified leasehold improvements, modifications to charitable contribution and net operating loss limitations (“NOLs”), modifications to the deductibility of business interest expense, as well as Alternative Minimum Tax (“AMT”) credit acceleration. The most significant impact of the legislation for the Company was an income tax benefit of $7.2 million for the carryback of NOLs to higher tax rate years, recorded in Fiscal 2021. As of April 29, 2023, we reported a current income tax receivable of $10.0 million for NOL carrybacks in prepaid and other current assets on the consolidated balance sheet. We received a $7.8 million refund in Fiscal 2022, a $15.8 million refund in Fiscal 2023 and expect to receive the additional refunds of approximately $10.0 million.
45

Index to Form 10-KIndex to FS
Net Loss from Continuing Operations
52 weeks ended
Dollars in thousandsApril 29, 2023April 30, 2022
Net Loss from Continuing Operations$(90,140)$(61,559)
As a result of the factors discussed above, we reported a net loss from continuing operations of $(90.1) million during the 52 weeks ended April 29, 2023, compared with a net loss of $(61.6) million during the 52 weeks ended April 30, 2022. Adjusted Earnings (non-GAAP) - Continuing Operations is $(74.0) million during the 52 weeks ended April 29, 2023, compared with $(53.4) million during the 52 weeks ended April 30, 2022. See Adjusted Earnings (non-GAAP) discussion below.
Results of Operations - Continuing Operations
- 52 weeks ended April 30, 2022 compared with the 52 weeks ended May 1, 2021
52 weeks ended, April 30, 2022 (a)
Dollars in thousandsRetailWholesaleCorporate Services
Eliminations (b)
Total
Sales:
Product sales and other$1,306,310 $112,246 $— $(56,176)$1,362,380 
Rental income133,354 — — — 133,354 
Total sales1,439,664 112,246 — (56,176)1,495,734 
Cost of sales (exclusive of depreciation and amortization expense):
Product and other cost of sales1,040,022 92,464 — (56,243)1,076,243 
Rental cost of sales76,659 — — — 76,659 
Total cost of sales1,116,681 92,464 — (56,243)1,152,902 
Gross profit322,983 19,782 — 67 342,832 
Selling and administrative expenses315,124 16,000 23,002 (158)353,968 
Depreciation and amortization expense36,635 5,418 71 — 42,124 
Impairment loss (non-cash)6,411 — — — 6,411 
Restructuring and other charges2,118 (2,131)957 — 944 
Operating (loss) income from continuing operations$(37,305)$495 $(24,030)$225 $(60,615)
52 weeks ended, May 1, 2021 (a)
Dollars in thousandsRetailWholesaleCorporate Services
Eliminations (b)
Total
Sales:
Product sales and other$1,196,320 $165,825 $— $(89,779)$1,272,366 
Rental income134,150 — — — 134,150 
Total sales1,330,470 165,825 — (89,779)1,406,516 
Cost of sales (exclusive of depreciation and amortization expense):
Product and other cost of sales1,047,613 131,142 — (89,822)1,088,933 
Rental cost of sales87,240 — — — 87,240 
Total cost of sales1,134,853 131,142 — (89,822)1,176,173 
Gross profit195,617 34,683 — 43 230,343 
Selling and administrative expenses278,149 16,085 22,079 (149)316,164 
Depreciation and amortization expense39,634 5,461 109 — 45,204 
Impairment loss (non-cash)27,630 — — — 27,630 
Restructuring and other charges5,514 (1,595)6,188 — 10,107 
Operating (loss) income from continuing operations$(155,310)$14,732 $(28,376)$192 $(168,762)
(a)    In Fiscal 2022 and Fiscal 2021, our business experienced an unprecedented and significant impact as a result of the COVID-19 pandemic. The impact of which affects the comparability of our results of operations and cash flows.
(b)    For additional information related to the intercompany activities and eliminations, see Part II - Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data - Note 4. Segment Reporting.
46

Index to Form 10-KIndex to FS
Sales
The following table summarizes our sales:
52 weeks ended
Dollars in thousandsApril 30, 2022May 1, 2021%
Product sales and other$1,362,380 $1,272,366 7.1%
Rental income133,354 134,150 (0.6)%
Total Sales$1,495,734 $1,406,516 6.3%
Our total sales increased by $89.2 million, or 6.3%, to $1,495.7 million during the 52 weeks ended April 30, 2022 from $1,406.5 million during the 52 weeks ended May 1, 2021. The sales increase is primarily related to re-opening stores that had temporarily closed due to the COVID-19 pandemic in the prior year. The increase is offset by the negative impact on sales primarily due to lower enrollments, primarily at community colleges and by international students, the continuation of remote and hybrid class offerings and lower logo and emblematic sales as they are reflected in sales on a net basis in our consolidated financial statements, as compared to the recognition of logo and emblematic sales on a gross basis in the periods prior to April 4, 2021. For additional information, see Retail Sales discussion below.
The components of the sales variances for the 52 week period are reflected in the table below.
Sales variancesJohn R. Ryan52 weeks ended
April 30, 2022
Dollars in millionsJerry Sue Thornton
Retail Sales
New stores$67.2 
Closed stores(42.3)
Comparable stores (a)
83.5 
Textbook rental deferral(1.8)
Service revenue (b)
(2.4)
Other (c)
5.0 
Retail Sales subtotal:$109.2 
Wholesale Sales$(53.6)
Eliminations (d)
$33.6 
Total sales variance:$89.2 

22


(a)    Effective in April 2021, as contemplated by the F/L Partnership's merchandising agreement and e-commerce agreement, we began to transition the fulfillment of our logo general merchandise sales to Lids and Fanatics. The transition to Lids for campus stores was effective in April 2021, and the e-commerce websites transitioned to Fanatics throughout Fiscal 2022. As the logo general merchandise sales are fulfilled by Lids and Fanatics, we recognize commission revenue earned for these sales on a net basis in our consolidated financial statements, as compared to the recognition of logo general merchandise sales on a gross basis in the periods prior to the transition. For Retail Gross Comparable Store Sales details, see below.
(b)    Service revenue includes brand partnerships, shipping and handling, and revenue from other programs.
(c)    Other includes inventory liquidation sales to third parties, marketplace sales and certain accounting adjusting items related to return reserves, and other deferred items.
(d)    Eliminates Wholesale sales and service fees to Retail and Retail commissions earned from Wholesale. See discussion of intercompany activities and eliminations below.
Retail
Retail total sales increased by $109.2 million, or 8.2%, to $1,439.7 million during the 52 weeks ended April 30, 2022 from $1,330.5 million during the 52 weeks ended May 1, 2021. The following is a store count summary for physical stores and virtual stores. Many of the store closings relate to closing less profitable stores, including satellite store locations.
47

DIRECTOR COMPENSATION

Annual Retainer

Each non-employee director receives

Index to Form 10-KIndex to FS
 Fiscal 2022Fiscal 2021
PhysicalVirtualTotalPhysicalVirtualTotal
Beginning of period769 648 1,417 772 647 1,419 
Opened57 35 92 40 58 98 
Closed21 61 82 43 57 100 
End of period805 622 1,427 769 648 1,417 
The comparability of Products and other sales, specifically logo and emblematic sales, is impacted by the recognition of logo and emblematic sales on a net basis in our consolidated financial statements during the 52 weeks ended April 30, 2022, as compared to on a gross basis prior to April 4, 2021. See the Retail Gross Comparable Store Sales discussion below.
Additionally, Product and other sales and Rental income are impacted by the growth of First Day Complete, comparable store sales, new store openings and store closings, as well as the impact from the COVID-19 pandemic. Sales were impacted by overall enrollment declines in higher education. Although most four year schools returned to a traditional on-campus environment for learning in the Fall 2021 semester, as well as hosted traditional on campus sporting activities, there is still uncertainty about the extent of the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic, including on enrollments at community colleges and by international students, and the continuation of remote and hybrid class offerings. While many college athletic conferences resumed their sport activities, other on campus events, such as parent's weekends or alumni events, continue to be either eliminated or severely restricted, which further impacted our general merchandise business. As we entered the Spring rush period in early January 2022, we continued to experience the ongoing effects of the COVID-19 pandemic with the surge of the Omicron variant further impacting students return to campus and on-campus activities. In early January 2022, while the majority of schools brought students back to campus, some schools chose to conduct classes virtually for the beginning of the semester, while other schools chose to delay their start dates (and some schools both delayed the start of the semester and started classes virtually), thus reducing and/or delaying sales.
Product and other sales for Retail increased by $110.0 million, or 9.2%, to $1,306.3 million during the 52 weeks ended April 30, 2022 from $1,196.3 million during the 52 weeks ended May 1, 2021. During the 52 weeks ended April 30, 2022, course material sales increased by $47.0 million or 5.4% to $911.2 million, and general merchandise sales increased by $72.3 million or 26.3% to $347.0 million, offset by a decrease in service and other revenue of $9.3 million or 16.2% to $48.1 million. Course material rental income for Retail decreased by $0.8 million, or 0.6%, to $133.4 million during the 52 weeks ended April 30, 2022 from $134.2 million during the 52 weeks ended May 1, 2021. The overall Retail sales increase is primarily related to re-opening stores that had temporarily closed due to the COVID-19 pandemic in the prior year. Course material sales were also impacted by lower enrollments, primarily at community colleges and by international students, and the continuation of remote and hybrid class offerings.
During the 52 weeks ended April 30, 2022, Retail Gross Comparable Store course material sales increased by 2.3%, as compared to a 15.2% decline a year ago, when the majority of our stores had temporarily closed due to the COVID-19 pandemic. See Retail Gross Comparable Store Sales discussion below. The increase in course material sales was reflective of the growth of BNC First Day equitable and inclusive access programs, digital and eTextbook revenue increases, due to a shift to lower cost options and more affordable solutions, including digital offerings. For the 2022 Spring term, First Day Complete was offered through 76 campus bookstores compared to 14 campus bookstores in the prior year, at schools with over 380,000 in total undergraduate enrollment, up from approximately 62,000 in total undergraduate enrollment in the 2021 Spring term. Revenue for both of our BNC First Day models increased to $235 million during Fiscal 2022, as compared to $123 million in the prior year period.
During the 52 weeks ended April 30, 2022, logo and emblematic sales are reflected in sales on a net basis in our consolidated financial statements, as compared to the recognition of logo and emblematic sales on a gross basis prior to April 4, 2021. See Retail Gross Comparable Store Sales discussion below. During the 52 weeks ended April 30, 2022, Retail Gross Comparable Store general merchandise sales increased by 75.6%, as compared to a 47.0% decline a year ago. Both results during both periods benefited greatly from the return to an annualon campus learning experience and the resumption of many activities and events. Sales for general merchandise, including on-campus cafe and convenience products, and trade merchandise have increased compared to the prior year, when sales were impacted by the temporary store closings due to the COVID-19 pandemic.
Retail Gross Comparable Store Sales
To supplement the Total Sales table presented above, the Company uses Retail Gross Comparable Store Sales as a key performance indicator. Retail Gross Comparable Store Sales includes sales from physical and virtual stores that have been open for an entire fiscal year period and does not include sales from permanently closed stores for all periods presented. For Retail
48

Index to Form 10-KIndex to FS
Gross Comparable Store Sales, sales for logo general merchandise fulfilled by Lids, Fanatics and digital agency sales are included on a gross basis for consistent year-over-year comparison.
Effective in April 2021, as contemplated by the F/L Partnership's merchandising agreement and e-commerce agreement, we began to transition the fulfillment of our logo general merchandise sales to Lids and Fanatics. The transition to Lids for campus stores was effective in April 2021, and the e-commerce websites transitioned to Fanatics throughout Fiscal 2022. As the logo general merchandise sales are fulfilled by Lids and Fanatics, we recognize commission revenue earned for these sales on a net basis in our consolidated financial statements, as compared to the recognition of logo general merchandise sales on a gross basis in the periods prior to the transition.
We believe the current Retail Gross Comparable Store Sales calculation method reflects management’s view that such comparable store sales are an important measure of the growth in sales when evaluating how established stores have performed over time. We present this metric as additional useful information about the Company’s operational and financial performance and to allow greater transparency with respect to important metrics used by management for operating and financial decision-making. Retail Gross Comparable Store Sales are also referred to as "same-store" sales by others within the retail industry and the method of calculating comparable store sales varies across the retail industry. As a result, our calculation of comparable store sales is not necessarily comparable to similarly titled measures reported by other companies and is intended only as supplemental information and is not a substitute for net sales presented in accordance with GAAP.
Retail Gross Comparable Store Sales variances for Retail by category for the 52 week period are as follows:
Dollars in millions52 weeks ended
April 30, 2022May 1, 2021
Textbooks (Course Materials)$21.2 2.3 %$(158.4)(15.2)%
General Merchandise219.5 75.6 %(256.2)(47.0)%
Total Retail Gross Comparable Store Sales$240.7 19.6 %$(414.6)(26.1)%
Wholesale
Wholesale sales decreased by $53.6 million, or 32.3%, to $112.2 million during the 52 weeks ended April 30, 2022 from $165.8 million during the 52 weeks ended May 1, 2021. The decrease is primarily due to lower gross sales impacted by the COVID-19 pandemic, including supply constraints resulting from the lack of on campus textbook buyback opportunities during the prior fiscal year, a decrease in customer demand resulting from a shift in buying patterns from physical textbooks to digital products, and lower demand from other third-party clients, partially offset by lower returns and allowances. During the prior year period, the Wholesale operations assumed direct-to-student fulfillment of course material orders for the Retail Segment campus bookstores that were not fully operational due to COVID-19 campus store closures, whereas the sales shifted back to the physical bookstores in Fiscal 2022.
Cost of Sales and Gross Margin
Our cost of sales decreased as a percentage of sales to 77.1% during the 52 weeks ended April 30, 2022 compared to 83.6% during the 52 weeks ended May 1, 2021. Our gross margin increased by $112.5 million, or 48.8%, to $342.8 million, or 22.9% of sales, during the 52 weeks ended April 30, 2022 from $230.3 million, or 16.4% of sales, during the 52 weeks ended May 1, 2021.
During the 52 weeks ended April 30, 2022 and May 1, 2021, we recognized a merchandise inventory loss and write-off of $0.4 million and $15.0 million, respectively, in cost of goods sold in the Retail Segment discussed below. Excluding the merchandise inventory loss and write-off, cost of goods sold and gross margin was 77.1% and 22.9%, respectively, of sales during the 52 weeks ended April 30, 2022 compared to 82.6% and 17.4%, respectively, of sales during the 52 weeks ended May 1, 2021. For additional information, see Part II - Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data - Note 1. Organization and Note 2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies - Merchandise Inventories.
Retail
The following table summarizes the Retail cost of sales: 
 52 weeks ended52 weeks ended
Dollars in thousandsApril 30, 2022% of
Related Sales
May 1, 2021% of
Related Sales
Product and other cost of sales$1,040,022 79.6%$1,047,613 87.6%
Rental cost of sales76,659 57.5%87,240 65.0%
Total Cost of Sales$1,116,681 77.6%$1,134,853 85.3%
49

Index to Form 10-KIndex to FS
The following table summarizes the Retail gross margin:
 52 weeks ended52 weeks ended
Dollars in thousandsApril 30, 2022% of
Related Sales
May 1, 2021% of
Related Sales
Product and other gross margin$266,288 20.4%$148,707 12.4%
Rental gross margin56,695 42.5%46,910 35.0%
Gross Margin$322,983 22.4%$195,617 14.7%
For the 52 weeks ended April 30, 2022, the Retail gross margin as a percentage of sales increased as discussed below:
Product and other gross margin increased (800 basis points), driven primarily by a favorable sales mix (410 basis points) due to higher general merchandise sales and higher margin rates (445 basis points) due to lower inventory reserves and lower markdowns, partially offset by an inventory merchandise loss of $0.4 million related to the finalization of the sale of our logo and emblematic general merchandise inventory below cost to Lids which occurred in the fourth quarter in Fiscal 2021. The increase in margin was also partially offset by higher contract costs as a percentage of sales related to our college and university contracts (60 basis points) resulting from contract renewals and new store contracts.
Rental gross margin increased (750 basis points), driven primarily by lower contract costs as a percentage of sales related to our college and university contracts (750 basis points) and a favorable rental mix (50 basis points), partially offset by lower rental margin rates (50 basis points).
Wholesale
The cost of sales and gross margin for Wholesale were $92.5 million, or 82.4% of sales, and $19.8 million, or 17.6% of sales, respectively, during the 52 weeks ended April 30, 2022. The cost of sales and gross margin for Wholesale were $131.1 million, or 79.1% of sales, and $34.7 million, or 20.9% of sales, respectively, during the 52 weeks ended May 1, 2021. The gross margin decreased to 17.6% during the 52 weeks ended April 30, 2022 from 20.9% during the 52 weeks ended May 1, 2021. The decrease was primarily due to the unfavorable impact of returns and allowances and higher markdowns, partially offset by a favorable sales mix.
Intercompany Eliminations
During the 52 weeks ended April 30, 2022 and 52 weeks ended May 1, 2021, sales eliminations were $56.2 million and $89.8 million, respectively. These sales eliminations represent the elimination of Wholesale sales and fulfillment service fees to Retail and the elimination of Retail commissions earned from Wholesale.
During the 52 weeks ended April 30, 2022 and 52 weeks ended May 1, 2021, the cost of sales eliminations were $56.2 million and $89.8 million, respectively. These cost of sales eliminations represent (i) the recognition of intercompany profit for Retail inventory that was purchased from Wholesale in a prior period that was subsequently sold to external customers during the current period and the elimination of Wholesale service fees charged for fulfillment of inventory for virtual store sales, net of (ii) the elimination of intercompany profit for Wholesale inventory purchases by Retail that remain in ending inventory at the end of the current period.
During both 52 weeks periods ended April 30, 2022 and 52 weeks ended May 1, 2021, the gross margin eliminations was $0.1 million. The gross margin eliminations reflect the net impact of the sales eliminations and cost of sales eliminations during the above mentioned reporting periods.
Selling and Administrative Expenses
 52 weeks ended52 weeks ended
Dollars in thousandsApril 30, 2022% of
Sales
May 1, 2021% of
Sales
Selling and Administrative Expenses$353,968 23.7%$316,164 22.5%
During the 52 weeks ended April 30, 2022, selling and administrative expenses increased by $37.8 million, or 12.0%, to $354.0 million from $316.2 million during the 52 weeks ended May 1, 2021. The variances by segment are discussed by segment below. The increase in selling and administrative expenses is primarily related to re-opening stores that had temporarily closed due to the COVID-19 pandemic in the prior year.
Retail
For Retail, selling and administrative expenses increased by $37.0 million, or 13.3%, to $315.1 million during the 52 weeks ended April 30, 2022 from $278.1 million during the 52 weeks ended May 1, 2021. This increase was primarily due to a $34.5 million increase in stores payroll and operating expenses including comparable stores, virtual stores and new/closed
50

Index to Form 10-KIndex to FS
stores payroll and operating expenses, and a $2.5 million increase in corporate payroll, infrastructure and product development costs. The payroll increase is primarily related to re-opening stores that had temporarily closed due to the COVID-19 pandemic in the prior year.
Wholesale
For Wholesale, selling and administrative expenses decreased by $0.1 million, or 0.5%, to $16.0 million during the 52 weeks ended April 30, 2022 from $16.1 million during the 52 weeks ended May 1, 2021. Thedecrease in selling and administrative expenses was primarily driven by lower compensation expense and lower operating costs.
Corporate Services
Corporate Services' selling and administrative expenses increased by $0.9 million, or 4.2%, to $23.0 million during the 52 weeks ended April 30, 2022 from $22.1 million during the 52 weeks ended May 1, 2021. The increase was primarily due to higher professional services costs.
Depreciation and Amortization Expense
 52 weeks ended52 weeks ended
Dollars in thousandsApril 30, 2022% of
Sales
May 1, 2021% of
Sales
Depreciation and Amortization Expense$42,124 2.8%$45,204 3.2%
Depreciation and amortization expense decreased by $3.1 million, or 6.8%, to $42.1 million during the 52 weeks ended April 30, 2022 from $45.2 million during the 52 weeks ended May 1, 2021. The decrease was primarily attributable to lower depreciable assets and intangibles due to the store impairment loss recognized during Fiscal 2022 and Fiscal 2021. See impairment loss discuss below.
Impairment loss (non-cash)
We review our long-lived assets for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable in accordance with ASC 360-10, Accounting for the Impairment or Disposal of Long-Lived Assets. For information, see Part II - Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data - Note 2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies and Note 6. Fair Value Measurements.
During the 52 weeks ended April 30, 2022, we evaluated certain of our store-level long-lived assets in the Retail segment for impairment. Based on the results of the impairment tests, we recognized an impairment loss (non-cash) of $6.4 million (both pre-tax and after-tax), comprised of $0.7 million, $1.8 million, $3.7 million and $0.2 million of property and equipment, operating lease right-of-use assets, amortizable intangibles, and other noncurrent assets, respectively, on the consolidated statement of operations.
During the 52 weeks ended May 1, 2021, we evaluated certain of our store-level long-lived assets in the Retail segment for impairment. Based on the results of the impairment tests, we recognized an impairment loss (non-cash) of $27.6 million, $20.5 million after-tax, comprised of $5.1 million, $13.3 million, $6.3 million and $2.9 million of property and equipment, operating lease right-of-use assets, amortizable intangibles, and other noncurrent assets, respectively, on the consolidated statement of operations.
Restructuring and other charges
During the 52 weeks ended April 30, 2022, we recognized restructuring and other charges totaling $1.0 million, comprised primarily of $1.3 million for severance and other employee termination and benefit costs associated with elimination of various positions as part of cost reduction objectives and $1.8 million for costs associated with professional service costs for restructuring, process improvements, development and integration associated with the F/L Partnership, shareholder activist activities, and liabilities for a facility closure, partially offset by a $2.1 million in an actuarial gain related to a frozen retirement benefit plan (non-cash).
During the 52 weeks ended May 1, 2021, we recognized restructuring and other charges totaling $10.1 million, comprised primarily of $6.0 million for severance and other employee termination and benefit costs associated with elimination of various positions as part of cost reduction objectives, $5.7 million for professional service costs related to restructuring, process improvements, the financial advisor strategic review process, costs related to development and integration associated with F/L partnership agreements and shareholder activist activities, and liabilities for a facility closure, partially offset by a $1.6 million in an actuarial gain related to a frozen retirement benefit plan (non-cash).
51

Index to Form 10-KIndex to FS
Operating Loss
 52 weeks ended52 weeks ended
Dollars in thousandsApril 30, 2022% of
Sales
May 1, 2021% of
Sales
Operating Loss$(60,615)(4.1)%$(168,762)(12.0)%
Our operating loss was $(60.6) million during the 52 weeks ended April 30, 2022 compared to operating loss of $(168.8) million during the 52 weeks ended May 1, 2021. This operating loss decrease was due to the matters discussed above.
For the 52 weeks ended April 30, 2022, excluding the $0.4 million of merchandise inventory loss and write-off, $1.0 million of restructuring and other charges and the $6.4 million impairment loss (non-cash), all discussed above, operating loss was $(52.8) million (or (3.5)% of sales).
For the 52 weeks ended May 1, 2021, excluding the $15.0 million of merchandise inventory loss and write-off, $10.1 million of restructuring and other charges and the $27.6 million impairment loss (non-cash), all discussed above, operating loss was $(116.1) million (or (8.3)% of sales).
Interest Expense, Net
52 weeks ended
Dollars in thousandsApril 30, 2022May 1, 2021
Interest Expense, Net$10,096 $8,087 
Net interest expense increased by $2.0 million to $10.1 million during the 52 weeks ended April 30, 2022 from $8.1 million during the 52 weeks ended May 1, 2021 primarily due to higher borrowings compared to the prior year.
Income Tax Benefit
52 weeks ended52 weeks ended
Dollars in thousandsApril 30, 2022Effective RateMay 1, 2021Effective Rate
Income Tax Benefit$(9,152)12.9%$(43,280)24.5%

We recorded an income tax benefit of $(9.2) million on a pre-tax loss of $(70.7) million during the 52 weeks ended April 30, 2022, which represented an effective income tax rate of 12.9% and an income tax benefit of $(43.3) million on a pre-tax loss of $(176.8) million during the 52 weeks ended May 1, 2021, which represented an effective income tax rate of 24.5%.
The effective tax rate for the 52 weeks ended April 30, 2022 is significantly lower as compared to the prior year comparable period due to the change in pre-tax loss and the change in the assessment of the realization of deferred tax assets as compared to prior year loss carrybacks.
Impact of U.S. Tax Reform
On March 27, 2020, the Coronavirus Aid, Relief, and Economic Security Act (The “CARES Act”) was enacted. We have analyzed the provisions, which provide for a technical correction to allow for full expensing of qualified leasehold improvements, modifications to charitable contribution and net operating loss limitations (“NOLs”), modifications to the deductibility of business interest expense, as well as Alternative Minimum Tax (“AMT”) credit acceleration. The most significant impact of the legislation for the Company was an income tax benefit of $7.2 million for the carryback of NOLs to higher tax rate years, recorded in Fiscal 2021. As of April 30, 2022, we reported a current income tax receivable for NOL carrybacks of $30.5 million in prepaid and other current assets on the consolidated balance sheet. We received a $7.8 million refund in the second quarter of Fiscal 2022 and expect to receive the additional refunds of approximately $22.7 million.
Net Loss from Continuing Operations
52 weeks ended
Dollars in thousandsApril 30, 2022May 1, 2021
Net Loss from Continuing Operations$(61,559)$(133,569)
As a result of the factors discussed above, we reported a net loss from continuing operations of $(61.6) million during the 52 weeks ended April 30, 2022, compared with a net loss from continuing operations of $(133.6) million during the 52 weeks ended May 1, 2021. Adjusted Earnings (non-GAAP) is $(53.4) million during the 52 weeks ended April 30, 2022, compared with $(93.9) million during the 52 weeks ended May 1, 2021. See Adjusted Earnings (non-GAAP) discussion below.
52

Index to Form 10-KIndex to FS
Use of Non-GAAP Measures - Adjusted Earnings, Adjusted EBITDA, Adjusted EBITDA by Segment, and Free Cash Flow
To supplement our results prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”), we use the measure of Adjusted Earnings, Adjusted EBITDA, Adjusted EBITDA by Segment, and Free Cash Flow, which are non-GAAP financial measures under Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) regulations. We define Adjusted Earnings as net income from continuing operations adjusted for certain reconciling items that are subtracted from or added to net income (loss) from continuing operations. We define Adjusted EBITDA as net income (loss) from continuing operations plus (1) depreciation and amortization; (2) interest expense and (3) income taxes, (4) as adjusted for items that are subtracted from or added to net income (loss) from continuing operations. We define Free Cash Flow as Cash Flows from Operating Activities less capital expenditures, cash interest and cash taxes.
To properly and prudently evaluate our business, we encourage you to review our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this Form 10-K, the reconciliation of Adjusted Earnings to net income (loss) from continuing operations, the reconciliation of consolidated Adjusted EBITDA to consolidated net income (loss) from continuing operations, and the reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA by Segment to net income (loss) from continuing operations by segment, the most directly comparable financial measure presented in accordance with GAAP, set forth in the tables below. All of the items included in the reconciliations below are either (i) non-cash items or (ii) items that management does not consider in assessing our on-going operating performance.
These non-GAAP financial measures are not intended as substitutes for and should not be considered superior to measures of financial performance prepared in accordance with GAAP. In addition, our use of these non-GAAP financial measures may be different from similarly named measures used by other companies, limiting their usefulness for comparison purposes.
We review these non-GAAP financial measures as internal measures to evaluate our performance at a consolidated level and at a segment level and manage our operations. We believe that these measures are useful performance measures which are used by us to facilitate a comparison of our on-going operating performance on a consistent basis from period-to-period. We believe that these non-GAAP financial measures provide for a more complete understanding of factors and trends affecting our business than measures under GAAP can provide alone, as they exclude certain items that management believes do not reflect the ordinary performance of our operations in a particular period. Our Board of Directors retainerand management also use Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA by Segment, at a consolidated and at a segment level, as one of the primary methods for planning and forecasting expected performance, for evaluating on a quarterly and annual basis actual results against such expectations, and as a measure for performance incentive plans. Management also uses Adjusted EBITDA by Segment to determine segment capital allocations. We believe that the inclusion of Adjusted Earnings, Adjusted EBITDA, and Adjusted EBITDA by Segment results provides investors useful and important information regarding our operating results, in a manner that is consistent with management's evaluation of business performance. We believe that Free Cash Flow provides useful additional information concerning cash flow available to meet future debt service obligations and working capital requirements and assists investors in their understanding of our operating profitability and liquidity as we manage the business to maximize margin and cash flow.
Consolidated Adjusted Earnings (non-GAAP) - Continuing Operations
52 weeks ended
Dollars in thousandsApril 29, 2023
April 30, 2022 (a)
May 1, 2021 (a)
Net loss from continuing operations (b)
$(90,140)$(61,559)$(133,569)
Reconciling items, after-tax (below)
16,137 8,175 39,679 
Adjusted Earnings (non-GAAP)$(74,003)$(53,384)$(93,890)
Reconciling items, pre-tax
Impairment loss (non-cash) (c)
$6,008 $6,411 $27,630 
Merchandise inventory loss and write-off (c)
— 434 14,960 
Content amortization (non-cash) (d)
26 386 745 
Restructuring and other charges (c)
10,103 944 10,107 
Reconciling items, pre-tax16,137 8,175 53,442 
Less: Pro forma income tax impact (e)
— — 13,763 
Reconciling items, after-tax$16,137 $8,175 $39,679 
53

Index to Form 10-KIndex to FS
Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA (non-GAAP) - Continuing Operations
52 weeks ended
Dollars in thousandsApril 29, 2023
April 30, 2022 (a)
May 1, 2021 (a)
Net loss from continuing operations (b)
$(90,140)$(61,559)$(133,569)
Add:
Depreciation and amortization expense42,163 42,124 45,204 
Interest expense, net22,683 10,096 8,087 
Income tax expense (benefit)1,011 (9,152)(43,280)
Impairment loss (non-cash) (c)
6,008 6,411 27,630 
Merchandise inventory loss and write-off (c)
— 434 14,960 
Content amortization (non-cash) (d)
26 386 745 
Restructuring and other charges (c)
10,103 944 10,107 
Adjusted EBITDA (Non-GAAP) - Continuing Operations$(8,146)$(10,316)$(70,116)
Adjusted EBITDA (Non-GAAP) - Discontinued Operations$654 $5,524 $4,491 
Adjusted EBITDA (Non-GAAP) - Total$(7,492)$(4,792)$(65,625)
(a)     In Fiscal 2022 and 2021, our business experienced an unprecedented and significant impact as a result of the COVID-19 pandemic. The impact of which affects the comparability of our results of operations and cash flows.
(b)    During the fourth quarter of fiscal 2023, assets related to our Digital Student Solutions ("DSS") Segment met the criteria for classification as Assets Held for Sale and Discontinued Operations. Net Loss from Continuing Operations excludes the results of operations related to the DSS Segment for all years reported above.
(c)    See Management Discussion and Analysis - Results of Operations discussion above.
(d)    Earnings are adjusted for amortization expense (non-cash) related to content development costs which are included in cost of goods sold.
(e)    Represents the income tax effects of the non-GAAP items.

The following is Adjusted EBITDA - Continuing Operations by Segment for Fiscal 2023, Fiscal 2022, and Fiscal 2021:
Adjusted EBITDA - by Segment52 weeks ended April 29, 2023
Dollars in thousandsRetailWholesale
Corporate Services(b)
EliminationsTotal
Net loss from continuing operations (a)
$(35,095)$(3,050)$(51,970)$(25)$(90,140)
Add:
Depreciation and amortization expense36,737 5,373 53 — 42,163 
Interest expense, net— — 22,683 — 22,683 
Income tax expense— — 1,011 — 1,011 
Impairment loss (non-cash) (c)
6,008 — — — 6,008 
Content amortization (non-cash) (d)
26 — — — 26 
Restructuring and other charges (c)
2,964 916 6,223 — 10,103 
Adjusted EBITDA (non-GAAP)$10,640 $3,239 $(22,000)$(25)$(8,146)
54

Index to Form 10-KIndex to FS
Adjusted EBITDA - by Segment
52 weeks ended April 30, 2022 (e)
Dollars in thousandsRetailWholesale
Corporate Services(b)
EliminationsTotal
Net (loss) income from continuing operations (a)
$(37,305)$495 $(24,974)$225 $(61,559)
Add:
Depreciation and amortization expense36,635 5,418 71 — 42,124 
Interest expense, net— — 10,096 — 10,096 
Income tax benefit— — (9,152)— (9,152)
Impairment loss (non-cash) (c)
6,411 — — — 6,411 
Merchandise inventory loss and write-off (c)
434 — — — 434 
Content amortization (non-cash) (d)
386 — — — 386 
Restructuring and other charges (c)
2,118 (2,131)957 — 944 
Adjusted EBITDA (non-GAAP)$8,679 $3,782 $(23,002)$225 $(10,316)

Adjusted EBITDA - by Segment
52 weeks ended May 1, 2021 (e)
Dollars in thousandsRetailWholesale
Corporate Services(b)
EliminationsTotal
Net (loss) income from continuing operations (a)
$(155,310)$14,732 $6,817 $192 $(133,569)
Add:
Depreciation and amortization expense39,634 5,461 109 — 45,204 
Interest expense, net— — 8,087 — 8,087 
Income tax benefit— — (43,280)— (43,280)
Impairment loss (non-cash) (c)
27,630 — — — 27,630 
Merchandise inventory loss and write-off (c)
14,960 — — — 14,960 
Content amortization (non-cash) (d)
745 — — — 745 
Restructuring and other charges (c)
5,514 (1,595)6,188 — 10,107 
Adjusted EBITDA (non-GAAP)$(66,827)$18,598 $(22,079)$192 $(70,116)
(a)    During the fourth quarter of Fiscal 2023, assets related to our Digital Student Solutions ("DSS") Segment met the criteria for classification as Assets Held for Sale and Discontinued Operations. Net Loss from Continuing Operations excludes the results of operations related to the DSS Segment for all years reported above.
(b)    Interest expense is reflected in Corporate Services as it is primarily related to our Credit Agreement which funds our operating and financing needs across the organization. Income taxes are reflected in Corporate Services as we record our income tax provision on a consolidated basis.
(c)    See Management Discussion and Analysis - Results of Operations discussion above.
(d)    Earnings are adjusted for amortization expense (non-cash) related to content development costs which are included in cost of goods sold.
(e) In Fiscal 2022 and 2021, our business experienced an unprecedented and significant impact as a result of the COVID-19 pandemic. The impact of which affects the comparability of our results of operations and cash flows.

55

Index to Form 10-KIndex to FS
Adjusted EBITDA (non-GAAP) - Discontinued Operations52 weeks ended
April 29, 2023April 30, 2022May 1, 2021
Loss from discontinued operations$(11,722)$(7,298)$(6,241)
Add:
Depreciation and amortization expense3,155 7,257 7,763 
Income tax expense (benefit)398 497 (1,891)
Content amortization (non-cash)6,594 5,068 4,289 
Restructuring and other charges1,848 — 571 
Transaction costs381 — — 
Adjusted EBITDA (Non-GAAP) - Total$654 $5,524 $4,491 

Free Cash Flow (non-GAAP) - Continuing Operations
52 weeks ended
Dollars in thousandsApril 29, 2023April 30, 2022May 1, 2021
Net cash flows provided by (used in) operating activities from continuing operations (a)
$90,513 $(16,195)$27,049 
Less:
Capital expenditures (b)
25,092 33,607 27,562 
Cash interest19,024 8,166 6,778 
Cash taxes (refund) paid(16,005)(8,088)5,823 
Free Cash Flow (non-GAAP)$62,402 $(49,880)$(13,114)
(a) The tightening of our available credit commitments, including the elimination and repayment of our seasonal borrowing facility (FILO Facility), has had a significant impact on our liquidity during the year ended April 29, 2023, including our ability to make timely vendor payments and school commission payments resulting in a positive cash flow from operations offset by a use of cash for financing activities.
(b)    Purchases of property and equipment are also referred to as capital expenditures. Our investing activities consist principally of capital expenditures for contractual capital investments associated with renewing existing contracts, new store construction, and enhancements to internal systems and our website. The following table provides the components of total purchases of property and equipment:
Capital Expenditures - Continuing Operations
52 weeks ended
Dollars in thousandsApril 29, 2023April 30, 2022May 1, 2021
Physical store capital expenditures$13,068 $16,206 $10,383 
Product and system development10,030 14,867 10,826 
Other1,994 2,534 6,353 
Total Capital Expenditures$25,092 $33,607 $27,562 
Liquidity and Capital Resources
The accompanying consolidated financial statements are prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP applicable to a going concern. This presentation contemplates the realization of assets and the satisfaction of liabilities in the normal course of business and does not include any adjustments relating to the recoverability and classification of recorded asset amounts or the amounts and classification of liabilities that might result from the outcome of the uncertainties described below.
Pursuant to ASC 205-40, Presentation of Financial Statements — Going Concern (“ASC 205-40”), management must evaluate whether there are conditions and events, considered in aggregate, that raise substantial doubt about the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern for one year after the date that these Consolidated Financial Statements are issued. In accordance with ASC 205-40, management’s analysis can only include the potential mitigating impact of management’s plans that have not been fully implemented as of the issuance date of these consolidated financial statements if (a) it is probable that
56

Index to Form 10-KIndex to FS
management’s plans will be effectively implemented on a timely basis, and (b) it is probable that the plans, when implemented, will alleviate the relevant conditions or events that raise substantial doubt about the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern.
Evaluation in conjunction with the issuance of the April 29, 2023 Consolidated Financial Statements
Our primary sources of cash are net cash flows from operating activities, funds available under our Credit Agreement, Term Loan Agreement, and short-term vendor financing. Our liquidity is highly dependent on the seasonal nature of our business, particularly with respect to course material sales, as sales are generally highest in the second and third fiscal quarters, when college students generally purchase textbooks for the upcoming Fall and Spring semesters, respectively. As of April 29, 2023, we had $30.9 million of cash on hand, including $16.7 million of restricted cash related to segregated funds for commission due to Fanatics for logo merchandise sales as per the merchandising partnership agreement.
We incurred a Net Loss from Continuing Operations of $(90.1) million, $(61.6) million, and $(133.6) million, for the years ended April 29, 2023, April 30, 2022, and May 1, 2021, respectively, and Cash Flow Provided By (Used In) Operating Activities from Continuing Operations of $90.5 million, $(16.2) million, and $27.0 million, respectively. The tightening of our available credit commitments, including the elimination and repayment of our seasonal borrowing facility (FILO Facility) of $40.0 million, has had a significant impact on our liquidity during the year ended April 29, 2023, including our ability to make timely vendor payments and school commission payments resulting in a positive cash flow from operations offset by a use of cash for financing activities.
Our business was significantly negatively impacted by the COVID-19 pandemic during the years ended April 30, 2022 and May 1, 2021, as many schools adjusted their learning models and on-campus activities. Although most academic institutions have since reopened after the COVID-19 pandemic, the lingering impacts of the pandemic have resulted in changes in customer behaviors, lower enrollments, and an evolving educational landscape which continued to impact our financial results during the year ended April 29, 2023. Some institutions are still providing alternatives to traditional in-person instruction, including online and hybrid learning options and significantly reduced classroom sizes. The impact of COVID-19 store closings, as well as lower earnings during the year ended April 29, 2023, resulted in the loss of cash flows and increased borrowings that we would not otherwise have expected to incur.
Our losses and projected cash needs, combined with our current liquidity level, initially raised substantial doubt about our ability to continue as a going concern. As discussed below, Management’s plan to improve the Company’s liquidity and successfully alleviate substantial doubt includes (1) raising additional liquidity and (2) taking additional operational restructuring actions.
Debt amendments
On July 28, 2023, we amended our existing Credit Agreement to (i) extend the maturity date of the Credit Agreement to December 28, 2024, (ii) reduce advance rates with respect to the borrowing base by 1000 basis points on September 2, 2024 (in lieu of the reductions previously contemplated for September 2023), (iii) subject to the conditions set forth in such amendment, add a CARES Act tax refund claim to the borrowing base, from April 1, 2024 through July 31, 2024, (iv) amend the financial maintenance covenant to require Availability (as defined in the Credit Agreement) at all times greater than the greater of (x) 10% of the Aggregate Loan Cap (as defined in the Credit Agreement) and (y) (A) $32.5 million minus, subject to the conditions set forth in such amendment, (B) (a) $7.5 million for the period of April 1, 2024 through and including April 30, 2024, (b) $2.5 million for the period of May 1, 2024 through and including May 31, 2024 and (c) $0 at all other times, (v) add a minimum Consolidated EBITDA (as defined in the Credit Agreement) financial maintenance covenant, and (vi) amend certain negative and affirmative covenants and add certain additional covenants, all as more particularly set forth in such amendment. The amendment also requires that we appoint a Chief Restructuring Officer and that, by August 11, 2023, we (i) appoint two independent members to the board of directors of the Company from prospective candidates that have been previously disclosed to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders and (ii) appoint a committee of the board of directors of the Company to consist of three board members (two of whom will be the new independent directors). The committee’s responsibilities will include, among other things, to explore, consider, solicit expressions of interest or proposals for, respond to any communications, inquiries or proposals regarding, and advise as to all strategic alternatives to effect a “Specified Liquidity Transaction” (as defined in the Credit Agreement). There can be no guarantee or assurances that any such transaction or transactions be consummated. We must pay (i) a fee of $65,000,0.50% of the outstanding principal amount of the commitments under the Credit Agreement March 2023 amendment (as defined in the Credit Agreement) on the closing date (in lieu of the deferred fee previously contemplated in connection with the March 2023 amendment (as defined in the Credit Agreement)) and (ii) a fee of 1.00% of the outstanding principal amount of the commitments under the Credit Agreement as of the closing date on the earlier to occur of September 2, 2024 and an Event of Default (as defined in the Credit Agreement).
On July 28, 2023, we amended our Term Loan to (i) extend the maturity date of the Term Loan Agreement to April 7, 2025, (ii) allow for interest to be paid in quarterly installments. The Lead Directorkind until September 2, 2024, (iii) amend the 1.50% anniversary fee to recur on June 7 of each year that the Term Loan Agreement remains outstanding, with 2024 fee deferred to the earlier of September 2, 2024 and
57

Index to Form 10-KIndex to FS
the Termination Date (as defined in the Term Loan Agreement) and (iv) amend certain negative and affirmative covenants and add certain additional covenants. We must pay a fee of $0.05 million to the lenders under the Term Loan Agreement on the earlier of September 2, 2024 and the Termination Date (as defined in the Term Loan Agreement).
Operational restructuring plans
We have implemented a significant cost reduction program designed to streamline our operations, maximize productivity and drive profitability. We have taken steps to significantly reduce our workforce during non-rush seasonal sales periods, eliminated duplicate administrative headcounts at all levels, implemented improved system development processes to reduce maintenance costs. reduced capital expenditures, and evaluated operating contractual obligations for cost savings. We have achieved meaningful cost savings from this program of approximately $17 million during the year ended April 29, 2023. These initiatives are expected to provide annualized savings of $30 million to $35 million in Fiscal 2024. Management's plans over the next twelve months include the further reduction of gross capital expenditures and other cost saving measures of approximately $25 million. Management believes that these plans are within its control and probable of being implemented on a timely basis.
Management believes that the expected impact on our liquidity and cash flows resulting from the Debt amendments and the operational initiatives outlined above are sufficient to enable the Company to meet its obligations for at least twelve months from the issuance date of these consolidated financial statements and alleviate the conditions that initially raised substantial doubt about the Company's ability to continue as a going concern.
See Part I - Risk Factors - We are dependent upon access to the capital markets, bank credit facilities, and short-term vendor financing for liquidity needs.
Sources and Uses of Cash Flow - Continuing Operations
Dollars in thousandsFiscal 2023Fiscal 2022Fiscal 2021
Net cash flows provided by (used in) operating activities from continuing operations$90,513 $(16,195)$27,049 
Net cash flows used in investing activities from continuing operations(24,501)(32,735)(27,227)
Net cash flows (used in) provided by financing activities from continuing operations(49,675)45,721 11,799 
Net change in cash, cash equivalents, and restricted cash from continuing operations$16,337 $(3,209)$11,621 
As of April 29, 2023, April 30, 2022 and May 1, 2021, we had cash of $14.2 million, $8.8 million and $7.4 million, respectively. As of April 29, 2023, April 30, 2022, and May1, 2021, we had restricted cash of $16.7 million, $11.5 million, and $8.8 million, respectively, comprised of $15.8 million, $10.6 million, and $7.9 million, respectively, in prepaid and other current assets in the consolidated balance sheet related to segregated funds for commission due to Lids for logo merchandise sales as per the F/L Partnership's merchandising agreement and $0.9 million as of the Boardend of Directors receiveseach period in other noncurrent assets in the consolidated balance sheet related to amounts held in trust for future distributions related to employee benefit plans.
Cash Flow from Operating Activities from Continuing Operations
Our business is highly seasonal. For our retail operations, cash flows from operating activities are typically a source of cash in the second and third fiscal quarters, when students generally purchase and rent textbooks and other course materials for the upcoming semesters based on the typical academic semester. Given the growth of our BNC First Day programs, the timing of cash collection from our school partners may shift to periods subsequent to when the revenue is recognized. When a school adopts our BNC First Day equitable and inclusive access offerings, cash collection from the school generally occurs after the student drop/add dates, which is later in the working capital cycle, particularly in our third quarter given the timing of the Spring Term and our quarterly reporting period, as compared to direct-to-student point-of-sale transactions where cash is generally collected during the point-of-sale transaction or within a few days from the credit card processor. As a higher percentage of our sales shift to BNC First Day equitable and inclusive access offerings, we are focused on efforts to better align the timing of our cash outflows to course material vendors with cash inflows collected from schools, including modifying payment terms in existing and future school contracts. For our wholesale operations, cash flows from operating activities are typically a source of cash in the second and third fiscal quarters, as payments are received from the summer and winter selling season when our wholesale business sell textbooks and other course materials for retail distribution. For both retail and wholesale, cash flows from operating activities are typically a use of cash in the fourth fiscal quarter, when sales volumes are materially lower than the other quarters. Our quarterly cash flows also may fluctuate depending on the timing of the start of the various school’s semesters, as well as shifts in our fiscal calendar dates. These shifts in timing may affect the comparability of our results across periods.
58

Index to Form 10-KIndex to FS
Cash flows provided by operating activities from continuing operations during Fiscal 2023 were $90.5 million compared to cash flows used in operating activities from continuing operations of $(16.2) million during Fiscal 2022. This increase in cash flows provided by operating activities from continuing operations of $106.7 million was primarily due to improved accounts receivables collections primarily related to our increased adoption of our BNC First Day equitable and inclusive access sales; timing of payables ($82.3 million) primarily due to delayed payments to vendors for inventory purchases and expenses and lower right-of-use payments, all of which were delayed resulting from lower borrowing base availability; and higher tax refunds of $7.2 million. Cash flows provided by operating activities from continuing operations were offset by lower earnings and higher interest expense paid of $10.9 million.
Cash flows used in operating activities from continuing operations during Fiscal 2022 were $(16.2) million compared to cash flows provided by operating activities from continuing operations of $27.0 million during Fiscal 2021. This decrease in cash provided by operating activities of $43.2 million was primarily due to $41.8 million of proceeds received in Fiscal 2021 from the sale of logo merchandise inventory to Lids pursuant to the F/L Partnership agreements and changes in working capital, including higher accounts receivables outstanding and higher inventory purchases, partially offset by improved earnings in Fiscal 2022 compared to Fiscal 2021 and lower tax payments of $14.0 million. Our operations were highly impacted by the COVID-19 pandemic related campus store closures in Fiscal 2021, resulting in lower operating costs and lower inventory purchases in Fiscal 2021.
Cash Flow from Investing Activities from Continuing Operations
Cash flows used in investing activities from continuing operations during Fiscal 2023 were $(24.5) million compared to $(32.7) million during Fiscal 2022. The decrease in cash used in investing activities is primarily due to lower capital expenditures and contractual capital investments, enhancements to internal systems and websites, and new store construction. Capital expenditures totaled $(25.1) million and $(33.6) million during Fiscal 2023 and Fiscal 2022, respectively.
Cash flows used in investing activities from continuing operations during Fiscal 2022 were $(32.7) million compared to $(27.2) million during Fiscal 2021. The increase in cash used in investing activities is primarily due to higher capital expenditures of $(33.6) million during Fiscal 2022 compared to $(27.6) million during Fiscal 2021.
Cash Flow from Financing Activities from Continuing Operations
Cash flows used in financing activities from continuing operations during Fiscal 2023 were $(49.7) million compared to cash flows provided by financing activities from continuing operations of $45.7 million during Fiscal 2022. The net change is primarily due to higher debt repayments and the payment of deferred financing costs of $7.3 million in Fiscal 2023. Our net debt repayments increased primarily due to a decrease in our eligible borrowing base due to lower inventory and receivables.
Cash flows provided by financing activities from continuing operations during Fiscal 2022 were $45.7 million compared to $11.8 million during Fiscal 2021. The net change is primarily due to higher net borrowings, offset by proceeds from the sale of treasury shares of $10.9 million during Fiscal 2021.
Financing Arrangements
As of
Dollars in thousandsApril 29, 2023April 30, 2022
Credit Facility$154,154 $185,700 
FILO Facility— 40,000 
Term Loan30,000 — 
sub-total184,154 225,700 
Less: Deferred financing costs(2,003)— 
Total debt$182,151 $225,700 
Balance Sheet classification:
Short-term borrowings$— $40,000 
Long-term borrowings182,151 185,700 
Total debt$182,151 $225,700 
Credit Facility
We have a credit agreement (the “Credit Agreement”), amended from time to time, including on March 31, 2021 and March 1, 2019, under which the lenders committed to provide us with a 5-year asset-backed revolving credit facility in an aggregate committed principal amount of $400 million (the “Credit Facility”) effective from the March 1, 2019 amendment. We had the option to request an increase in commitments under the Credit Facility of up to $100 million, subject to certain
59

Index to Form 10-KIndex to FS
restrictions. Proceeds from the Credit Facility are used for general corporate purposes, including seasonal working capital needs. The agreement included an incremental first in, last out seasonal loan facility (the “FILO Facility”) for a $100 million maintaining the maximum availability under the Credit Agreement at $500 million. As of July 31, 2022, the FILO Facility was repaid according to its terms and future commitments under the FILO Facility were reduced to $0.
On March 8, 2023, we amended our existing Credit Agreement to (i) extend the maturity date of the Credit Agreement by six months to August 29, 2024, (ii) reduce the commitments under the Credit Agreement by $20 million to $380 million, (iii) increase the applicable margin with respect to the interest rate under the Credit Agreement to 3.375% per annum, in the case of interest accruing based on a Secured Overnight Financing Rate ("SOFR"), and 2.375%, in the case of interest accruing based on an alternative base rate, in each case, without regard to a pricing grid, (iv) reduce advance rates with respect to the borrowing base (x) by 500 basis points upon the achievement of certain liquidity events, which may include a sale of equity interests or of assets (a “Specified Event”), or, if such a Specified Event shall not have occurred, on May 31, 2023 (see discussion below) and (y) by an additional $25,000 annual retainer. Audit Committee members receive500 basis points on September 29, 2023, (v) amend certain negative covenants and add certain additional covenants, (vi) amend the financial maintenance covenant to require Availability (as defined in the Credit Agreement) to be at all times greater than the greater of 10% of the Aggregate Loan Cap (as defined in the Credit Agreement) and $32.5 million and (vii) require repayment of the loans under the Credit Agreement upon a Specified Event. For additional information related to the Credit Agreement amendment, see the Company’s Report on Form 8-K dated March 8, 2023 and filed with the SEC on March 9, 2023.
As noted above, the amendment requires the achievement of a Specified Event by no later than May 31, 2023 (as such date may be extended pursuant to the terms for the Credit Agreement). See Part II - Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data - Note 2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies for information related to the sale of our DSS segment on May 31, 2023.
We paid a fee of 0.25% of the outstanding principal amount of the commitments under the Credit Agreement on the amendment closing date, and we will pay an additional $15,000 annual retainer,fee of 1.00% of the outstanding principal amount of the commitments under the Credit Agreement on September 29, 2023.
On May 24, 2023, subsequent to quarter end, we further amended the Credit Agreement to (i) increase the applicable margin with respect to the interest rate under the Credit Agreement to 3.75% per annum, in the case of interest accruing based on SOFR, and 2.75%, in the case of interest accruing based on an alternative base rate, in each case, without regard to a pricing grid, (ii) defer the reduction of advance rates used to calculate our borrowing capacity by an amount equal to 500 basis points previously required on May 31, 2023 to September 1, 2023, (iii) require cash flow reporting and variance testing commencing June 3, 2023 and (iv) defer partial prepayment of the Term Loan from the DSS segment sale proceeds to September 1, 2023. For additional information related to the Credit Agreement amendment, see the Company’s Report on Form 8-K dated May 24, 2023 and filed with the SEC on May 31, 2023.
On July 28, 2023, we amended our existing Credit Agreement to (i) extend the maturity date of the Credit Agreement to December 28, 2024, (ii) reduce advance rates with respect to the borrowing base by 1000 basis points on September 2, 2024 (in lieu of the reductions previously contemplated for September 2023), (iii) subject to the conditions set forth in such amendment, add a CARES Act tax refund claim to the borrowing base, from April 1, 2024 through July 31, 2024, (iv) amend the financial maintenance covenant to require Availability (as defined in the Credit Agreement) at all times greater than the greater of (x) 10% of the Aggregate Loan Cap (as defined in the Credit Agreement) and (y) (A) $32.5 million minus, subject to the conditions set forth in such amendment, (B) (a) $7.5 million for the period of April 1, 2024 through and including April 30, 2024, (b) $2.5 million for the period of May 1, 2024 through and including May 31, 2024 and (c) $0 at all other times, (v) add a minimum Consolidated EBITDA (as defined in the Credit Agreement) financial maintenance covenant, and (vi) amend certain negative and affirmative covenants and add certain additional covenants, all as more particularly set forth in such amendment. The amendment also requires that we appoint a Chief Restructuring Officer and that, by August 11, 2023, we (i) appoint two independent members to the board of directors of the Company from prospective candidates that have been previously disclosed to the Administrative Agent and the ChairLenders and (ii) appoint a committee of the Audit Committee receivesboard of directors of the Company to consist of three board members (two of whom will be the new independent directors). The committee’s responsibilities will include, among other things, to explore, consider, solicit expressions of interest or proposals for, respond to any communications, inquiries or proposals regarding, and advise as to all strategic alternatives to effect a “Specified Liquidity Transaction” (as defined in the Credit Agreement). There can be no guarantee or assurances that any such transaction or transactions be consummated. We must pay (i) a fee of 0.50% of the outstanding principal amount of the commitments under the Credit Agreement March 2023 amendment (as defined in the Credit Agreement) on the closing date (in lieu of the deferred fee previously contemplated in connection with the March 2023 amendment (as defined in the Credit Agreement)) and (ii) a fee of 1.00% of the outstanding principal amount of the commitments under the Credit Agreement as of the closing date on the earlier to occur of September 2, 2024 and an Event of Default (as defined in the Credit Agreement).
As of April 29, 2023, and through the date of this filing, we were in compliance with all debt covenants under the Credit Agreement.
60

Index to Form 10-KIndex to FS
The Credit Facility is secured by substantially all of the inventory, accounts receivable and related assets of the borrowers under the Credit Facility. This is considered an all asset lien (inclusive of proceeds from tax refunds payable to the Company and a pledge of equity from subsidiaries, exclusive of real estate).
During the 52 weeks ended April 29, 2023, we borrowed $590.3 million and repaid $631.8 million under the Credit Agreement, with $154.2 million of outstanding borrowings as of April 29, 2023, comprised entirely of borrowings under the Credit Facility and $0 under the FILO Facility, which was repaid on August 1, 2022. During the 52 weeks ended April 30, 2022, we borrowed $632.2 million and repaid $584.1 million under the Credit Agreement, with $225.7 million of outstanding borrowings as of April 30, 2022, comprised of outstanding borrowings of $185.7 million and $40.0 million under the Credit Facility and FILO Facility, respectively. During the 52 weeks ended May 1, 2021, we borrowed $722.6 million and repaid $719.7 million under the Credit Agreement, with $177.6 million of outstanding borrowings as of May 1, 2021, comprised of outstanding borrowings of $127.6 million and $50.0 million under the Credit Facility and FILO Facility, respectively. As of both April 29, 2023 and April 30, 2022, we have issued $2.1 million and $4.8 million, respectively, in letters of credit under the Credit Facility.
During the 52 weeks ended April 29, 2023, April 30, 2022, and May 1, 2021, we incurred debt issuance costs totaling $4.1 million, $0.3 million and $1.1 million, respectively, related to the Credit Facility. The debt issuance costs have been deferred and are presented as prepaid and other current assets and other noncurrent assets in the consolidated balance sheets, and subsequently amortized ratably over the term of the credit agreement.
Term Loan
On June 7, 2022, we entered into a Term Loan Credit Agreement (the “Term Loan Credit Agreement”) with TopLids LendCo, LLC and Vital Fundco, LLC and we entered into an amendment to our existing Credit Agreement, which permitted us to incur the Term Loan Facility (as defined below). For additional information, see the Company’s Report on Form 8-K dated June 7, 2022 and filed with the SEC on June 10, 2022.
The Term Loan Credit Agreement provides for term loans in an amount equal to $30,000 annual retainer. Compensation Committee members receive an additional $10,000 annual retainer,(the “Term Loan Facility” and, the Chairloans thereunder, the “Term Loans”) and matures on June 7, 2024. The proceeds of the Compensation Committee receives anTerm Loans are being used to finance working capital, and to pay fees and expenses related to the Term Loan Facility. During the 52 weeks ended April 29, 2023, we borrowed $30.0 million and repaid $0 under the Term Loan Credit Agreement, with $30.0 million of outstanding borrowings as of April 29, 2023.
On March 8, 2023, we amended the Term Loan Credit Agreement to (i) extend the maturity date of the Term Loan Credit Agreement by six months to December 7, 2024, (ii) permit the application of certain proceeds to the repayment of the loans under Credit Agreement and (iii) amend certain negative covenants and add certain additional $20,000 annual retainer. Corporate Governancecovenants to conform to the Credit Agreement.In addition, the amendment requires the achievement of a Specified Event (as described above) by no later than May 31, 2023 (as such date may be extended under the Credit Agreement, but no later than August 31, 2023 without consent from lenders under the Term Loan Credit Agreement). We paid a fee of $0.05 million on the amendment closing date to the lenders under the Term Loan Credit Agreement. For additional information related to the Term Loan Agreement amendment, see the Company’s Report on Form 8-K dated March 8, 2023 and Nominating Committee members receive an additional $10,000 annual retainer,filed with the SEC on March 9, 2023.
On July 28, 2023, we amended our Term Loan to (i) extend the maturity date of the Term Loan Agreement to April 7, 2025, (ii) allow for interest to be paid in kind until September 2, 2024, (iii) amend the 1.50% anniversary fee to recur on June 7 of each year that the Term Loan Agreement remains outstanding, with 2024 fee deferred to the earlier of September 2, 2024 and the ChairTermination Date (as defined in the Term Loan Agreement) and (iv) amend certain negative and affirmative covenants and add certain additional covenants. We must pay a fee of $0.05 million to the lenders under the Term Loan Agreement on the earlier of September 2, 2024 and the Termination Date (as defined in the Term Loan Agreement).
During the 52 weeks ended April 29, 2023, we incurred debt issuance costs totaling $3.2 million related to the Term Loan. The debt issuance costs have been deferred and are presented as a reduction to the long-term borrowing in the consolidated balance sheets, and subsequently amortized ratably over the term of the Corporate Governance and Nominating Committee receives an additional $17,500 annual retainer. All retainer fees areTerm Loan Facility.
The Term Loans accrue interest at a rate equal to 11.25%, payable quarterly. We have the right, through December 31, 2022, to pay all or a portion of the interest on the Term Loans in kind. To date, all interest on the term loan has been paid quarterly in cash. Directors whoThe Term Loans do not amortize prior to maturity. Solely to the extent that any Term Loans remain outstanding on June 7, 2023, we paid a fee of 1.5% of the outstanding principal amount of the Term Loans on such date.
The Term Loan Credit Agreement does not contain a financial covenant, but otherwise contains representations and warranties, covenants and events of default that are substantially the same as those in the Credit Agreement, including restrictions on the ability of the Company and its subsidiaries to incur additional debt, incur or permit liens on assets, make investments and acquisitions, consolidate or merge with any other company, engage in asset sales and make dividends and distributions. The Term Loan Facility is secured by second-priority liens on all assets securing the obligations under the Credit
61

Index to Form 10-KIndex to FS
Agreement, which is all of the assets of the Company and the Guarantors, subject to customary exclusions and limitations set forth in the Term Loan Credit Agreement and the other loan documents executed in connection therewith.
The Credit Agreement amendment permitted us to incur the Term Loan Facility and also provides that, upon repayment of the Term Loan Credit Agreement (and, if applicable, any replacement credit facility thereof), we may incur second lien secured debt in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed $75.0 million.
Income Tax Implications on Liquidity
For the fiscal year ended April 30, 2022, we filed an application to change our employees will nottax year from January to April under the automatic consent provisions. As a result of the tax year-end change, there is no longer a long-term tax payable associated with the LIFO reserve in other long-term liabilities.
We have filed our federal income tax returns for the tax year ended January 2021, as well claims for refunds for cash taxes paid in prior years. We received refunds of $7.8 million in Fiscal 2022 and $15.8 million in Fiscal 2023. We expect to receive additional compensation for serving onrefunds of approximately $10.0 million.
Share Repurchases
On December 14, 2015, our Board of Directors authorized a stock repurchase program of up to $50 million, in the aggregate, of our outstanding common stock. The stock repurchase program is carried out at the direction of management (which may include a plan under Rule 10b5-1 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934). The stock repurchase program may be suspended, terminated, or its committees. All directors are also reimbursedmodified at any time. Any repurchased shares will be held as treasury stock and will be available for travel, lodginggeneral corporate purposes. During Fiscal 2022, Fiscal 2021, and related expenses incurred in attending Board of Directors meetings. The Company hasFiscal 2020, we did not increased the compensation paid to directors since the Spin-Off in 2015.

Equity Compensation

Each non-employee director is eligible for equity award grantspurchase shares under the Company’s Equity Incentive Plan. In Fiscal 2020, these awards were in the formstock repurchase program. As of restricted stock units with a grant date value of $120,000 for each non-employee director. Such awards are granted the day following the Annual Meeting at which each individual director is elected by a majority of stockholders voting and vest after one year. Directors have the option to defer receipt of such awardsApril 29, 2023, approximately $26.7 million remains available under the Company’s director’s deferral plan.

Director Stock Ownershipstock repurchase program.

During Fiscal 2023, Fiscal 2022, and Retention Guidelines

In 2016, the BoardFiscal 2021, we also repurchased 347,808 shares, 239,751 shares, and 414,174 shares, respectively, of Directors adopted Director Stock Ownership and Retention Guidelines, which require each non-employee director to maintain a minimum stock ownership amount equal to four times the annual cash retainer of $65,000, which currently equals $260,000. Directors have a three-year period following their appointment or election to the Board to achieve the minimum ownership level. Shares beneficially owned by a director and vested shares or units are deemed to be owned for purposes of the ownership guidelines. A director is deemed to have complied with these guidelines once they hold a number of shares sufficient to satisfy the minimum ownership level, regardless of subsequent fluctuations in the market price of the Company’s common stock. Directors are required to retain 100% of net-after-tax shares earned from the annual equity grants until the then-current minimum ownership level is met and may not sell or otherwise transferour common stock unless he or she has satisfied the then-current minimum ownership level. All of the Company’s directors are in compliance with the current Director Stock Ownership and Retention Guidelines, other than Mr. Robinson, who recently joined the Board.

Director Compensation Table

Name

  Paid in
Cash
   Number of
Restricted Stock
Units (Number of Shares)
   Value   Total
Compensation
 

Emily C. Chiu

  $68,833    38,096   $120,002   $188,835 

Daniel A. DeMatteo

  $90,000    38,096   $120,002   $210,002 

David G. Golden

  $100,000    38,096   $120,002   $220,002 

23


John R. Ryan

  $117,500    38,096   $120,002   $237,502 

Jerry Sue Thornton

  $85,000    38,096   $120,002   $205,002 

David A. Wilson

  $105,000    38,096   $120,002   $225,002 

Lowell W. Robinson

  $56,667    0   $0   $56,667 

Mr. Robinson was elected to the board on July 20, 2020 and appointed to the Audit Committee effective immediately, and the Compensation Committee agreed to pay Mr. Robinson in advance for his pro rata July 2020 and August 2020 through October 2020 quarterly payments for an aggregate of $56,667, including an upfront cash payment of $30,000 due to the Company’s inability to grant equity during the pendency of the Company’s strategic review process and as compensation for his efforts associated with such process following his election to the Board. In connection with his service on the Board, Mr. Robinson is entitled to receive the compensation and equity awards applicable to all of the Company’s non-employee directors. Accordingly, Mr. Robinson is entitled to an annual retainer fee of $65,000, payable in quarterly installments, and equity awards with a target value of $120,000 per year. Mr. Robinson is also eligible to receive incremental annual retainer feesemployee tax withholding obligations for service on one or more of the Board’s committees. The Company entered into a standard form of indemnification agreement with Mr. Robinson.

Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation

None of the members of the Compensation Committee has ever been an employee of the Company, and none of them had a relationship requiring disclosure in Part III, Item 11 under Item 404 of SEC Regulation S-K. None of the Company’s executive officers serve, or in Fiscal 2020 served, as a member of the Board of Directors or compensation committee of any entity that has one or more of its executive officers serving as a member of the Company’s Board of Directors or the Company’s Compensation Committee.

ITEM 12. SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED SHAREHOLDER MATTERS

vested stock awards.

Contractual Obligations
The following table sets forth our contractual obligations (in millions):
Payments Due by Period
 TotalLess Than
1 Year
1-3
Years
3-5
Years
More Than
5 Years
Credit Facility (a)
$154.2 $— $154.2 $— $— 
Term Loans (a)
30.0 — 30.0 — — 
Lease obligations (excluding imputed interest) (b)
321.0 111.9 94.9 55.0 59.2 
Purchase obligations (c)
17.1 12.3 4.3 0.5 — 
Other long-term liabilities reflected on the balance sheet under GAAP (d)
— — — — — 
Total$522.3 $124.2 $283.4 $55.5 $59.2 
(a)As of April 29, 2023, we had a total of $184.2 million of outstanding borrowings under the Credit Facility and Term Loan. See Financing Arrangements discussion above.
(b)Our contracts for physical bookstores with colleges and universities are typically five years with renewal options, but can range from one to 15 years, and are typically cancelable by either party without penalty with 90 to 120 days' notice. Annual projections are based on current minimum guarantee amounts. In approximately 50% of our contracts with colleges and universities that include minimum guarantees, the minimum guaranteed amounts adjust annually to equal less than the prior year's commission earned. Excludes obligations under store leases for property insurance and real estate taxes, which totaled approximately 2.6% of the minimum rent payments under those leases.
(c)Includes information regardingtechnology contracts.
(d)Other long-term liabilities excludes expected payments related to employee benefit plans. See Part II -Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data — Note 11. Employee Benefit Plans.
Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions
See Part II - Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data — Note 10. Related Party Transactions.
62

Index to Form 10-KIndex to FS
Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates
The accompanying consolidated financial statements are prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP applicable to a going concern. This presentation contemplates the beneficial ownershiprealization of sharesassets and the satisfaction of Common Stock,liabilities in the normal course of business and does not include any adjustments relating to the recoverability and classification of recorded asset amounts or the amounts and classification of liabilities that might result from the outcome of the uncertainties described below. Pursuant to ASC 205-40, Presentation of Financial Statements — Going Concern (“ASC 205-40”), management must evaluate whether there are conditions and events, considered in aggregate, that raise substantial doubt about the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern for one year after the date that these consolidated financial statements are issued. In accordance with ASC 205-40, management’s analysis can only include the potential mitigating impact of management’s plans that have not been fully implemented as of August 25, 2020, unless otherwise indicated,the issuance date of these consolidated financial statements if (a) it is probable that management’s plans will be effectively implemented on a timely basis, and (b) it is probable that the plans, when implemented, will alleviate the relevant conditions or events that raise substantial doubt about the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern.
In preparing our consolidated financial statements in accordance with GAAP, we are required to use judgment in making estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in our consolidated financial statements and related notes. In preparing these financial statements, management has made its best estimates and judgments with respect to certain amounts included in the financial statements, giving due consideration to materiality. We do not believe there is a great likelihood that materially different amounts would be reported related to the accounting policies described below. However, application of these accounting policies involves the exercise of judgment and use of assumptions as to future uncertainties and, as a result, actual results could differ from these estimates.
Revenue Recognition and Deferred Revenue
Product sales and rentals
The majority of our revenue is derived from the sale of products through our bookstore locations, including virtual bookstores, and our bookstore affiliated e-commerce websites, and contains a single performance obligation. Revenue from sales of our products is recognized at the point in time when control of the products is transferred to our customers in an amount that reflects the consideration we expect to be entitled to in exchange for the products. For additional information, see Part II - Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data - Note 3. Revenue.
Retail product revenue is recognized when the customer takes physical possession of our products, which occurs either at the point of sale for products purchased at physical locations or upon receipt of our products by each person knownour customers for products ordered through our websites and virtual bookstores. Wholesale product revenue is recognized upon shipment of physical textbooksat which point title passes and risk of loss is transferred to the customer. Additional revenue is recognized for shipping charges billed to customers and shipping costs are accounted for as fulfillment costs within cost of goods sold.
Revenue from the sale of digital textbooks, which contains a single performance obligation, is recognized at the point of sale as product revenue in our consolidated financial statements. A software feature is embedded within the content of our digital textbooks, such that upon expiration of the term the customer is no longer able to access the content. While the sale of the digital textbook allows the customer to access digital content for a fixed period of time, once the digital content is delivered to the customer, our performance obligation is complete.
Revenue from the rental of physical textbooks, which contains a single performance obligation, is deferred and recognized over the rental period based on the passage of time commencing at the point of sale, when control of the product transfers to the customer. Rental periods are typically for a single semester and are always less than one year in duration. We offer a buyout option to allow the purchase of a rented physical textbook at the end of the rental period if the customer desires to do so. We record the buyout purchase when the customer exercises and pays the buyout option price which is determined at the time of the buyout. In these instances, we accelerate any remaining deferred rental revenue at the point of sale.
Revenue for our BNC First Day offerings are recognized consistent with our policies outlined above for product, digital and rental sales, net of an anticipated opt-out or return provision. Given the growth of BNC First Day programs, the timing of cash collection from our school partners may shift to periods subsequent to when the revenue is recognized. When a school adopts our BNC First Day equitable and inclusive access offerings, cash collection from the school generally occurs after the student drop/add dates, which is later in the working capital cycle, particularly in our third quarter given the timing of the Spring Term and our quarterly reporting period, as compared to direct-to-student point-of-sale transactions where cash is generally collected during the point-of-sale transaction or within a few days from the credit card processor.
We estimate returns based on an analysis of historical experience. A provision for anticipated merchandise returns is provided through a reduction of sales and cost of goods sold in the period that the related sales are recorded.
For sales and rentals involving third-party products, we evaluate whether we are acting as a principal or an agent. Our determination is based on our evaluation of whether we control the specified goods or services prior to transferring them to the customer. There are significant judgments involved in determining whether we control the specified goods or services prior to transferring them to the customer including whether we have the ability to direct the use of the good or service and obtain
63

Index to Form 10-KIndex to FS
substantially all of the remaining benefits from the good or service. For those transactions where we are the principal, we record revenue on a gross basis, and for those transactions where we are an agent to a third-party, we record revenue on a net basis.
Effective in April 2021, as contemplated by the F/L Partnership's merchandising agreement and e-commerce agreement, we began to transition the fulfillment of our logo general merchandise sales to Lids and Fanatics. The transition to Lids for campus stores was effective in April 2021, and the e-commerce websites transitioned to Fanatics throughout Fiscal 2022. As the logo general merchandise sales are fulfilled by Lids and Fanatics, we recognize commission revenue earned for these sales on a net basis in our consolidated financial statements, as compared to the recognition of logo general merchandise sales on a gross basis in the periods prior to the transition.
We do not have gift card or customer loyalty programs. We do not treat any promotional offers as expenses. Sales tax collected from our customers is excluded from reported revenues. Our payment terms are generally 30 days and do not extend beyond one year.
Service and other revenue
Service and other revenue is primarily derived from partnership marketing services which includes promotional activities and advertisements within our physical bookstores and web properties performed on behalf of third-party customers, shipping and handling, and revenue from other programs.
Partnership marketing agreements often include multiple performance obligations which are individually negotiated with our customers. For these arrangements that contain distinct performance obligations, we allocate the transaction price based on the relative standalone selling price method by comparing the standalone selling price (“SSP”) of each distinct performance obligation to the total value of the contract. The revenue is recognized as each performance obligation is satisfied, typically at a point in time for partnership marketing service and overtime for advertising efforts as measured based upon the passage of time for contracts that are based on a stated period of time or the number of impressions delivered for contracts with a fixed number of impressions.
Merchandise Inventories
Merchandise inventories, which consist of finished goods, are stated at the lower of cost or market. Market value of our inventory, which is all purchased finished goods, is determined based on its estimated net realizable value, which is generally the selling price less normally predictable costs of disposal and transportation.
Cost is determined primarily by the retail inventory method for our Retail Segment. Our textbook and trade book inventories, for Retail and Wholesale Segments, are valued using the LIFO method and the related reserve was not material to the recorded amount of our inventories. There were no LIFO adjustments in Fiscal 2023, Fiscal 2022, and Fiscal 2021.
Reserves for non-returnable inventory are based on our history of liquidating non-returnable inventory. Reserve calculations are sensitive to certain significant assumptions, including markdowns, sales below cost, inventory aging and expected demand. We do not believe there is a reasonable likelihood that there will be a material change in the future estimates or assumptions used to calculate the non-returnable inventory reserve. However, if assumptions based on our history of liquidating non-returnable inventory are incorrect, we may be exposed to losses or gains that could be material. A 10% change in actual non-returnable inventory would have affected pre-tax earnings by approximately $6.0 million in Fiscal 2023.
For our physical bookstores, we also estimate and accrue shortage for the period between the last physical count of inventory and the balance sheet date. Shortage rates are estimated and accrued based on historical rates and can be affected by changes in merchandise mix and changes in actual shortage trends. We do not believe there is a reasonable likelihood that there will be a material change in the future estimates or assumptions used to calculate shortage rates. However, if our estimates regarding shortage rates are incorrect, we may be exposed to losses or gains that could be material. A 10 basis point change in actual shortage rates would have affected pre-tax earnings by approximately $0.3 million in Fiscal 2023.
Textbook Rental Inventories
Physical textbooks out on rent are categorized as textbook rental inventories. At the time a rental transaction is consummated, the book is removed from merchandise inventories and moved to textbook rental inventories at cost. The cost of the book is amortized down to its estimated residual value over the rental period. The related amortization expense is included in cost of goods sold. At the end of the rental period, upon return, the book is removed from textbook rental inventories and recorded in merchandise inventories at its amortized cost. We do not believe there is a reasonable likelihood that there will be a material change in the future estimates or assumptions used to calculate rental cost of goods sold. However, if our estimates regarding residual value are incorrect, we may be exposed to losses or gains that could be material. A 10% change in rental cost of goods sold would have affected pre-tax earnings by approximately $3.3 million in Fiscal 2023.
Long-Term Incentive Compensation
The assumptions used in calculating the fair value of long-term incentive compensation payment awards represent management’s best estimates, but these estimates involve inherent uncertainties and the application of management’s judgment. See Part II - Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data — Note 12. Long-Term Incentive Compensation Expense.
64

Index to Form 10-KIndex to FS
We are required to estimate the expected forfeiture rate, and only recognize expense for those shares expected to vest. If the actual forfeiture rate is materially different from their estimate, our long-term incentive compensation expense could be significantly different from what we recorded in the current period. For stock options granted with an "at market" exercise price, we determined the grant fair value using the Black-Scholes model and for stock options granted with "a premium" exercise price, we determined the grant date fair value using the Monte Carlo simulation model. The fair value models for stock options use assumptions that include the risk-free interest rate, expected volatility, expected dividend yield and expected term of the options.
Phantom shares will be settled in cash based on the fair market value of a share of common stock at each vesting date in an amount not to exceed a specific price per share. The fair value of the phantom shares was determined using the closing stock price on the date of the award less the fair value of the call option which was estimated using the Black-Scholes model. The fair value of the liability for the cash-settled phantom share unit awards is remeasured at the end of each reporting period through settlement to reflect current risk-free rate and volatility assumptions.
We do not believe there is a reasonable likelihood that there will be a material change in the future estimates or assumptions used to determine long-term incentive compensation expense. If actual results are not consistent with the assumptions used, the long-term incentive compensation expense reported in our financial statements may not be representative of the actual economic cost of the long-term incentive compensation. A 10% change in our long-term incentive compensation expense would have affected pre-tax earnings by approximately $0.5 million in Fiscal 2023.
Evaluation of Other Long-Lived Assets Impairment
As of April 29, 2023, our other long-lived assets include property and equipment, operating lease right-of-use assets, amortizable intangibles, and other noncurrent assets of $68.2 million, $247.0 million, $110.6 million, and $17.9 million, respectively, on our consolidated balance sheet.
We review our long-lived assets for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable and consider market participants in accordance with Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 360-10, Accounting for the Impairment or Disposal of Long-Lived Assets. We evaluate the long-lived assets of the reporting units for impairment at the lowest asset group level for which individual cash flows can be identified. When evaluating long-lived assets for potential impairment, we first compared the carrying amount of the asset group to the estimated future undiscounted cash flows. The impairment loss calculation compares the carrying amount of the assets to the fair value based on estimated discounted future cash flows. If required, an impairment loss is recorded for that portion of the asset’s carrying value in excess of fair value.
Our business has been significantly negatively impacted by the COVID-19 pandemic, as many schools adjusted their learning models and on-campus activities. Although most academic institutions have since reopened, some are providing alternatives to traditional in-person instruction, including online and hybrid learning options and significantly reduced classroom sizes. Enrollment trends have been negatively impacted overall by COVID-19 concerns at physical campuses. While many athletic conferences resumed their sport activities, other events, such as parent and alumni weekends and prospective student campus tour activities, some may still be curtailed or offer a virtual option. These combined events continue to impact the Company’s course materials and general merchandise business.
During the third quarter of Fiscal 2023, we evaluated certain of our store-level long-lived assets in the Retail segment for impairment. Based on the results of the impairment tests, we recognized an impairment loss (non-cash) of $6.0 million (both pre-tax and after-tax), comprised of $0.7 million, $1.7 million, and $3.6 million of property and equipment, operating lease right-of-use assets, and amortizable intangibles, respectively, on the consolidated statement of operations.
During the third quarter of Fiscal 2022, we evaluated certain of our store-level long-lived assets in the Retail segment for impairment. Based on the results of the impairment tests, we recognized an impairment loss (non-cash) of $6.4 million (both pre-tax and after-tax), comprised of $0.7 million, $1.8 million, $3.7 million and $0.2 million of property and equipment, operating lease right-of-use assets, amortizable intangibles, and other noncurrent assets, respectively, on the consolidated statement of operations.
During the third quarter of Fiscal 2021, we evaluated certain of our store-level long-lived assets in the Retail segment for impairment. Based on the results of the impairment tests, we recognized an impairment loss (non-cash) of $27.6 million, $20.5 million after-tax, comprised of $5.1 million, $13.3 million, $6.3 million and $2.9 million of property and equipment, operating lease right-of-use assets, amortizable intangibles, and other noncurrent assets, respectively, on the consolidated statement of operations
The fair value of the impaired long-lived assets were determined using an income approach (Level 3 input), using the Company’s best estimates of the amount and timing of future discounted cash flows, based on historical experience, market conditions, current trends and performance expectations. For additional information, see Part II - Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data - Note 6. Fair Value Measurements.
65

Index to Form 10-KIndex to FS
The impairment analysis process requires significant estimation to determine recoverability of each asset group and to determine the fair value of asset groups that were not recoverable, as well as the fair values of certain operating right-of-use assets included within the asset groups that were not recoverable. The significant assumptions used included annual revenue growth rates, gross margin rates and the estimated relationship of selling and administrative costs to revenue used to estimate the projected cash-flow directly related to the future operation of the stores as well as the weighted average cost of capital used to calculate the fair value. Significant assumptions used to determine the fair values of certain operating right-of-use assets included the current market rent and discount rate. These assumptions are subjective in nature and are affected by expectations about future market or economic conditions (including the effects of the global pandemic).
We do not believe there is a reasonable likelihood that there will be a material change in the estimates or assumptions used to calculate long-lived asset impairment losses. However, if actual results are not consistent with estimates and assumptions used in estimating future cash flows and asset fair values, we may be exposed to losses that could be material. A 10% decrease in our estimated discounted cash flows would not have materially affected the results of our operations in Fiscal 2023.
Income Taxes
Deferred income tax balances reflect the effects of temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities and their tax basis and are stated at enacted tax rates expected to be in effect when taxes are actually paid or recovered. FASB guidance on accounting for income taxes requires that deferred tax assets be evaluated for future realization and reduced by a valuation allowance to the extent we believe a portion will not be realized. We consider many factors when assessing the likelihood of future realization of our deferred tax assets, including our recent earnings experience and expectations of future taxable income by taxing jurisdiction, the carryforward periods available to us for tax reporting purposes and other relevant factors. The actual realization of deferred tax assets may differ significantly from the amounts we have recorded.
During the ordinary course of business, there are many transactions and calculations for which the ultimate tax determination is uncertain. Accounting for income taxes requires a two-step approach to recognizing and measuring uncertain tax positions. The first step is to evaluate the tax position for recognition by determining if available evidence indicates it is more likely than not that the tax position will be fully sustained upon review by taxing authorities, including resolution of related appeals or litigation processes, if any. The second step is to measure the tax benefit as the largest amount with a greater than 50 percent likelihood of being realized upon ultimate settlement. For tax positions that are 50 percent or less likely of being sustained upon audit, we do not recognize any portion of that benefit in the financial statements. We consider many factors when evaluating and estimating our tax positions and tax benefits, which may require periodic adjustments and which may not accurately anticipate actual outcomes. Our actual results could differ materially from our current estimates.

66

Index to Form 10-KIndex to FS
Item 7A. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK
Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk
Interest Rate Risk
We generally limit our interest rate risk by investing certain of our excess cash balances in short-term, highly-liquid instruments with an original maturity of one year or less. During Fiscal 2023, we did not have any invested cash balances. We do not expect any material losses from our invested cash balances and we believe that our interest rate exposure is modest. As of April 29, 2023, our cash and cash equivalents totaled approximately $14.2 million.
We may from time to time borrow money under the Credit Facility at various interest rate options based on Secured Overnight Financing Rate ("SOFR") depending upon certain financial tests. Accordingly, we may be exposed to interest rate risk on borrowings outstanding under the Credit Facility. We had $154.2 million of borrowings outstanding under Credit Facility as of April 29, 2023. A 25 basis point increase in interest rates or 25 basis point decrease in interest rates would affect interest expense by approximately less than $0.1 million in Fiscal 2023.
We recognize lease assets and lease liabilities on the consolidated balance sheet for all operating lease arrangements based on the present value of future lease payments. We used our incremental borrowing rates to determine the present value of fixed lease payments based on the information available at the lease commencement date, as the rate implicit in the lease is not readily determinable. We utilized an estimated collateralized incremental borrowing rate as of the effective date or the commencement date of the lease, whichever is later. A 25 basis point increase in the rate or 25 basis point decrease in the rate would not have materially affected the present value of future lease payments.
Foreign Currency Risk
We do not have any material foreign currency exposure as nearly all of our business is transacted in United States currency.
67

Index to Form 10-KIndex to FS
Item 8.     FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA

FINANCIAL STATEMENT INDEX
Page No.

68

Index to Form 10-KIndex to FS
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of Barnes & Noble Education, Inc.

Opinion on the Financial Statements

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Barnes & Noble Education, Inc. and subsidiaries (the Company) as of April 29, 2023 and April 30, 2022, the related consolidated statements of operations, equity and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended April 29, 2023 and the related notes and financial statement schedule listed in the Index at Item 15(a)(2) (collectively referred to as the “consolidated financial statements”). In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company to own beneficially more than five percentat April 29, 2023 and April 30, 2022, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended April 29, 2023, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB), the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of April 29, 2023, based on criteria established in Internal Control-Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (2013 framework) and our report dated July 31, 2023 expressed an unqualified opinion thereon.

Basis for Opinion

These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s outstanding Common Stock, by each director, by each executive officer named in the Summary Compensation Table and by all directors and executive officers of the Company as a group. Except as otherwise noted,management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s knowledge, each person named infinancial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the table has sole votingPCAOB and investment powerare required to be independent with respect to all sharesthe Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of Common Stock shownthe Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as beneficially ownedwell as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

Critical Audit Matters

The critical audit matters communicated below are matters arising from the current period audit of the financial statements that were communicated or required to be communicated to the audit committee of the Company’s board of directors and that: (1) relate to accounts or disclosures that are material to the financial statements and (2) involved our especially challenging, subjective or complex judgments. The communication of critical audit matters does not alter in any way our opinion on the consolidated financial statements, taken as a whole, and we are not, by him, hercommunicating the critical audit matters below, providing separate opinions on the critical audit matters or it.

Name of Beneficial Owner

  Shares Beneficially
Owned (1)
   Percent of
Class (1)
 

Five Percent Stockholders

    

Outerbridge Capital Management, LLC (2)

   6,499,621    13.36

Leonard Riggio (3)

   4,875,361    10.02

Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (4)

   3,950,291    8.12

BlackRock, Inc. (5)

   3,906,241    8.03

Daniel R. Tisch (6)

   3,271,212    6.72

James V. Barnes and Terry J. Barnes (7)

   3,091,884    6.36

Directors and Named Executive Officers (8)

    

Michael P. Huseby (9) (10)

   649,690    1.32

Kanuj Malhotra (9) (10)

   201,383    * 

Barry Brover (9) (10) (14)

   145,927    * 

David G. Golden

   127,729    * 

Thomas D. Donohue (9) (10)

   102,474    * 

Michael C. Miller (9) (10)

   64,593    * 

24

on the accounts or disclosures to which they relate.



David A. Wilson (11)

36,053*Non-Returnable Inventory Reserve

John R. Ryan (11)

32,665*

Daniel A. DeMatteo (11)

Description of the Matter
9,216*As described in Note 2 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company reserves for non-returnable inventory based on its history of liquidating non-returnable inventory.

Jerry Sue Thornton (11)

9,216*

Emily C. Chiu (12)

0*Auditing management’s estimate of the reserves for non-returnable inventory involved especially subjective auditor judgment as such estimates are based on various factors that are affected by current and future market and economic conditions. In particular, the reserve calculations are sensitive to certain significant assumptions, including markdowns, sales below cost, inventory aging and expected demand.

Lowell W. Robinson

0*

All directorsHow We Addressed the Matter in Our Audit

We obtained an understanding, evaluated the design, and executive officers as a group (14 persons) (13)

tested the operating effectiveness of controls over the Company's inventory reserve process, including management’s review controls over the determination of significant assumptions and the data underlying the calculations of the inventory reserves.
69

Index to Form 10-KIndex to FS
3.11%

*

Less than 1%

(1)

Pursuant to SEC rules, sharesOur procedures included, among others, evaluating the significant assumptions, identified above, and testing the accuracy and completeness of our Common Stock that an individual or group has a right to acquire within 60 days after August 25, 2020 pursuantthe underlying data used in management’s inventory reserve calculation. We recalculated the reserve using management’s methodology and assumptions, and we evaluated the methodology and the significant assumptions for reasonableness by comparing them to the vestingrelated actual historical activity and expected future market and economic conditions. We also analyzed the impact of restricted stock units are deemedreasonable changes to the significant assumptions on the recorded inventory reserves.

Long-Lived Asset Impairment
Description of the MatterAs described in Note 2 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company tests its long-lived assets for impairment if an event occurs or circumstances change that would indicate the carrying amount may not be beneficially owned by that individual orrecoverable. If the carrying amount of a long-lived asset (group) exceeds its fair value, the asset (group) is written down to its fair value and an impairment charge is recognized. During the fiscal year 2023, the Company recognized an impairment charge of $6.0 million related to long-lived assets at certain of its stores.
Auditing the Company's impairment of store long-lived assets was complex and highly judgmental due to the significant estimation required to determine recoverability of each asset group and outstanding forto determine the purposefair value of computingasset groups that were not recoverable, as well as the percentage ownershipfair values of certain operating right-of-use assets included within the asset groups that individualwere not recoverable. The significant assumptions used included annual revenue growth rates, gross margin rates and the estimated relationship of selling and administrative costs to revenue used to estimate the projected cash-flow directly related to the future operation of the stores as well as the weighted average cost of capital used to calculate the fair value. Significant assumptions used to determine the fair values of certain operating right-of-use assets included the current market rent and discount rate. These assumptions are subjective in nature and are affected by expectations about future market or group, but areeconomic conditions.
How We Addressed the Matter in Our AuditWe obtained an understanding, evaluated the design, and tested the operating effectiveness of controls over the store long-lived assets impairment process, including controls over the determination of the undiscounted projected cash flows of the stores with indicators of impairment, the fair values of the stores with carrying values that were not deemedrecoverable and the fair values of operating right-of-use assets within those stores. We also tested controls over management’s review of the significant assumptions described above.
Our testing of the Company's impairment analysis included, among other procedures, evaluating the significant assumptions described above and the operating data used to be outstanding for computingcalculate the percentage ownershipestimated future cash flows of any other person or group shown in the table. Footnote (9) sets forth the number of restricted stock units that are included as beneficially owned.

(2)

Based on the Schedule 13D/A filed on July 21, 2020 by each of Outerbridge Capital Management, LLC, Outerbridge Master Fund LP, Outerbridge GP, LLC, Outerbridge Partners, LP, Outerbridge Fund Ltd. and Rory Wallace. These beneficial owners collectively share the power to vote or to direct the vote,stores and to dispose or to directdetermine fair values. We tested the dispositioncompleteness and accuracy of the shares. The address of Outerbridge Capital Management, LLC, Outerbridge Master Fund LP, Outerbridge GP, LLC, Outerbridge Partners, LP and Rory Wallace is listed as 767 Third Avenue, 11th Floor, New York, New York 10017. The address of Outerbridge Fund Ltd. is listed as c/o Ogier Global (Cayman) Limited, 89 Nexus Way, Camana Bay, Grand Cayman KY1-9009, Cayman Islands.

(3)

Based ondata used by the Schedule 13D/A filed on May 17, 2019 by Mr. Riggio, Mr. Riggio’s holdings are comprised of (a) 2,399,781 shares held by Mr. Riggio, (b) 1,464,134 shares owned by LRBKS Holdings, Inc. (a Delaware corporation beneficially owned by Mr. Riggio and his wife), and (c) 1,557,270 shares owned by The Riggio Foundation, a charitable trust established by Mr. Riggio, with himself and his wife as trustees. The address of Mr. Riggio isCompany in its analysis. We also compared the care of Barnes & Noble, Inc., 122 Fifth Avenue, New York, New York 10011.

(4)

Based onsignificant assumptions used to determine the Schedule 13G/A filed on February 12, 2020 by Dimensional Fund Advisors LP. The address of such persons is listed as Building One, 6300 Bee Cave Road, Austin, Texas 78746.

(5)

Based on the Schedule 13G/A filed on July 10, 2020 by BlackRock, Inc. The address of BlackRock, Inc. is listed as 55 East 52nd Street, New York, New York 10055.

(6)

Based on the Schedule 13G/A filed on January 8, 2020 by Daniel R. Tisch, Daniel R. Tisch had sole voting power and sole investment power with respectprojected cash flows to 3,271,212 shares of Common Stockhistorical operating results of the Company, including 1,450,000 shares registered instores, management’s expectations related to recovery from the name of TowerView LLC, 460 Park Avenue, New York, New York 10022pandemic and 1,170,000 shares registered in the name of DT Four Partners II, LLC, 655 Madison Avenue, 11th Floor, New York, New York 10065. TowerView LLCpublished third-party information regarding overall college and DT Four Partners II, LLC are Delaware limited liability companies, the sole manager of which is Daniel R. Tisch.

(7)

Based on the Schedule 13D/A filed on March 23, 220 by James V. Barnesuniversity enrollment trends; and, Terry J. Barnes. The address of such persons is listed as 14 Sologne Circle, Little Rock, Arkansas 72223.

(8)

The address of allwe obtained an understanding of the officersbusiness initiatives supporting the assumptions used to estimate the future cash flows through inquiries of management and directors listed above are in the careinspection of Barnes & Noble Education, Inc., 120 Mountain View Blvd., Basking Ridge, New Jersey 07920.

internal and external communications.
(9)

Includes for each officer the following restricted stock units that will vest on or before September 26, 2020, but do not currently have voting rights: Mr. Huseby-51,282; Mr. Malhotra-26,923; Mr. Donohue-9,616; and Mr. Miller-19,231.

(10)

Does not include the following performance share units which do not have current voting rights: Mr. Huseby-314,285; Mr. Malhotra-61,904; Mr. Donohue-52,380; and Mr. Miller-52,380.

(11)

Does not include 91,677 restricted stock units for which the director has elected to defer receipt and which do not have current voting rights.

(12)

Does not include 59,602 restricted stock units for which the director has elected to defer receipt and which do not have current voting rights.

(13)

Includes an aggregate of 38,096 shares of restricted stock held by a director; 296,461 restricted stock units that will vest on or before September 27, 2020 held by officers as a group.

(14)

Mr. Brover’s shares beneficially owned is as of May 2, 2020, the effective date of Mr. Brover’s resignation from the Company. Upon his resignation from the Company, 246,385 unvested restricted units, performance shares or performance units were forfeited.

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP
We have served as the Company's auditor since 2015.

Iselin, New Jersey
July 31, 2023




70

Index to Form 10-KITEM 13. CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPSIndex to FS
BARNES & NOBLE EDUCATION, INC. AND RELATED TRANSACTIONSSUBSIDIARIES
Consolidated Statements of Operations
(In thousands, except per share data)
52 weeks ended
April 29, 2023April 30, 2022May 1, 2021
Sales:
Product sales and other$1,406,655 $1,362,380 $1,272,366 
Rental income136,553 133,354 134,150 
Total sales1,543,208 1,495,734 1,406,516 
Cost of sales (exclusive of depreciation and amortization expense):
Product and other cost of sales1,119,482 1,076,243 1,088,933 
Rental cost of sales74,287 76,659 87,240 
Total cost of sales1,193,769 1,152,902 1,176,173 
Gross profit349,439 342,832 230,343 
Selling and administrative expenses357,611 353,968 316,164 
Depreciation and amortization expense42,163 42,124 45,204 
Impairment loss (non-cash)6,008 6,411 27,630 
Restructuring and other charges10,103 944 10,107 
Operating loss(66,446)(60,615)(168,762)
Interest expense, net22,683 10,096 8,087 
Loss from continuing operations before income taxes(89,129)(70,711)(176,849)
Income tax expense (benefit)1,011 (9,152)(43,280)
Loss from continuing operations, net of tax(90,140)(61,559)(133,569)
Loss from discontinued operations, net of tax of $398, 497, and $(1,891), respectively(11,722)(7,298)(6,241)
Net loss$(101,862)$(68,857)$(139,810)
Loss per share of Common Stock
Basic and Diluted
Continuing operations$(1.72)$(1.19)$(2.69)
Discontinued operations$(0.22)$(0.14)$(0.12)
Total Basic and Diluted Earnings per share$(1.94)$(1.33)$(2.81)
Weighted average shares of common stock outstanding - Basic and Diluted52,454 51,797 49,669 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

71

BARNES & NOBLE EDUCATION, INC. AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE

25

SUBSIDIARIES

Consolidated Balance Sheets
(In thousands, except per share data)
As of
April 29, 2023April 30, 2022
ASSETS
Current assets:
Cash and cash equivalents$14,219 $8,795 
Receivables, net92,512 136,001 
Merchandise inventories, net322,979 293,854 
Textbook rental inventories30,349 29,612 
Prepaid expenses and other current assets49,512 59,899 
Assets held for sale, current27,430 3,544 
Total current assets537,001 531,705 
Property and equipment, net68,153 73,584 
Operating lease right-of-use assets246,972 286,584 
Intangible assets, net110,632 126,993 
Deferred tax assets, net132 — 
Other noncurrent assets17,889 24,547 
Assets held for sale, noncurrent— 28,140 
Total assets$980,779 $1,071,553 
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
Current liabilities:
Accounts payable$267,923 $182,617 
Accrued liabilities85,759 88,540 
Current operating lease liabilities99,980 97,143 
Short-term borrowings— 40,000 
Liabilities held for sale8,423 7,102 
Total current liabilities462,085 415,402 
Long-term deferred taxes, net1,970 1,430 
Long-term operating lease liabilities184,754 219,594 
Other long-term liabilities19,068 21,053 
Long-term borrowings182,151 185,700 
Total liabilities850,028 843,179 
Commitments and contingencies— — 
Stockholders' equity:
Preferred stock, $0.01 par value; authorized, 5,000 shares; 0 shares issued and 0 shares outstanding— — 
Common stock, $0.01 par value; authorized, 200,000 shares; issued, 55,140 and 54,234 shares, respectively; outstanding, 52,604 and 52,046 shares, respectively551 542 
Additional paid-in capital745,932 740,838 
Accumulated deficit(593,356)(491,494)
Treasury stock, at cost(22,376)(21,512)
Total stockholders' equity130,751 228,374 
Total liabilities and stockholders' equity$980,779 $1,071,553 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

72

Policy

Index to Form 10-KIndex to FS
BARNES & NOBLE EDUCATION, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows (In thousands)
52 weeks ended
April 29, 2023April 30, 2022May 1, 2021
Cash flows from operating activities:
Net loss$(101,862)$(68,857)$(139,810)
Less: Loss from discontinued operations, net of tax(11,722)(7,298)(6,241)
Loss from continuing operations, net of tax(90,140)(61,559)(133,569)
Adjustments to reconcile net loss from continuing operations to net cash flows from operating activities from continuing operations:
Depreciation and amortization expense42,163 42,124 45,204 
Impairment loss (non-cash)6,008 6,411 27,630 
Merchandise inventory loss and write-off— 434 14,960 
Content amortization expense26 386 745 
Amortization of deferred financing costs3,129 1,472 1,112 
Deferred taxes409 (17,838)(7,772)
Stock-based compensation expense4,715 5,726 4,678 
Changes in operating lease right-of-use assets and liabilities5,912 (8,475)(4,367)
Changes in other long-term assets and liabilities and other, net2,711 (3,291)9,454 
Changes in other operating assets and liabilities, net:
Receivables, net43,489 (15,532)(30,244)
Merchandise inventories(29,125)(13,176)132,867 
Textbook rental inventories(737)(920)12,018 
Prepaid expenses and other current assets19,610 2,100 (35,256)
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities82,343 45,943 (10,411)
Changes in other operating assets and liabilities, net115,580 18,415 68,974 
Net cash flows provided by (used in) operating activities from continuing operations90,513 (16,195)27,049 
Net cash flows provided by operating activities from discontinued operations1,157 17,356 5,847 
Net cash flows provided by operating activities$91,670 $1,161 $32,896 
Cash flows from investing activities:
Purchases of property and equipment$(25,092)$(33,607)$(27,562)
Changes in other noncurrent assets and other591 872 335 
Net cash flows used in investing activities from continuing operations(24,501)(32,735)(27,227)
Net cash flows used in investing activities from discontinued operations(6,542)(9,926)(9,661)
Net cash flows used in investing activities$(31,043)$(42,661)$(36,888)
Cash flows from financing activities:
Proceeds from borrowings$590,303 $632,220 $722,600 
Repayments of borrowings(631,849)(584,120)(719,700)
Payment of deferred financing costs(7,265)(265)(1,076)
Sale of treasury shares— — 10,869 
Purchase of treasury shares(864)(2,370)(894)
Proceeds from the exercise of stock options, net— 256 — 
Net cash flows (used in) provided by financing activities from continuing operations(49,675)45,721 11,799 
Net cash flows provided by financing activities from discontinued operations— — — 
Net cash flows (used in) provided by financing activities$(49,675)$45,721 $11,799 
Net increase in cash, cash equivalents, and restricted cash$10,952 $4,221 $7,807 
73

Index to Form 10-KIndex to FS
Cash, cash equivalents, and restricted cash at beginning of period21,036 16,815 9,008 
Cash, cash equivalents, and restricted cash at end of period31,988 21,036 16,815 
Less: Cash and cash equivalents of discontinued operations at end of period(1,057)(696)(645)
Cash, cash equivalents, and restricted cash of continuing operations at end of period$30,931 $20,340 $16,170 
Supplemental cash flow information:
Cash paid during the period for:
Interest paid$19,024 $8,166 $6,778 
Income taxes paid (net of refunds)$(15,216)$(8,007)$6,008 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

74

Index to Form 10-KIndex to FS
BARNES & NOBLE EDUCATION, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Consolidated Statements of Equity
(In thousands)

Additional
Common StockPaid-InAccumulatedTreasury StockTotal
SharesAmountCapitalDeficitSharesAmountEquity
Balance at May 2, 202052,140 $521 $732,958 $(282,827)3,842 $(32,901)$417,751 
Stock-based compensation expense5,095 5,095 
Vested equity awards1,187 12 (12)— 
Sale of treasury shares(3,784)(2,308)14,653 10,869 
Shares repurchased for tax withholdings for vested stock awards414 (894)(894)
Net loss(139,810)(139,810)
Balance at May 1, 202153,327 $533 $734,257 $(422,637)1,948 $(19,142)$293,011 
Stock-based compensation expense6,333 6,333 
Vested equity awards829 (8)— 
Shares repurchased for tax withholdings for vested stock awards240 (2,370)(2,370)
Issuance of common stock upon exercise of stock options78 256 257 
Net loss(68,857)(68,857)
Balance at April 30, 202254,234 $542 $740,838 $(491,494)2,188 $(21,512)$228,374 
Stock-based compensation expense5,103 5,103 
Vested equity awards906 (9)— 
Shares repurchased for tax withholdings for vested stock awards348 (864)(864)
Net loss(101,862)(101,862)
Balance at April 29, 202355,140 $551 $745,932 $(593,356)2,536 $(22,376)$130,751 
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.


75

Index to Form 10-KIndex to FS

BARNES & NOBLE EDUCATION, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(Thousands of dollars, except share and Procedures Governing Related Person Transactions

Our Audit Committeeper share data)

Unless the context otherwise indicates, references in these Notes to the accompanying consolidated financial statements to “we,” “us,” “our” and “the Company” refer to Barnes & Noble Education, Inc., or “BNED”, a Delaware corporation. References to “Barnes & Noble College” refer to our college bookstore business operated through our subsidiary Barnes & Noble College Booksellers, LLC. References to “MBS” refer to our virtual bookstore and wholesale textbook distribution business operated through our subsidiary MBS Textbook Exchange, LLC.
Note 1. Organization
Description of Business
Barnes & Noble Education, Inc. (“BNED”) is one of the Boardlargest contract operators of Directorsphysical and virtual bookstores for college and university campuses and K-12 institutions across the United States. We are also one of Directors utilizes proceduresthe largest textbook wholesalers, inventory management hardware and software providers, and a leading provider of digital education solutions. We operate 1,366 physical, virtual, and custom bookstores and serve more than 6 million students, delivering essential educational content, tools and general merchandise within a dynamic omnichannel retail environment.
The strengths of our business include our ability to compete by developing new products and solutions to meet market needs, our large operating footprint with direct access to students and faculty, our well-established, deep relationships with academic partners and stable, long-term contracts and our well-recognized brands. We provide product and service offerings designed to address the most pressing issues in evaluatinghigher education, including equitable access, enhanced convenience and improved affordability through innovative course material delivery models designed to drive improved student experiences and outcomes. We offer our BNC First Day® equitable and inclusive access programs, consisting of First DayComplete and First Day, which provide faculty requested course materials on or before the termsfirst day of class at a discounted rate, as compared to the total retail price for the same course materials if purchased separately. The BNC First Day discounted price is offered as a course fee or included in tuition. During Fiscal 2023, BNC First Day total revenue increased 48% from the prior year period.
We expect to continue to introduce scalable and provisionsadvanced solutions focused largely on the student and customer experience, expand our e-commerce capabilities and accelerate such capabilities through our merchandising partnership with Fanatics Retail Group Fulfillment, LLC, Inc. (“Fanatics”) and Fanatics Lids College, Inc. D/B/A "Lids" (“Lids”) (collectively referred to herein as the “F/L Partnership”), win new accounts, and expand our strategic opportunities through acquisitions and partnerships. We expect gross general merchandise sales to continue to increase over the long term, as our product assortments continue to emphasize and reflect changing consumer trends, and we evolve our presentation concepts and merchandising of proposedproducts in stores and online, which we expect to be further enhanced and accelerated through the F/L Partnership. Through this partnership, we receive unparalleled product assortment, e-commerce capabilities and powerful digital marketing tools to drive increased value for customers and accelerate growth of our logo general merchandise business.
The Barnes & Noble brand (licensed from our former parent) along with our subsidiary brands, BNC and MBS, are synonymous with innovation in bookselling and campus retailing, and are widely recognized and respected brands in the United States. Our large college footprint, reputation, and credibility in the marketplace not only support our marketing efforts to universities, students, and faculty, but are also important to our relationship with leading publishers who rely on us as one of their primary distribution channels.
During the fourth quarter of Fiscal 2023, assets related partyto our DSS Segment met the criteria for classification as Assets Held for Sale and Discontinued Operations and is no longer a reportable segment. On May 31, 2023, subsequent to the end of Fiscal 2023, we completed the sale of these assets related to our DSS Segment for cash proceeds of $20,000, net of certain transaction fees, severance costs, escrow, and other considerations. During the first quarter of Fiscal 2024, we expect to record a Gain on Sale of Business in the range of $2,500 to $4,500. Net cash proceeds from the sale was used for debt repayment and provided additional funds for working capital needs under our Credit Facility.
We have two reportable segments: Retail and Wholesale. For additional information related to our strategies, operations and segments, see Part I - Item 1. Business and Part II - Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data - Note 4. Segment Reporting.
BNC First Day Equitable and Inclusive Access Programs
We provide product and service offerings designed to address the most pressing issues in higher education, including equitable access, enhanced convenience and improved affordability through innovative course material delivery models designed to drive improved student experiences and outcomes. We offer our BNC First Day® equitable and inclusive access programs, consisting of First DayComplete and First Day, which provide faculty requested course materials on or before the
76

Index to Form 10-KIndex to FS

BARNES & NOBLE EDUCATION, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements - Continued
(Thousands of dollars, except share and per share data)
first day of class at a discounted rate, as compared to the total retail price for the same course materials if purchased separately. The BNC First Day discounted price is offered as a course fee or included in tuition.
First Day Complete is adopted by an institution and includes all undergraduate classes (and on occasion graduate classes), providing students both physical and digital materials. The First Day Complete model drives substantially greater unit sales and sell-through for the bookstore.
First Day is adopted by a faculty member for a single course, and students receive primarily digital course materials through their school's learning management system ("LMS").
Offering course materials through our equitable and inclusive access First Day Complete and First Day models is a key, and increasingly important strategic initiative of ours to meet the market demands of substantially reduced pricing to students, as well as the opportunity to improve student outcomes, while, at the same time, increasing our market share, revenue and relative gross profits of course material sales given the higher volumes of units sold in such models as compared to historical sales models that rely on individual student marketing and sales. These programs have allowed us to reverse historical long-term trends in course materials revenue declines, which have been observed at those schools where such programs have been adopted. We are moving quickly and decisively to accelerate our First Day Complete strategy. We plan to move many institutions to First Day Complete in Fiscal 2024 and the majority of our schools by Fiscal 2025, with continued relative adoption of this model thereafter.
For the 2023 Spring Term, 116 campus stores adopted our First Day Complete course materials delivery program, representing approximately 580,000 in total undergraduate student enrollment (as reported by National Center for Education Statistics), compared to 76 campus stores representing approximately 380,000 in total undergraduate student enrollment for the 2022 Spring Term. During the 52 weeks ended April 29, 2023, First Day Complete sales increased by 88% as compared to the prior year period.
Partnership with Fanatics and Lids
In December 2020, we entered into the F/L Partnership. Through this partnership, we receive unparalleled product assortment, e-commerce capabilities and powerful digital marketing tools to drive increased value for customers and accelerate growth of our general merchandise business. Fanatics’ cutting-edge e-commerce and technology expertise offers our campus stores expanded product selection, a world-class online and mobile experience, and a progressive direct-to-consumer platform. Coupled with Lids, the leading standalone brick and mortar retailer focused exclusively on licensed fan and alumni products, our campus stores have improved access to trend and sales performance data on licensees, product styles, and design treatments.
We maintain our relationships with campus partners and remain responsible for staffing and managing the day-to-day operations of our campus bookstores. We also work closely with our campus partners to ensure that each campus store maintains unique aspects of in-store merchandising, including localized product assortments and specific styles and designs that reflect each campus’s brand. We leverage Fanatics’ e-commerce technology and expertise for the operational management of the emblematic merchandise and gift sections of our campus store websites. Lids manages in-store assortment planning and merchandising of emblematic apparel, headwear, and gift products for our partner campus stores, and Lids owns the inventory it manages, relieving us of the obligation to finance inventory purchases from working capital.
COVID-19 Pandemic Business Impact
Our business was significantly negatively impacted by the COVID-19 pandemic, as many schools adjusted their learning models and on-campus activities. The impact of COVID-19 store closings during Fiscal 2021 to Fiscal 2022 resulted in the loss of cash flow and increased borrowings that we would not otherwise have expected to incur. However, on campus traffic continues to grow from increased campus events and activities, as compared to the last two years. We cannot accurately predict the lingering impact of the COVID-19 pandemic on enrollments, primarily at community colleges and international student enrollment, campus activities, university budgets, athletics, the continuation of remote and hybrid class offerings, and other areas that directly affect our business operations. Refer to Part II - Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations for further discussion.
77

Index to Form 10-KIndex to FS

BARNES & NOBLE EDUCATION, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements - Continued
(Thousands of dollars, except share and per share data)
Note 2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies
Basis of Presentation and Consolidation
The results of operations reflected in our consolidated financial statements are presented on a consolidated basis. All material intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation. Our consolidated financial statements reflect our consolidated financial position, results of operations and cash flows in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States (“GAAP”). Net income (loss) is equal to comprehensive income (loss) on our consolidated statement of operations. In the opinion of the Company’s management, the accompanying consolidated financial statements of the Company contain all adjustments (consisting of only normal recurring adjustments) necessary to present fairly its consolidated financial position and the results of its operations and cash flows for the periods reported.
Our fiscal year is comprised of 52 or agreements53 weeks, ending on the Saturday closest to the last day of April. The fiscal year periods for each of the last three fiscal years consisted of the 52 weeks ended April 29, 2023 (“Fiscal 2023”), 52 weeks ended April 30, 2022 (“Fiscal 2022”), and 52 weeks ended May 1, 2021 (“Fiscal 2021”).
Liquidity and Going Concern
The accompanying consolidated financial statements are prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP applicable to a going concern. This presentation contemplates the fiduciary dutiesrealization of assets and the satisfaction of liabilities in the normal course of business and does not include any adjustments relating to the recoverability and classification of recorded asset amounts or the amounts and classification of liabilities that might result from the outcome of the uncertainties described below.
Pursuant to ASC 205-40, Presentation of Financial Statements — Going Concern (“ASC 205-40”), management must evaluate whether there are conditions and events, considered in aggregate, that raise substantial doubt about the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern for one year after the date that these Consolidated Financial Statements are issued. In accordance with ASC 205-40, management’s analysis can only include the potential mitigating impact of management’s plans that have not been fully implemented as of the issuance date of these consolidated financial statements if (a) it is probable that management’s plans will be effectively implemented on a timely basis, and (b) it is probable that the plans, when implemented, will alleviate the relevant conditions or events that raise substantial doubt about the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern.
Evaluation in conjunction with the issuance of the April 29, 2023 Consolidated Financial Statements
Our primary sources of cash are net cash flows from operating activities, funds available under our Credit Agreement, Term Loan Agreement, and short-term vendor financing. Our liquidity is highly dependent on the seasonal nature of our business, particularly with respect to course material sales, as sales are generally highest in the second and third fiscal quarters, when college students generally purchase textbooks for the upcoming Fall and Spring semesters, respectively. As of April 29, 2023, we had $30,931 of cash on hand, including $16,712 of restricted cash related to segregated funds for commission due to Fanatics for logo merchandise sales as per the merchandising partnership agreement.
We incurred a Net Loss from Continuing Operations of $(90,140), $(61,559), and $(133,569), for the years ended April 29, 2023, April 30, 2022, and May 1, 2021, respectively, and Cash Flow Provided By (Used In) Operating Activities from Continuing Operations of $90,513, $(16,195), and $27,049, respectively. The tightening of our available credit commitments, including the elimination and repayment of our seasonal borrowing facility (FILO Facility) of $40,000, has had a significant impact on our liquidity during the year ended April 29, 2023, including our ability to make timely vendor payments and school commission payments resulting in a positive cash flow from operations offset by a use of cash for financing activities.
Our business was significantly negatively impacted by the COVID-19 pandemic during the years ended April 30, 2022 and May 1, 2021, as many schools adjusted their learning models and on-campus activities. Although most academic institutions have since reopened after the COVID-19 pandemic, the lingering impacts of the pandemic have resulted in changes in customer behaviors, lower enrollments, and an evolving educational landscape which continued to impact our financial results during the year ended April 29, 2023. Some institutions are still providing alternatives to traditional in-person instruction, including online and hybrid learning options and significantly reduced classroom sizes. The impact of COVID-19 store closings, as well as lower earnings during the year ended April 29, 2023, resulted in the loss of cash flows and increased borrowings that we would not otherwise have expected to incur.
Our losses and projected cash needs, combined with our current liquidity level, initially raised substantial doubt about our ability to continue as a going concern. As discussed below, Management’s plan to improve the Company’s liquidity and
78

Index to Form 10-KIndex to FS

BARNES & NOBLE EDUCATION, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements - Continued
(Thousands of dollars, except share and per share data)
successfully alleviate substantial doubt includes (1) raising additional liquidity and (2) taking additional operational restructuring actions.
Debt amendments
On July 28, 2023, we amended our existing Credit Agreement to (i) extend the maturity date of the Credit Agreement to December 28, 2024, (ii) reduce advance rates with respect to the borrowing base by 1000 basis points on September 2, 2024 (in lieu of the reductions previously contemplated for September 2023), (iii) subject to the conditions set forth in such amendment, add a CARES Act tax refund claim to the borrowing base, from April 1, 2024 through July 31, 2024, (iv) amend the financial maintenance covenant to require Availability (as defined in the Credit Agreement) at all times greater than the greater of (x) 10% of the Aggregate Loan Cap (as defined in the Credit Agreement) and (y) (A) $32,500 minus, subject to the conditions set forth in such amendment, (B) (a) $7,500 for the period of April 1, 2024 through and including April 30, 2024, (b) $2,500 for the period of May 1, 2024 through and including May 31, 2024 and (c) $0 at all other times, (v) add a minimum Consolidated EBITDA (as defined in the Credit Agreement) financial maintenance covenant, and (vi) amend certain negative and affirmative covenants and add certain additional covenants, all as more particularly set forth in such amendment. The amendment also requires that we appoint a Chief Restructuring Officer and that, by August 11, 2023, we (i) appoint two independent members to the board of directors of the Company from prospective candidates that have been previously disclosed to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders and (ii) appoint a committee of the board of directors of the Company to consist of three board members (two of whom will be the new independent directors). The committee’s responsibilities will include, among other things, to explore, consider, solicit expressions of interest or proposals for, respond to any communications, inquiries or proposals regarding, and advise as to all strategic alternatives to effect a “Specified Liquidity Transaction” (as defined in the Credit Agreement). There can be no guarantee or assurances that any such transaction or transactions be consummated. We must pay (i) a fee of 0.50% of the outstanding principal amount of the commitments under Delaware law. the Credit Agreement March 2023 amendment (as defined in the Credit Agreement) on the closing date (in lieu of the deferred fee previously contemplated in connection with the March 2023 amendment (as defined in the Credit Agreement)) and (ii) a fee of 1.00% of the outstanding principal amount of the commitments under the Credit Agreement as of the closing date on the earlier to occur of September 2, 2024 and an Event of Default (as defined in the Credit Agreement).
On July 28, 2023, we amended our Term Loan to (i) extend the maturity date of the Term Loan Agreement to April 7, 2025, (ii) allow for interest to be paid in kind until September 2, 2024, (iii) amend the 1.50% anniversary fee to recur on June 7 of each year that the Term Loan Agreement remains outstanding, with 2024 fee deferred to the earlier of September 2, 2024 and the Termination Date (as defined in the Term Loan Agreement) and (iv) amend certain negative covenants and affirmative and add certain additional covenants. We must pay a fee of $50,000 to the lenders under the Term Loan Agreement on the earlier of September 2, 2024 and the Termination Date (as defined in the Term Loan Agreement).
See Part II - Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data - Note 7. Debt and Note 17. Subsequent Events.
Operational restructuring plans
We have implemented a significant cost reduction program designed to streamline our operations, maximize productivity and drive profitability. We have taken steps to significantly reduce our workforce during non-rush seasonal sales periods, eliminated duplicate administrative headcounts at all levels, implemented improved system development processes to reduce maintenance costs. reduced capital expenditures, and evaluated operating contractual obligations for cost savings. We have achieved meaningful cost savings from this program of approximately $17,000 during the year ended April 29, 2023. These initiatives are expected to provide annualized savings of $30,000 to $35,000 in Fiscal 2024. Management's plans over the next twelve months include the further reduction of gross capital expenditures and other cost saving measures of approximately $25,000. Management believes that these plans are within its control and probable of being implemented on a timely basis.
Management believes that the expected impact on our liquidity and cash flows resulting from the Debt amendments and the operational initiatives outlined above are sufficient to enable the Company to meet its obligations for at least twelve months from the issuance date of these consolidated financial statements and alleviate the conditions that initially raised substantial doubt about the Company's ability to continue as a going concern.
See Part I - Risk Factors - We are dependent upon access to the capital markets, bank credit facilities, and short-term vendor financing for liquidity needs.
Seasonality
Our business is highly seasonal. Our quarterly results also may fluctuate depending on the timing of the start of the various schools' semesters, as well as shifts in our fiscal calendar dates. These shifts in timing may affect the comparability of our
79

Index to Form 10-KIndex to FS

BARNES & NOBLE EDUCATION, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements - Continued
(Thousands of dollars, except share and per share data)
results across periods. Our retail business is highly seasonal, with the major portion of sales and operating profit realized during the second and third fiscal quarters, when college students generally purchase and rent textbooks for the upcoming semesters. Sales attributable to our wholesale business are generally highest in our first, second and third quarter, as it sells textbooks and other course materials for retail distribution. See Revenue Recognition and Deferred Revenue discussion below.
Use of Estimates
In preparing financial statements in conformity with GAAP, we are required to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts in the consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes. Actual results could differ from those estimates.
Discontinued Operations
During the fourth quarter of Fiscal 2023, assets related partyto our Digital Student Solutions ("DSS") Segment met the criteria for classification as Assets Held for Sale and Discontinued Operations and is no longer a reportable segment. Certain assets and liabilities associated with the DSS Segment are presented in our consolidated balance sheets as "Assets Held for Sale" and "Liabilities Held for Sale". The results of operations related to the DSS Segment are included in the consolidated statements of operations as "Loss from discontinued operations, net of tax." The cash flows of the DSS Segment are also presented separately in our consolidated statements of cash flows. All corresponding prior year periods presented in our financial statements and related information in the accompanying notes have been reclassified to reflect the Asset Held for Sale and Discontinued Operations presentation.
On May 31, 2023, subsequent to the end of Fiscal 2023, we completed the sale of these assets related to our DSS Segment for cash proceeds of $20,000, net of certain transaction procedures contemplate Audit Committeefees, severance costs, escrow, and other considerations. During the first quarter of Fiscal 2024, we expect to record a Gain on Sale of Business in the range of $2,500 to $4,500. Net cash proceeds from the sale was used for debt repayment and provided additional funds for working capital needs under our Credit Facility.
The following table summarizes the operating results of the discontinued operations for the periods indicated:
52 weeks ended
Dollars in thousandsApril 29, 2023April 30, 2022May 1, 2021
Total sales$35,353 $35,666 $27,374 
Cost of sales (a)
7,156 5,738 5,056 
Gross profit (a)
28,197 29,928 22,318 
Selling and administrative expenses34,137 29,472 22,116 
Depreciation and amortization3,155 7,257 7,763 
Restructuring costs1,848 — 571 
Transaction costs381 — — 
Operating loss(11,324)(6,801)(8,132)
Income tax expense398 497 (1,891)
Loss from discontinued operations, net of tax$(11,722)$(7,298)$(6,241)
(a) Cost of sales and Gross margin for the DSS Segment includes amortization expense (non-cash) related to content development costs of $6,594, $5,068, and $4,289 for the 52 weeks ended April 29, 2023, April 30, 2022, and May 1, 2021, respectively.

80

Index to Form 10-KIndex to FS

BARNES & NOBLE EDUCATION, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements - Continued
(Thousands of dollars, except share and per share data)
The following table summarizes the assets and liabilities of the Assets Held for Sale included in the consolidated balance sheets for the periods indicated:
As of
April 29, 2023April 30, 2022
Cash and cash equivalents$1,057 $696 
Receivables, net480 1,038 
Prepaid expenses and other current assets901 1,810 
Property and equipment, net19,523 20,488 
Intangible assets, net402 2,631 
Goodwill4,700 4,700 
Deferred tax assets, net130 — 
Other noncurrent assets237 321 
Assets held for sale$27,430 $31,684 
Accounts payable$211 $173 
Accrued liabilities8,212 6,847 
Other long-term liabilities— 82 
Liabilities held for sale$8,423 $7,102 
Cash and Cash Equivalents
We consider all short-term, highly liquid instruments purchased with an original maturity of three months or less to be cash equivalents.
Restricted Cash
As of April 29, 2023, we had restricted cash of $16,712, comprised of $15,790 in prepaid and other current assets in the consolidated balance sheet related to segregated funds for commission due to Lids for logo merchandise sales as per the Lids Partnership's merchandising agreement and $922 in other noncurrent assets in the consolidated balance sheet related to amounts held in trust for future distributions related to employee benefit plans.
As of April 30, 2022, we had restricted cash of $11,545, comprised of $10,649 in prepaid and other current assets in the consolidated balance sheet related to segregated funds for commission due to Lids for logo merchandise sales as per the Lids Partnership's merchandising agreement and $897 in other noncurrent assets in the consolidated balance sheet related to amounts held in trust for future distributions related to employee benefit plans.
Accounts Receivable
Receivables represent customer, private and public institutional and government billings (colleges, universities and other financial aid providers), credit/debit card receivables, advances for book buybacks, advertising and other receivables due within one year. Components of accounts receivables are as follows:
As of
April 29, 2023April 30, 2022
Trade accounts$71,990 $102,358 
Advances for book buybacks2,344 2,292 
Credit/debit card receivables4,733 5,129 
Other receivables13,445 26,222 
Total receivables, net$92,512 $136,001 
Accounts receivable are presented on our consolidated balance sheets net of allowances. An allowance for doubtful accounts is determined through an analysis of the aging of accounts receivable and assessments of collectability based on
81

Index to Form 10-KIndex to FS

BARNES & NOBLE EDUCATION, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements - Continued
(Thousands of dollars, except share and per share data)
historical trends, the financial condition of our customers and an evaluation of economic conditions. We write-off uncollectible trade receivables once collection efforts have been exhausted and record bad debt expenses related to textbook rentals that are not returned and we are unable to successfully charge the customer. Allowance for doubtful accounts were $1,156, and $2,243 as of April 29, 2023 and April 30, 2022, respectively.
Merchandise Inventories
Merchandise inventories, which consist of finished goods, are stated at the lower of cost or market. Market value of our inventory, which is all purchased finished goods, is determined based on its estimated net realizable value, which is generally the selling price less normally predictable costs of disposal and transportation. Reserves for non-returnable inventory are based on our history of liquidating non-returnable inventory, which includes certain significant assumptions, including markdowns, sales below cost, inventory aging and expected demand.
Cost is determined primarily by the retail inventory method for our Retail segment. Our textbook and trade book inventories, for Retail and Wholesale, are valued using the LIFO method and the related reserve was not material to the recorded amount of our inventories. There were no LIFO adjustments in Fiscal 2023, Fiscal 2022 and Fiscal 2021.
For our physical bookstores, we also estimate and accrue shortage for the period between the last physical count of inventory and the balance sheet date. Shortage rates are estimated and accrued based on historical rates and can be affected by changes in merchandise mix and changes in actual shortage trends.
The Retail Segment fulfillment order is directed first to our wholesale business before other sources of inventory are utilized. The products that we sell originate from a wide variety of domestic and international vendors. After internal sourcing, the bookstore purchases textbooks from outside suppliers and publishers. The Retail Segment's four largest suppliers, excluding the supply sourced from our Wholesale Segment, accounted for approximately 25% of our merchandise purchased during the 52 weeks ended April 29, 2023. For our Wholesale Segment, the four largest suppliers, excluding textbooks purchased from students at our Retail Segment's bookstores, accounted for approximately 25% of merchandise purchases during the 52 weeks ended April 29, 2023.
As contemplated by the F/L Partnership merchandising partnership agreement, we sold our logo and emblematic general merchandise inventory to Lids and received proceeds of $41,773, and recognized a merchandise inventory loss on the sale of $10,262 in cost of goods sold in the consolidated statement of operations during the 52 weeks ended May 1, 2021 for the Retail Segment. The final inventory sale price was determined during the first quarter of Fiscal 2022, at which time, we received additional proceeds of $1,906, and recognized a merchandise inventory loss on the sale of $434 in cost of goods sold in the consolidated statement of operations for the Retail Segment. For additional information, see Part II - Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data - Note 1. Organization.
Additionally, during the 52 weeks ended May 1, 2021, we also recognized a merchandise inventory write-off of $4,698 in cost of goods sold in the statement of operations for the Retail Segment related to our initiative to exit certain product offerings and streamline/rationalize our overall non-logo general merchandise product assortment resulting from the centralization of our merchandising decision-making during the year.
Textbook Rental Inventories
Physical textbooks out on rent are categorized as textbook rental inventories. At the time a rental transaction is consummated, the book is removed from merchandise inventories and moved to textbook rental inventories at cost. The cost of the book is amortized down to its estimated residual value over the rental period. The related amortization expense is included in cost of goods sold. At the end of the rental period, upon return, the book is removed from textbook rental inventories and recorded in merchandise inventories at its amortized cost.
Cloud Computing Arrangements
Implementation costs incurred in a cloud computing arrangement (or hosting arrangement) that is a service contract are amortized to hosting expense over the term of the arrangement, beginning when the module or component of the hosting arrangement is ready for its intended use. Implementation costs are included in prepaid expenses and other assets in the consolidated balance sheets and amortized to selling and administrative expense in the consolidated statement of operations. Implementation costs incurred in cloud computing arrangements reflected in prepaid and other assets in the consolidated balance sheets were $9,359 and $13,294 as of April 29, 2023 and April 30, 2022, respectively. We had $6,460, $3,179, and $283 of amortization of implementation costs in selling and administrative expense in the consolidated statement of operations, for the 52 weeks ended April 29, 2023, April 30, 2022, and May 1, 2021, respectively.
82

Index to Form 10-KIndex to FS

BARNES & NOBLE EDUCATION, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements - Continued
(Thousands of dollars, except share and per share data)
Property and Equipment
Property and equipment are carried at cost, less accumulated depreciation and amortization. Depreciation and amortization is computed using the straight-line method over estimated useful lives. Maintenance and repairs are expensed as incurred, however major maintenance and remodeling costs are capitalized if they extend the useful life of the asset. We had $29,401, $30,132, and $33,198, of depreciation expense in the consolidated statement of operations for the 52 weeks ended April 29, 2023, April 30, 2022, and May 1, 2021, respectively.
Content development costs are primarily related to development of courseware. Content amortization is computed using the straight-line method over estimated useful lives. Amortization of content development costs is recorded to cost of goods sold. We had $26, $386, and $745, of content amortization expense in the consolidated statement of operations for the 52 weeks ended April 29, 2023, April 30, 2022, and May 1, 2021, respectively.
Components of property and equipment are as follows:
As of
Useful LifeApril 29, 2023April 30, 2022
Property and equipment:
Leasehold improvements(a)$120,687 $125,324 
Machinery, equipment and display fixtures3 - 5253,763 252,037 
Computer hardware and capitalized software costs(b)163,098 157,908 
Office furniture and other2 - 766,201 64,137 
Content development costs (c)
3 - 52,519 2,519 
Construction in progress4,644 3,710 
Total property and equipment610,912 605,635 
Less accumulated depreciation and amortization542,759 532,051 
Total property and equipment, net$68,153 $73,584 
(a)     Leasehold improvements are capitalized and depreciated over the shorter of the lease term or the useful life of the improvements, ranging from 1 - 15 years.
(b)     System costs are capitalized and amortized over their estimated useful lives, from the date the systems become operational. Purchased software is generally amortized over a period of between 2 - 5 years.
(c)    Content development costs are fully depreciated and are generally depreciated over 3 - 5 years.
Intangible Assets
Amortizable intangible assets as of April 29, 2023 and April 30, 2022 are as follows:
  As of April 29, 2023
Amortizable intangible assetsEstimated Useful LifeGross
Carrying
Amount
Accumulated
Amortization
Total
Customer relationships7 - 11$239,955 $(130,667)$109,288 
Technology31,500 (1,500)— 
Other (a)
1 - 44,162 (2,818)1,344 
$245,617 $(134,985)$110,632 
  As of April 30, 2022
Amortizable intangible assetsEstimated Useful LifeGross
Carrying
Amount
Accumulated
Amortization
Total
Customer relationships8 - 12$251,728 $(126,429)$125,299 
Technology31,500 (1,500)— 
Other (a)
1 - 54,162 (2,468)1,694 
$257,390 $(130,397)$126,993 
(a)    Other consists of recognized intangibles for non-compete agreements, trade names, and favorable leasehold interests.
83

Index to Form 10-KIndex to FS

BARNES & NOBLE EDUCATION, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements - Continued
(Thousands of dollars, except share and per share data)
All amortizable intangible assets are being amortized over their useful life on a straight-line basis.
Aggregate Amortization Expense:
For the 52 weeks ended April 29, 2023$12,761 
For the 52 weeks ended April 30, 2022$11,992 
For the 52 weeks ended May 1, 2021$12,006 
Estimated Amortization Expense: (Fiscal Year) 
2024$10,344 
2025$10,344 
2026$10,344 
2027$10,286 
2028$9,994 
After 2028$59,320 

For additional information about intangible assets, see Part II - Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data - Note 2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies.
Leases
We recognize lease assets and lease liabilities on the consolidated balance sheet for all operating lease arrangements based on the present value of future lease payments as required by FASB Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 842, Leases (Topic 842). We do not recognize lease assets or lease liabilities for short-term leases (i.e., those with a term of twelve months or less). We recognize lease expense on a straight-line basis over the lease term for contracts with fixed lease payments, including those with fixed annual minimums, or over a rolling twelve-month period for leases where the annual guarantee resets at the start of each contract year, in order to best reflect the pattern of usage of the underlying leased asset. For additional information, see Part II - Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data - Note 8. Leases.
Impairment of Long-Lived Assets
As of April 29, 2023, our other long-lived assets include property and equipment, operating lease right-of-use assets, amortizable intangibles, and other noncurrent assets of $68,153, $246,972, $110,632, and $17,889, respectively, on our consolidated balance sheet. As of April 30, 2022, our other long-lived assets include property and equipment, operating lease right-of-use assets, amortizable intangibles, and other noncurrent assets of $73,584, $286,584, $126,993, and $24,547, respectively, on our consolidated balance sheet.
These amortizable intangible assets relate primarily to our customer and bookstore relationships with our colleges and university clients, and technology acquired. For additional information related to amortizable intangibles, see Intangible Assets above.
We review and approval of all new agreements, transactionsour long-lived assets for impairment whenever events or courses of dealing with related parties,changes in circumstances, including any modifications, waiversbut not limited to contractual changes, renewals or amendments are made to existing related party transactions. We conduct tests to ensureagreements with our college, university, or K-12 schools, indicate that the termscarrying amount of related party transactionsan asset may not be recoverable in accordance with ASC 360-10, Accounting for the Impairment or Disposal of Long-Lived Assets. We evaluate the long-lived assets of the reporting units for impairment at the lowest asset group level for which individual cash flows can be identified. When evaluating long-lived assets for potential impairment, we first compared the carrying amount of the asset group to the estimated future undiscounted cash flows. The impairment loss calculation compares the carrying amount of the assets to the fair value based on estimated discounted future cash flows. If required, an impairment loss is recorded for that portion of the asset’s carrying value in excess of fair value.
Our business has been significantly negatively impacted by the COVID-19 pandemic, as many schools adjusted their learning models and on-campus activities. Although most academic institutions have since reopened, some are at least as favorableproviding alternatives to us as couldtraditional in-person instruction, including online and hybrid learning options and significantly reduced classroom sizes. Enrollment trends have been obtainednegatively impacted overall by COVID-19 concerns at physical campuses. While many athletic conferences resumed their sport activities, other events, such as parent and alumni weekends and prospective student campus tour activities, some may still be curtailed or offer a virtual option. These combined events continue to impact the Company’s course materials and general merchandise business.
84

Index to Form 10-KIndex to FS

BARNES & NOBLE EDUCATION, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements - Continued
(Thousands of dollars, except share and per share data)
During the third quarter of Fiscal 2023, we evaluated certain of our store-level long-lived assets in the Retail segment for impairment. Based on the results of the impairment tests, we recognized an impairment loss (non-cash) of $6,008 (both pre-tax and after-tax), comprised of $708, $1,697, $3,599 and $4 of property and equipment, operating lease right-of-use assets, amortizable intangibles, and other noncurrent assets, respectively, on the consolidated statement of operations.
During the third quarter of Fiscal 2022, we evaluated certain of our store-level long-lived assets in the Retail segment for impairment. Based on the results of the impairment tests, we recognized an impairment loss (non-cash) of $6,411 (both pre-tax and after-tax), comprised of $739, $1,793, $3,668 and $211 of property and equipment, operating lease right-of-use assets, amortizable intangibles, and other noncurrent assets, respectively, on the consolidated statement of operations.
During the third quarter of Fiscal 2021, we evaluated certain of our store-level long-lived assets in the Retail segment for impairment. Based on the results of the impairment tests, we recognized an impairment loss (non-cash) of $27,630, $20,506 after-tax, comprised of $5,085, $13,328, $6,278 and $2,939 of property and equipment, operating lease right-of-use assets, amortizable intangibles, and other noncurrent assets, respectively, on the consolidated statement of operations.
The fair value of the impaired long-lived assets were determined using an income approach (Level 3 input), using the Company’s best estimates of the amount and timing of future discounted cash flows, based on historical experience, market conditions, current trends and performance expectations. The significant assumptions used in the income approach included annual revenue growth rates, gross margin rates and the estimated relationship of selling and administrative costs to revenue used to estimate the projected cash-flow directly related to the future operation of the stores as well as the weighted average cost of capital used to calculate the fair value. Significant assumptions used to determine the fair values of certain operating right-of-use assets included the current market rent and discount rate. For additional information, see Part II - Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data - Note 6. Fair Value Measurements.
Revenue Recognition and Deferred Revenue
Product sales and rentals
The majority of our revenue is derived from unrelated partiesthe sale of products through our bookstore locations, including virtual bookstores, and our bookstore affiliated e-commerce websites, and contains a single performance obligation. Revenue from sales of our products is recognized at the point in time when control of the products is transferred to our customers in an amount that reflects the consideration we expect to be entitled to in exchange for the products. For additional information, see Part II - Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data - Note 3. Revenue.
Retail product revenue is recognized when the customer takes physical possession of our products, which occurs either at the point of sale for products purchased at physical locations or upon receipt of our products by our customers for products ordered through our websites and virtual bookstores. Wholesale product revenue is recognized upon shipment of physical textbooksat which point title passes and risk of loss is transferred to the customer. Additional revenue is recognized for shipping charges billed to customers and shipping costs are accounted for as fulfillment costs within cost of goods sold.
Revenue from the sale of digital textbooks, which contains a single performance obligation, is recognized at the point of sale as product revenue in our consolidated financial statements. A software feature is embedded within the content of our digital textbooks, such that upon expiration of the term the customer is no longer able to access the content. While the sale of the digital textbook allows the customer to access digital content for a fixed period of time, once the digital content is delivered to the customer, our performance obligation is complete.
Revenue from the rental of physical textbooks is deferred and recognized over the rental period based on the passage of time commencing at the point of sale, when control of the product transfers to the customer and is recognized as rental income in our consolidated financial statements. Rental periods are typically for a single semester and are always less than one year in duration. We offer a buyout option to allow the purchase of a rented physical textbook at the end of the rental period if the customer desires to do so. We record the buyout purchase when the customer exercises and pays the buyout option price which is determined at the time of the transaction.buyout. In these instances, we accelerate any remaining deferred rental revenue at the point of sale.
Revenue for our BNC First Day offerings are recognized consistent with our policies outlined above for product, digital and rental sales, net of an anticipated opt-out or return provision. Given the growth of BNC First Day programs, the timing of cash collection from our school partners may shift to periods subsequent to when the revenue is recognized. When a school adopts our BNC First Day equitable and inclusive access offerings, cash collection from the school generally occurs after the student drop/add dates, which is later in the working capital cycle, particularly in our third quarter given the timing of the Spring Term and our quarterly reporting period, as compared to direct-to-student point-of-sale transactions where cash is generally collected during the point-of-sale transaction or within a few days from the credit card processor.
85

Index to Form 10-KIndex to FS

BARNES & NOBLE EDUCATION, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements - Continued
(Thousands of dollars, except share and per share data)
We estimate returns based on an analysis of historical experience. A provision for anticipated merchandise returns is provided through a reduction of sales and cost of goods sold in the period that the related sales are recorded.
For sales and rentals involving third-party products, we evaluate whether we are acting as a principal or an agent. Our determination is based on our evaluation of whether we control the specified goods or services prior to transferring them to the customer. There are significant judgments involved in determining whether we control the specified goods or services prior to transferring them to the customer including whether we have the ability to direct the use of the good or service and obtain substantially all of the remaining benefits from the good or service. For those transactions where we are the principal, we record revenue on a gross basis, and for those transactions where we are an agent to a third-party, we record revenue on a net basis.
Effective in April 2021, as contemplated by the F/L Partnership's merchandising agreement and e-commerce agreement, we began to transition the fulfillment of our logo general merchandise sales to Lids and Fanatics. The Audit Committee considers,transition to Lids for campus stores was effective in April 2021, and the e-commerce websites transitioned to Fanatics throughout Fiscal 2022. As the logo general merchandise sales are fulfilled by Lids and Fanatics, we recognize commission revenue earned for these sales on a net basis in our consolidated financial statements, as compared to the recognition of logo general merchandise sales on a gross basis in the periods prior to the transition.
We do not have gift card or customer loyalty programs. We do not treat any promotional offers as expenses. Sales tax collected from our customers is excluded from reported revenues. Our payment terms are generally 30 days and do not extend beyond one year.
Service and other revenue
Service and other revenue is primarily derived from partnership marketing services which includes promotional activities and advertisements within our physical bookstores and web properties performed on behalf of third-party customers, shipping and handling, and revenue from other programs.
Partnership marketing agreements often include multiple performance obligations which are individually negotiated with our customers. For these arrangements that contain distinct performance obligations, we allocate the transaction price based on the relative standalone selling price method by comparing the standalone selling price (“SSP”) of each distinct performance obligation to the total value of the contract. The revenue is recognized as each performance obligation is satisfied, typically at a minimum,point in time for partnership marketing service and overtime for advertising efforts as measured based upon the naturepassage of time for contracts that are based on a stated period of time or the number of impressions delivered for contracts with a fixed number of impressions.
Cost of Sales
Our cost of sales primarily includes costs such as merchandise costs, textbook rental amortization, content development cost amortization, warehouse costs related to inventory management and order fulfillment, insurance, certain payroll costs, and management service agreement costs, including rent expense, related to our college and university contracts and other facility related expenses.
Selling and Administrative Expenses
Our selling and administrative expenses consist primarily of store payroll and store operating expenses. Selling and administrative expenses also include long-term incentive plan compensation expense and general office expenses, such as merchandising, procurement, field support, finance and accounting. Shared-service costs such as human resources, legal, treasury, information technology, and various other corporate level expenses and other governance functions, are not allocated to any specific reporting segment and are recorded in Corporate Services.
Long-Term Incentive Compensation
We have granted awards in accordance with the Barnes & Noble Education Inc. Equity Incentive Plan (the “Equity Incentive Plan”). Types of equity awards that can be granted under the Equity Incentive Plan include options, restricted stock, restricted stock units, performance shares, performance share units, and phantom share units. See Part II - Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data - Note 12. Long-Term Incentive Compensation Expense for additional information regarding expense recognition for each type of award.
Advertising Costs
The costs of advertising are expensed as incurred during the year pursuant to ASC No. 720-35, Advertising Costs. Advertising costs charged to selling and administrative expenses were $9,139, $9,932, and $10,895 in the consolidated statement of operations for the 52 weeks ended April 29, 2023, April 30, 2022, and May 1, 2021, respectively.
86

Index to Form 10-KIndex to FS

BARNES & NOBLE EDUCATION, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements - Continued
(Thousands of dollars, except share and per share data)
Income Taxes
The provision for income taxes includes federal, state and local income taxes currently payable and those deferred because of temporary differences between the financial statement and tax basis of assets and liabilities. The deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using the enacted tax rates and laws that are expected to be in effect when the differences reverse. We regularly review deferred tax assets for recoverability and establish a valuation allowance, if determined to be necessary. For additional information, see Part II - Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data - Note 13. Income Taxes.
For the fiscal year ended April 30, 2022, the Company filed an application to change its tax year from January to April under the automatic consent provisions. As a result of the relationship between ustax year-end change, there is no longer a long-term tax payable associated with the LIFO reserve in other long-term liabilities.
Note 3. Revenue
Revenue from sales of our products and services is recognized either at the point in time when control of the products is transferred to our customers or over time as services are provided in an amount that reflects the consideration we expect to be entitled to in exchange for the products or services.
See Part II - Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data - Note 2. Summary of Significant Accounting Pronouncements for additional information related to our revenue recognition policies and Part II - Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data - Note 4. Segment Reporting for a description of each segments product and service offerings.
Disaggregation of Revenue
The following table disaggregates the revenue associated with our major product and service offerings.
52 weeks ended
April 29, 2023April 30, 2022May 1, 2021
Retail
Course Materials Product Sales$927,915 $911,182 $864,195 
General Merchandise Product Sales (a)
385,499 346,999 274,704 
Service and Other Revenue (b)
41,759 48,129 57,421 
Retail Product and Other Sales sub-total1,355,173 1,306,310 1,196,320 
Course Materials Rental Income136,553 133,354 134,150 
Retail Total Sales$1,491,726 $1,439,664 $1,330,470 
Wholesale Sales$106,366 $112,246 $165,825 
Eliminations (c)
$(54,884)$(56,176)$(89,779)
Total Sales$1,543,208 $1,495,734 $1,406,516 
(a)Effective in April 2021, as contemplated by the F/L Partnership's merchandising agreement and e-commerce agreement, we began to transition the fulfillment of our logo general merchandise sales to Lids and Fanatics. The transition to Lids for campus stores was effective in April 2021, and the related party,e-commerce websites transitioned to Fanatics throughout Fiscal 2022. As the historylogo general merchandise sales are fulfilled by Lids and Fanatics, we recognize commission revenue earned for these sales on a net basis in our consolidated financial statements, as compared to the recognition of logo general merchandise sales on a gross basis in the periods prior to the transition.
(b)Service and other revenue primarily relates to brand partnerships and other service revenues.
(c)The sales eliminations represent the elimination of Wholesale sales and fulfillment service fees to Retail and the elimination of Retail commissions earned from Wholesale.
Contract Assets and Contract Liabilities
Contract assets represent the sale of goods or services to a customer before we have the right to obtain consideration from the customer. Contract assets consist of unbilled amounts at the reporting date and are transferred to accounts receivable when the rights become unconditional. Contract assets (unbilled receivables) were $0 as of both April 29, 2023 and April 30, 2022 on our consolidated balance sheets.
87

Index to Form 10-KIndex to FS

BARNES & NOBLE EDUCATION, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements - Continued
(Thousands of dollars, except share and per share data)
Contract liabilities represent an obligation to transfer goods or services to a customer for which we have received consideration and consists of our deferred revenue liability (deferred revenue). Deferred revenue consists of the transaction (in the case of modifications, waivers or amendments),following:
advanced payments from customers related to textbook rental performance obligations, which are recognized ratably over the terms of the proposedrelated rental period;
unsatisfied performance obligations associated with partnership marketing services, which are recognized when the contracted services are provided to our partnership marketing customers; and
unsatisfied performance obligations associated with the premium paid for the sale of treasury shares, which are expected to be recognized over the term of the merchandising contracts for Fanatics and Lids. respectively as discussed in Part II - Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data - Note 5. Equity and Earnings Per Share - Sale of Treasury Shares.
The following table presents changes in deferred revenue associated with our contract liabilities:
52 weeks ended
April 29, 2023April 30, 2022
Deferred revenue at the beginning of period$16,475 $15,709 
Additions to deferred revenue during the period184,163 130,137 
Reductions to deferred revenue for revenue recognized during the period(185,282)(129,371)
Deferred revenue balance at the end of period:$15,356 $16,475 
Balance Sheet classification:
Accrued liabilities$11,218 $11,781 
Other long-term liabilities4,138 4,694 
Deferred revenue balance at the end of period:$15,356 $16,475 
As of April 29, 2023, we expect to recognize $11,218 of the deferred revenue balance within the next 12 months.
Note 4. Segment Reporting
During the fourth quarter of Fiscal 2023, assets related to our DSS Segment met the criteria for classification as Assets Held for Sale and Discontinued Operations and is no longer a reportable segment. For additional information, see Part II - Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data - Note 2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies.
We have two reportable segments: Retail and Wholesale. Additionally, unallocated shared-service costs, which include various corporate level expenses and other governance functions, are not allocated to any specific reporting segment and continue to be presented as “Corporate Services”.
We identify our segments in accordance with the way our business is managed (focusing on the financial information distributed) and the manner in which our chief operating decision maker allocates resources and assesses financial performance. The following summarizes the three segments. For additional information about this segments operations, see Part I - Item 1. Business.
Retail Segment
The Retail Segment operates 1,366 college, university, and K-12 school bookstores, comprised of 774 physical bookstores and 592 virtual bookstores. Our bookstores typically operate under agreements with the college, university, or K-12 schools to be the official bookstore and the exclusive seller of course materials and supplies, including physical and digital products. The majority of the physical campus bookstores have school-branded e-commerce websites which we operate independently or along with our merchant partners, and which offer students access to affordable course materials and affinity products, including emblematic apparel and gifts. The Retail Segment offers our BNC First Day® equitable and inclusive access programs, consisting of First DayComplete and First Day, which provide faculty requested course materials on or before the first day of class at a discounted rate, as compared to the total retail price for the same course materials if purchased separately. The BNC First Day discounted price is offered as a course fee or included in tuition. Additionally, the Retail Segment offers a suite of digital content and services to colleges and universities, including a variety of open educational resource-based courseware.
88

Index to Form 10-KIndex to FS

BARNES & NOBLE EDUCATION, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements - Continued
(Thousands of dollars, except share and per share data)
Wholesale Segment
The Wholesale Segment is comprised of our wholesale textbook business and is one of the largest textbook wholesalers in the country. The Wholesale Segment centrally sources, sells, and distributes new and used textbooks to approximately 3,000 physical bookstores (including our Retail Segment's 774 physical bookstores) and sources and distributes new and used textbooks to our 592 virtual bookstores. Additionally, the Wholesale Segment sells hardware and a software suite of applications that provides inventory management and point-of-sale solutions to approximately 340 college bookstores.
Corporate Services
Corporate Services represents unallocated shared-service costs which include corporate level expenses and other governance functions, including executive functions, such as accounting, legal, treasury, information technology, and human resources.
Intercompany Eliminations
The eliminations are primarily related to the following intercompany activities:
The sales eliminations represent the elimination of Wholesale sales and fulfillment service fees to Retail and the elimination of Retail commissions earned from Wholesale, and
These cost of sales eliminations represent (i) the recognition of intercompany profit for Retail inventory that was purchased from Wholesale in a prior period that was subsequently sold to external customers during the current period and the elimination of Wholesale service fees charged for fulfillment of inventory for virtual store sales, net of (ii) the elimination of intercompany profit for Wholesale inventory purchases by Retail that remain in ending inventory at the end of the current period.
Our international operations are not material and the majority of the revenue and total assets are within the United States.
As of
April 29, 2023April 30, 2022
Total Assets
Retail$785,900 $875,569 
Wholesale160,868 159,125 
Corporate Services6,581 5,175 
Sub-Total953,349 1,039,869 
Assets Held for Sale27,430 31,684 
Total Assets$980,779 $1,071,553 
52 weeks ended
April 29, 2023April 30, 2022May 1, 2021
Capital Expenditures from Continuing Operations
Retail$23,098 $31,073 $21,208 
Wholesale1,959 2,472 5,905 
Corporate Services35 62 449 
Total Capital Expenditures$25,092 $33,607 $27,562 

89

Index to Form 10-KIndex to FS

BARNES & NOBLE EDUCATION, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements - Continued
(Thousands of dollars, except share and per share data)
Summarized financial information for our reportable segments is reported below:
52 weeks ended
April 29, 2023
April 30, 2022 (a)
May 1, 2021 (a)
Sales:
Retail$1,491,726 $1,439,664 $1,330,470 
Wholesale106,366 112,246 165,825 
Eliminations(54,884)(56,176)(89,779)
Total Sales$1,543,208 $1,495,734 $1,406,516 
Gross Profit
Retail (b)
$331,344 $322,983 $195,617 
Wholesale18,275 19,782 34,683 
Eliminations(180)67 43 
Total Gross Profit$349,439 $342,832 $230,343 
Selling and Administrative Expenses
Retail$320,730 $315,124 $278,149 
Wholesale15,036 16,000 16,085 
Corporate Services22,000 23,002 22,079 
Eliminations(155)(158)(149)
Total Selling and Administrative Expenses$357,611 $353,968 $316,164 
Depreciation and Amortization
Retail$36,737 $36,635 $39,634 
Wholesale5,373 5,418 5,461 
Corporate Services53 71 109 
Total Depreciation and Amortization$42,163 $42,124 $45,204 
Impairment loss (non-cash) - Retail (c)
$6,008 $6,411 $27,630 
Restructuring and Other Charges (c)
Retail$2,964 $2,118 $5,514 
Wholesale916 (2,131)(1,595)
Corporate Services6,223 957 6,188 
Total Restructuring and Other Charges$10,103 $944 $10,107 
Operating Loss
Retail$(35,095)$(37,305)$(155,310)
Wholesale
(3,050)495 14,732 
Corporate Services(28,276)(24,030)(28,376)
Eliminations(25)225 192 
Total Operating Loss$(66,446)$(60,615)$(168,762)
The following is a reconciliation of segment Operating Loss from Continuing Operations to consolidated Loss from Continuing Operations Before Income Taxes
Total Operating Loss$(66,446)$(60,615)$(168,762)
Interest Expense, net(22,683)(10,096)(8,087)
Total Loss from Continuing Operations Before Income Taxes$(89,129)$(70,711)$(176,849)
90

Index to Form 10-KIndex to FS

BARNES & NOBLE EDUCATION, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements - Continued
(Thousands of dollars, except share and per share data)
(a)In Fiscal 2022 and Fiscal 2021, our business experienced an unprecedented and significant impact as a result of the COVID-19 pandemic. The impact of which affects the comparability of our results of operations and cash flows.
(b)In Fiscal 2022 and 2021, gross margin includes a merchandise inventory loss and write-off of $434 and $14,960, respectively, in the Retail Segment. See Part II - Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data - Note 2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies - Merchandise Inventories.
(c)See Part II - Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data - Note 9. Supplementary Information.
Note 5. Equity and Earnings Per Share
Equity
Our authorized capital stock consists of 200,000,000 shares of common stock, par value $0.01 per share, and 5,000,000 shares of preferred stock, par value $0.01 per share. As of April 29, 2023, 55,140,186 shares and 52,604,274 shares of our common stock were issued and outstanding, respectively, and 0 shares of our preferred stock were both issued and outstanding. Our common stock trades on the NYSE under the symbol “BNED”.
The holders of our common stock are entitled to one vote for each share held of record on all matters submitted to a vote of the stockholders. Holders of shares of our common stock do not have cumulative voting rights in the election of directors. The holders of our common stock will be entitled to share ratably in our assets legally available for distribution to our stockholders, subject to the prior distribution rights of preferred stock, if any, then outstanding. The holders of our common stock do not have preemptive rights or preferential rights to subscribe for shares of our capital stock.
Repurchase of Shares
On December 14, 2015, our Board of Directors authorized a stock repurchase program of up to $50,000, in the aggregate, of our outstanding common stock. The stock repurchase program is carried out at the direction of management (which may include a plan under Rule 10b5-1 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934). The stock repurchase program may be suspended, terminated, or modified at any time. Any repurchased shares will be held as treasury stock and will be available for general corporate purposes. During the Fiscal 2023, Fiscal 2022 and Fiscal 2021, we did not purchase shares under the stock repurchase program. As of April 29, 2023, approximately $26,669 remains available under the stock repurchase program.
During the Fiscal 2023, Fiscal 2022 and Fiscal 2021, we also repurchased 347,808, 239,751 shares, and 414,174 shares of our common stock in connection with employee tax withholding obligations for vested stock awards, respectively.
Sale of Treasury Shares
In December 2020 (Fiscal 2021), we entered into a new merchandising partnership with Fanatics and Lids which included a strategic equity investment in the Company. Fanatics, Inc. and Lids Holdings, Inc. jointly purchased an aggregate 2,307,692 of our common shares (issued from treasury shares) for $15,000, representing a share price of $6.50 per share. The premium price paid above the fair market value of our common stock at closing was approximately $4,131 and was recorded as a contract liability which is recognized over the term of the merchandising contracts for Fanatics and Lids ($211 and $211, respectively, in accrued liabilities, and $3,498 and $3,709, respectively, as of April 29, 2023 and April 30, 2022, in other long-term liabilities our consolidated balance sheet) which is expected to be recognized over the term of the merchandising contracts for Fanatics and Lids, as discussed in Part II - Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data - Note 1. Organization - Partnership with Fanatics and Lids.
Dividends
We paid no other dividends to common stockholders during Fiscal 2023, Fiscal 2022 and Fiscal 2021. We do not intend to pay dividends on our common stock in the foreseeable future and dividend payments are not permitted under current or future financing arrangements. See Part II - Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data - Note 7 - Debt and Note 17. Subsequent Event for details.
Earnings Per Share
Basic EPS is computed based upon the weighted average number of common shares outstanding for the year. Diluted EPS is computed based upon the weighted average number of common shares outstanding for the year plus the dilutive effect of common stock equivalents using the treasury stock method and the average market price of our common stock for the year. We include participating securities (unvested share-based payment awards that contain non-forfeitable rights to dividends or dividend equivalents) in the computation of EPS pursuant to the two-class method. Our participating securities consist solely of
91

Index to Form 10-KIndex to FS

BARNES & NOBLE EDUCATION, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements - Continued
(Thousands of dollars, except share and per share data)
unvested restricted stock awards, which have contractual participation rights equivalent to those of stockholders of unrestricted common stock. The two-class method of computing earnings per share is an allocation method that calculates earnings per share for common stock and participating securities. During periods of net loss, no effect is given to the participating securities because they do not share in the losses of the Company. During the Fiscal 2023, Fiscal 2022 and Fiscal 2021, average shares of 4,740,436, 3,995,990, and 3,387,185, respectively, were excluded from the diluted earnings per share calculation using the two-class method as their inclusion would have been antidilutive.
The following is a reconciliation of the basic and diluted earnings per share calculation:
52 weeks ended
(shares in thousands)April 29, 2023April 30, 2022May 1, 2021
Numerator for basic and diluted earnings per share:
Loss from continuing operations, net of tax$(90,140)$(61,559)$(133,569)
Loss from discontinued operations, net of tax(11,722)(7,298)(6,241)
Net loss available to common shareholders$(101,862)$(68,857)$(139,810)
Denominator for basic and diluted earnings per share:
Basic and diluted weighted average shares of Common Stock52,454 51,797 49,669 
Loss per share of Common Stock:
Basic and Diluted
Continuing operations$(1.72)$(1.19)$(2.69)
Discontinued operations(0.22)(0.14)(0.12)
Basic and diluted loss per share of Common Stock$(1.94)$(1.33)$(2.81)

Note 6. Fair Values Measurements
In accordance with ASC No. 820, Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures, the fair value of an asset is considered to be the price at which the asset could be sold in an orderly transaction between unrelated knowledgeable and willing parties. A liability’s fair value is defined as the amount that would be paid to transfer the liability to a new obligor, not the amount that would be paid to settle the liability with the creditor. Assets and liabilities recorded at fair value are measured using a three-tier fair value hierarchy, which prioritizes the inputs used in measuring fair value. These tiers include:
Level 1—Observable inputs that reflect quoted prices in active markets
Level 2—Inputs other than quoted prices in active markets that are either directly or indirectly observable
Level 3—Unobservable inputs in which little or no market data exists, therefore requiring us to develop our rationaleown assumptions
Our financial instruments include cash and cash equivalents, receivables, accrued liabilities and accounts payable. The fair values of cash and cash equivalents, receivables, accrued liabilities and accounts payable approximates their carrying values because of the short-term nature of these instruments, which are all considered Level 1. The fair value of short-term and long-term debt approximates its carrying value.
Non-Financial Assets and Liabilities
Our non-financial assets include property and equipment, operating lease right-of-use assets, and intangible assets. Such assets are reported at their carrying values and are not subject to recurring fair value measurements. We review our long-lived assets for entering intoimpairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the transactioncarrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable in accordance with ASC 360-10, Accounting for the Impairment or Disposal of Long-Lived Assets.
During the 52 weeks ended April 29, 2023, April 30, 2022, and May 1, 2021, we evaluated certain of our store-level long-lived assets in the Retail segment for impairment, and we recognized an impairment loss (non-cash) of $6,008, $6,411, and $27,630 ($20,506 after-tax), respectively, on the consolidated statement of operations. The fair value of the impaired long-lived assets were determined using an income approach (Level 3 input), using our best estimates of the amount and timing of future
92

Index to Form 10-KIndex to FS

BARNES & NOBLE EDUCATION, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements - Continued
(Thousands of dollars, except share and per share data)
discounted cash flows, based on historical experience, market conditions, current trends and performance expectations. For additional information, see Part II - Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data - Note 2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies.
The following table shows the fair values of our non-financial assets and liabilities that were required to be remeasured at fair value on a non-recurring basis for each respective period and the total impairments recorded as a result of the remeasurement process:
52 weeks ended April 29, 202352 weeks ended April 30, 202252 weeks ended May 1, 2021
Carrying Value
Prior to Impairment
Fair ValueImpairment Loss
(non-cash)
Carrying Value
Prior to Impairment
Fair ValueImpairment Loss
(non-cash)
Carrying Value
Prior to Impairment
Fair ValueImpairment Loss
(non-cash)
Property and equipment, net$708 $— $708 $742 $$739 $5,505 $420 $5,085 
Operating lease right-of-use assets3,002 1,305 1,697 3,299 1,506 1,793 26,427 13,099 13,328 
Intangible assets, net3,599 — 3,599 3,745 77 3,668 7,723 1,445 6,278 
Other noncurrent assets— 211 — 211 3,539 600 2,939 
Total$7,313 $1,305 $6,008 $7,997 $1,586 $6,411 $43,194 $15,564 $27,630 
Non-Financial Liabilities
We granted phantom share units as long-term incentive awards which are settled in cash based on the fair market value of a share of common stock of the Company at each vesting date. The fair value of the liability for the cash-settled phantom share unit awards will be remeasured at the end of each reporting period through settlement to reflect current risk-free rate and volatility assumptions. As of April 29, 2023, we recorded a liability of $777 (Level 2 input) which is reflected in accrued liabilities ($734) and other long-term liabilities ($42) on the consolidated balance sheet. As of April 30, 2022, we recorded a liability of $2,774 (Level 2 input) which is reflected in accrued liabilities ($1,726) and other long-term liabilities ($1,048) on the consolidated balance sheet. For additional information, see Part II - Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data - Note 12. Long-Term Incentive Compensation Expense.

Note 7. Debt
As of
April 29, 2023April 30, 2022
Credit Facility$154,154 $185,700 
FILO Facility— 40,000 
Term Loan30,000 — 
sub-total184,154 225,700 
Less: Deferred financing costs(2,003)— 
Total debt$182,151 $225,700 
Balance Sheet classification:
Short-term borrowings$— $40,000 
Long-term borrowings182,151 185,700 
Total debt$182,151 $225,700 
Credit Facility
We have a credit agreement (the “Credit Agreement”), amended from time to time including on March 31, 2021 and March 1, 2019, under which the lenders committed to provide us with a 5 year asset-backed revolving credit facility in an aggregate committed principal amount of $400,000 (the “Credit Facility”) effective from the March 1, 2019 amendment. We have the option to request an increase in commitments under the Credit Facility of up to $100,000, subject to certain restrictions. Proceeds from the Credit Facility are used for general corporate purposes, including seasonal working capital needs. The
93

Index to Form 10-KIndex to FS

BARNES & NOBLE EDUCATION, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements - Continued
(Thousands of dollars, except share and per share data)
agreement included an incremental first in, last out seasonal loan facility (the “FILO Facility”) for a $100,000 maintaining the maximum availability under the Credit Agreement at $500,000. As of July 31, 2022, the FILO Facility was repaid according to its terms and future commitments under the FILO Facility were reduced to $0.
On March 8, 2023, we amended our existing Credit Agreement to (i) extend the maturity date of the Credit Agreement by six months to August 29, 2024, (ii) reduce the commitments under the Credit Agreement by $20,000 to $380,000, (iii) increase the applicable margin with respect to the interest rate under the Credit Agreement to 3.375% per annum, in the case of interest accruing based on a Secured Overnight Financing Rate, and 2.375%, in the case of interest accruing based on an alternative base rate, in each case, without regard to a pricing grid, (iv) reduce advance rates with respect to the borrowing base (x) by 500 basis points upon the achievement of certain liquidity events, which may include a sale of equity interests or of assets (a “Specified Event”), or, if such a Specified Event shall not have occurred, on May 31, 2023 (see discussion below) and (y) by an additional 500 basis points on September 29, 2023, (v) amend certain negative covenants and add certain additional covenants, (vi) amend the financial maintenance covenant to require Availability (as defined in the Credit Agreement) to be at all times greater than the greater of 10% of the Aggregate Loan Cap (as defined in the Credit Agreement) and $32,500 and (vii) require repayment of the loans under the Credit Agreement upon a Specified Event. For additional information related to the Credit Agreement amendment, see the Company’s Report on Form 8-K dated March 8, 2023 and filed with the SEC on March 9, 2023.
As noted above, the amendment requires the achievement of a Special Event by no later than May 31, 2023 (as such date may be extended pursuant to the terms of comparable transactionsthe Credit Agreement). See Part II - Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data - Note 2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies for information related to the sale of our DSS segment on May 31, 2023.
We paid a fee of 0.25% of the outstanding principal amount of the commitments under the Credit Agreement on the amendment closing date and we will pay an additional fee of 1.00% of the outstanding principal amount of the commitments under the Credit Agreement on September 29, 2023.
On May 24, 2023 and July 28, 2023, subsequent to quarter end, we amended the Credit Agreement to extend the maturity date, as well as other changes as described in Part II - Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data - Note 17. Subsequent Events.
As of April 29, 2023, and through the date of this filing, we were in compliance with unrelated third parties. In addition, managementall debt covenants under the Credit Agreement.
The Credit Facility is secured by substantially all of the inventory, accounts receivable and internal audit annually analyzerelated assets of the borrowers under the Credit Facility. This is considered an all asset lien (inclusive of proceeds from tax refunds payable to the Company and a pledge of equity from subsidiaries, exclusive of real estate).
During the 52 weeks ended April 29, 2023, we borrowed $590,303 and repaid $631,849 under the Credit Agreement, and had outstanding borrowings of $154,154 as of April 29, 2023, comprised entirely of borrowing under the Credit Facility and $0 under the FILO Facility, which was repaid on August 1, 2022. During the 52 weeks ended April 30, 2022, we borrowed $632,220 and repaid $584,120 under the Credit Agreement, and had outstanding borrowings of $185,700 and $40,000 under the Credit Facility and FILO Facility, respectively, as of April 30, 2022. During the 53 weeks ended May 1, 2021, we borrowed $722,600 and repaid $719,700 under the Credit Agreement, and had outstanding borrowings of $127,600 and $50,000 under the Credit Facility and FILO Facility, respectively, as of May 1, 2021. As of April 29, 2023 and April 30, 2022, we issued $2,059 and $4,759, respectively, in letters of credit under the Credit Facility.
During the 52 weeks ended April 29, 2023, April 30, 2022, and May 1, 2021 we incurred debt issuance costs totaling $4,081, $265, and $1,076, respectively. The debt issuance costs have been deferred and are presented as prepaid and other current assets and other noncurrent assets in the consolidated balance sheets, and subsequently amortized ratably over the term of the credit agreement.
Term Loan
On June 7, 2022, we entered into a Term Loan Credit Agreement (the “Term Loan Credit Agreement”) with TopLids LendCo, LLC and Vital Fundco, LLC and we entered into an amendment to our existing related party agreementsCredit Agreement, which permitted us to incur the Term Loan Facility (as defined below). For additional information, see the Company’s Report on Form 8-K dated June 7, 2022 and transactions and review themfiled with the Audit Committee.

SEC on June 10, 2022.

94

Index to Form 10-KIndex to FS

BARNES & NOBLE EDUCATION, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements - Continued
(Thousands of dollars, except share and per share data)
The Term Loan Credit Agreement provides for term loans in an amount equal to $30,000 (the “Term Loan Facility” and, the loans thereunder, the “Term Loans”) and matures on June 7, 2024. The proceeds of the Term Loans are being used to finance working capital, and to pay fees and expenses related to the Term Loan Facility. During the 52 weeks ended April 29, 2023, we borrowed $30,000 and repaid $0 under the Term Loan Credit Agreement, with $30,000 of outstanding borrowings as of April 29, 2023.
On May 24, 2023 and July 28, 2023, subsequent to quarter end, we amended the Term Loan Agreement to extend the maturity date, as well as other changes as described in Part II - Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data - Note 17. Subsequent Events.
During the 52 weeks ended April 29, 2023, we incurred debt issuance costs totaling $3,184 related to the Term Loan Credit Agreement. The debt issuance costs have been deferred and are presented as a reduction to the long-term borrowings in the consolidated balance sheets, and subsequently amortized ratably over the term of the Term Loan Facility.
The Term Loans accrue interest at a rate equal to 11.25%, payable quarterly. We have the right, through December 31, 2022, to pay all or a portion of the interest on the Term Loans in kind. To date, all interest on the term loan has been paid in cash. The Term Loans do not amortize prior to maturity. Solely to the extent that any Term Loans remain outstanding on June 7, 2023, we paid a fee of 1.5% of the outstanding principal amount of the Term Loans on such date.
The Term Loan Credit Agreement does not contain a financial covenant, but otherwise contains representations and warranties, covenants and events of default that are substantially the same as those in the Credit Agreement, including restrictions on the ability of the Company and its subsidiaries to incur additional debt, incur or permit liens on assets, make investments and acquisitions, consolidate or merge with any other company, engage in asset sales and make dividends and distributions. The Term Loan Facility is secured by second-priority liens on all assets securing the obligations under the Credit Agreement, which is all of the assets of the Company and the Guarantors, subject to customary exclusions and limitations set forth in the Term Loan Credit Agreement and the other loan documents executed in connection therewith.
The Credit Agreement amendment permitted us to incur the Term Loan Facility and also provides that, upon repayment of the Term Loan Credit Agreement (and, if applicable, any replacement credit facility thereof), we may incur second lien secured debt in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed $75,000.
Note 8. Leases
We recognize lease assets and lease liabilities on the consolidated balance sheets for substantially all lease arrangements based on the present value of future lease payments as required by ASC 842, Leases (Topic 842). Our portfolio of leases consists of operating leases comprised of operations agreements which grant us the right to operate on-campus bookstores at colleges and universities; real estate leases for office and warehouse operations; and vehicle leases. We do not have finance leases or short-term leases (i.e., those with a term of twelve months or less).
We recognize a right of use (“ROU”) asset and lease liability in our consolidated balance sheets for leases with a term greater than twelve months. Options to extend or terminate a lease are included in the determination of the ROU asset and lease liability when it is reasonably certain that such options will be exercised. Our lease terms generally range from one year to fifteen years and a number of agreements contain minimum annual guarantees, many of which are adjusted at the start of each contract year based on the actual sales activity of the leased premises for the most recently completed contract year.
Payment terms are based on the fixed rates explicit in the lease, including minimum annual guarantees, and/or variable rates based on: i) a percentage of revenues or sales arising at the relevant premises (“variable commissions”), and/or ii) operating expenses, such as common area charges, real estate taxes and insurance. For contracts with fixed lease payments, including those with minimum annual guarantees, we recognize lease expense on a straight-line basis over the lease term or over the contract year in order to best reflect the pattern of usage of the underlying leased asset and our minimum obligations arising from these types of leases. Our lease agreements do not contain any material residual value guarantees, material restrictions or covenants.
We used our incremental borrowing rates to determine the present value of fixed lease payments based on the information available at the lease commencement date, as the rate implicit in the lease is not readily determinable. We utilized an estimated collateralized incremental borrowing rate as of the effective date or the commencement date of the lease, whichever is later.
95

Index to Form 10-KIndex to FS

BARNES & NOBLE EDUCATION, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements - Continued
(Thousands of dollars, except share and per share data)
The following table summarizes lease expense:
52 weeks ended
April 29, 2023April 30, 2022May 1, 2021
Variable lease expense$69,570 $77,956 $69,511 
Operating lease expense135,037 114,815 108,282 
Net lease expense$204,607 $192,771 $177,793 
The increase in lease expense is primarily due to higher sales for contracts based on a percentage of revenue and the impact of the timing due to contract renewals, and the increase in minimum contractual guarantees which were temporarily eliminated in the prior years due to limited on campus store traffic resulting from the COVID-19 pandemic.
The following table summarizes our minimum fixed lease obligations, excluding variable commissions, as of April 29, 2023:
As of
April 29, 2023
Fiscal 2024$111,864 
Fiscal 202555,801 
Fiscal 202639,052 
Fiscal 202730,724 
Fiscal 202824,276 
Thereafter59,252 
Total lease payments320,969 
Less: imputed interest(36,235)
Operating lease liabilities at period end$284,734 
Future lease payment obligations related to leases that were entered into, but did not commence as of April 29, 2023, were not material.
The following summarizes additional information related to our operating leases:
As of
April 29, 2023April 30, 2022May 1, 2021
Weighted average remaining lease term (in years)5.3 years6.2 years5.5 years
Weighted average discount rate4.7 %4.7 %4.9 %
Supplemental cash flow information:
Cash payments for lease liabilities within operating activities$127,582 $123,037 $111,167 
ROU assets obtained in exchange for lease liabilities from initial recognition$97,926 $160,510 $123,556 
Note 9. Supplementary Information
Impairment Loss (non-cash)
We review our long-lived assets for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable in accordance with ASC 360-10, Accounting for the Impairment or Disposal of Long-Lived Assets. For information, see Part II - Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data - Note 2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies.
During the 52 weeks ended April 29, 2023, we evaluated certain of our store-level long-lived assets in the Retail segment for impairment. Based on the results of the impairment tests, we recognized an impairment loss (non-cash) of $6,008 (both pre-tax and after-tax), comprised of $708, $1,697, $3,599 and $4 of property and equipment, operating lease right-of-use assets, amortizable intangibles, and other noncurrent assets, respectively, on the consolidated statement of operations.
96

Index to Form 10-KIndex to FS

BARNES & NOBLE EDUCATION, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements - Continued
(Thousands of dollars, except share and per share data)
During the 52 weeks ended April 30, 2022, we evaluated certain of our store-level long-lived assets in the Retail segment for impairment. Based on the results of the impairment tests, we recognized an impairment loss (non-cash) of $6,411 (both pre-tax and after-tax), comprised of $739, $1,793, $3,668 and $211 of property and equipment, operating lease right-of-use assets, amortizable intangibles, and other noncurrent assets, respectively, on the consolidated statement of operations.
During the 52 weeks ended May 1, 2021, we recognized an impairment loss (non-cash) of $27,630, $20,506 after-tax, in the Retail segment comprised of $5,085, $13,328, $6,278 and $2,939 of property and equipment, operating lease right-of-use assets, amortizable intangibles, and other noncurrent assets, respectively, on the consolidated statement of operations.
Restructuring and Other Charges
During the 52 weeks ended April 29, 2023, we recognized restructuring and other charges totaling $10,103, comprised primarily of $4,359 for severance and other employee termination and benefit costs associated with elimination of various positions as part of cost reduction objectives, ($1,712 is included in accrued liabilities in the consolidated balance sheet as of April 29, 2023), and $5,744 for costs primarily associated with professional service costs for restructuring and process improvements.
During the 52 weeks ended April 30, 2022, we recognized restructuring and other charges totaling $944, comprised primarily of $1,250 for severance and other employee termination and benefit costs associated with elimination of various positions as part of cost reduction objectives ($71 is included in accrued liabilities in the consolidated balance sheet as of April 30, 2022) and $1,825 for costs associated with professional service costs for restructuring, process improvements, development and integration associated with the F/L Partnership, shareholder activist activities, and liabilities for a facility closure, partially offset by a $2,131 in an actuarial gain related to a frozen retirement benefit plan (non-cash).
During the 52 weeks ended May 1, 2021, we recognized restructuring and other charges totaling $10,107, comprised primarily of $6,035 for severance and other employee termination and benefit costs associated with elimination of various positions as part of cost reduction objectives, $5,213 for professional service costs related to restructuring, process improvements, the financial advisor strategic review process, costs related to development and integration associated with the F/L Partnership and shareholder activist activities, and $454 related to liabilities for a facility closure, partially offset by a $1,595 in an actuarial gain related to a frozen retirement benefit plan (non-cash).
Note 10. Related Party Transactions

We believe that the transactions and agreements discussed below between us and related third parties are at least as favorable to us as could have been obtained from unrelated parties at the time they were entered into.

MBS Lease.

MBS Textbook Exchange, LLC (“MBS”), which
Prior to the acquisition of MBS on February 27, 2017, MBS was majority ownedconsidered a related-party as it was majority-owned by Leonard Riggio, (“Mr. Riggio”),who is a principal owner holding substantial shares of our common stock, was acquired in February 2017, and is now a wholly-owned subsidiaryother members of the Company. Riggio family. Subsequent to the acquisition, the consolidated financial statements include the accounts of MBS and all material intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.
MBS leases its main warehouse and distribution facility located in Columbia, Missouri from MBS Realty Partners L.P., which is majority-owned by Mr.Leonard Riggio, with the remaining ownership by other sellers of MBS. The lease was originally entered into in 1991 and included a renewal option thatwhich extended the lease term through September 1, 2023. Based upon a valuation performed as of the acquisition date,Effective January 1, 2023, MBS amended the lease was determinedagreement to be favorable from a lessee perspective with below market rent. Rentallower the rent and extend the term to December 31, 2024. Rent payments to MBS Realty Partners L.P. were approximately $1.4 million$1,150, $1,380 and $1,380 during the 52 weeks ended April 29, 2023, April 30, 2022, and May 1, 2021, respectively.

Note 11. Employee Benefit Plans
We sponsor defined contribution plans for the benefit of substantially all of the employees of BNC and DSS. MBS maintains a profit sharing plan covering substantially all full-time employees of MBS. For all plans, we are responsible to fund the employer contributions directly, if any. Total employee benefit expense for these plans was $4,391, $3,200, and $0, during the 52 weeks ended April 29, 2023, April 30, 2022, and May 1, 2021, respectively.
Effective April 2020, due to the significant impact as a result of COVID-19 related campus store closures, we temporarily suspended employer matching contributions into our 401(k) plans. The matching contributions were reinstated effective July 25, 2021.
97

Index to Form 10-KIndex to FS

BARNES & NOBLE EDUCATION, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements - Continued
(Thousands of dollars, except share and per share data)
Note 12. Long-Term Incentive Compensation Expense
We have reserved 13,409,345 shares of our common stock for future grants in bothaccordance with the Barnes & Noble Education Inc. Equity Incentive Plan. Types of equity awards that can be granted under the Equity Incentive Plan include options, restricted stock (“RS”), restricted stock units (“RSU”), performance shares (“PS”), performance share units (“PSU”), and stock options.
We recognize compensation expense for restricted stock awards and performance share awards ratably over the requisite service period of the award, which is generally three years. We recognize compensation expense for these awards based on the number of awards expected to vest, which includes an estimated average forfeiture rate. We calculate the fair value of these awards based on the closing stock price on the date the award was granted. For those awards with market conditions, we have determined the grant date fair value using the Monte Carlo simulation model and compensation expense is recognized ratably over the requisite service period regardless of whether the market condition is satisfied.
Restricted Stock Awards
A RS award is an award of common stock that is subject to certain restrictions during a specified period. Restricted stock awards are generally subject to forfeiture if employment terminates prior to the release of the restrictions. The grantee cannot transfer the shares before the restricted shares vest. Shares of unvested restricted stock have the same voting rights as common stock, are entitled to receive dividends and other distributions thereon (although payment may be deferred until the shares have vested) and are considered to be currently issued and outstanding. Restricted stock awards will have a minimum vesting period of one year.
A RSU is a grant valued in terms of our common stock, but no stock is issued at the time of grant. Each restricted stock unit may be redeemed for one share of our common stock once vested. Restricted stock units are generally subject to forfeiture if employment terminates prior to the release of the restrictions. The grantee cannot transfer the units except in very limited circumstances and with the consent of the compensation committee. Shares associated with unvested restricted stock units have no voting rights but are entitled to receive dividends and other distributions thereon (although payment may be deferred until the units have vested). Restricted stock units generally vest over a period of three years, but will have a minimum vesting period of one year.
Performance Share Awards
PS awards and PSU awards were granted to employees. Each PS and PSU may be redeemed for one share of our common stock once vested and are generally subject to forfeiture if employment terminates prior to the release of the restrictions. The grantee cannot transfer the PS or PSU awards except in very limited circumstances and with the consent of the compensation committee. Shares of unvested PSU awards have no voting rights but are entitled to receive dividends and other distributions thereon (although payment may be deferred until the shares or units, as the case may be, have vested). The PS and PSU awards will only vest based upon the achievement of pre-established performance goals related to Adjusted EBITDA, segment revenue, new business, and/or total shareholder return performance achieved over a period of time. The PS and PSU awards will vest based on company performance and/or market conditions during the subsequent two year period with one additional year of time-based vesting. The number of PS and PSU awards that will vest range from 0%-150% of the target award based on actual performance.
Phantom Shares
During Fiscal 20202022, we granted 183,348 phantom share units granted to employees. Each phantom share represents the economic equivalent to one share of the Company's common stock and will be settled in cash based on the fair market value of a share of common stock at each vesting date in an amount not to exceed $32.40 per share. The phantom shares vest and will be settled in three equal installments commencing one year after the date of grant. The fair value of the phantom shares was determined using the closing stock price on the date of the award less the fair value of the call option which was estimated using the Black-Scholes model. The average fair value on the date of grant was $8.50 per phantom share using risk-free rates ranging from 0.08%-0.53% for the three tranches and annual volatility ranging from 78%-92% for the three tranches. The fair value of the liability for the cash-settled phantom share unit awards will be remeasured at the end of each reporting period through settlement to reflect current risk-free rate and volatility assumptions.
As of April 29, 2023, we recorded a liability of $777 (Level 2 input) related to phantom share units grants of which $734 and $42 is reflected in accrued liabilities and other long-term liabilities, respectively, on the consolidated balance sheet. As of April 30, 2022, we recorded a liability of $2,774 (Level 2 input) related to phantom share units grants of which $1,726 and
98

Index to Form 10-KIndex to FS

BARNES & NOBLE EDUCATION, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements - Continued
(Thousands of dollars, except share and per share data)
$1,048 is reflected in accrued liabilities and other long-term liabilities, respectively, on the consolidated balance sheet, respectively.
Stock Options
For stock options granted with an "at market" exercise price, we determined the grant fair value using the Black-Scholes model and for stock options granted with "a premium" exercise price, we determined the grant date fair value using the Monte Carlo simulation model. The fair value models for stock options use assumptions that include the risk-free interest rate, expected volatility, expected dividend yield and expected term of the options.
During Fiscal 2023, we granted 322,495 stock options with an exercise price of $2.36 per stock option, which was the fair market value on the date of grant (Stock Option Grant #1) and 348,723 stock options with an exercise price of $4.86 per stock option (Stock Option Grant #2) granted to employees. The stock options are exercisable in four equal annual installments commencing one year after the date of grant and have a ten year term. Holders are not entitled to receive dividends (if any) prior to vesting and exercise of the options. The following summarizes the stock option fair value assumptions:
Stock Option Grant #1Stock Option Grant #2
Exercise Price$2.36 $4.86 
Valuation method utilizedBlack-ScholesMonte Carlo
Risk-free interest rate3.28 %3.28 %
Expected option term6.3 years10.0 years
Company volatility74 %74 %
Dividend yield— %— %
Grant date fair value per award$1.61 $1.28 
The risk-free interest rate is based on United States Treasury yields in effect at the date of grant for periods corresponding to the expected stock option term. For Stock Option Grant #1, we are permitted to use the simplified approach to estimate the expected term of the stock options, which typically assumes exercise occurs at the mid-point between the end of the vesting period and the expiration date. The simplified approach is not allowed for premium-priced options (Stock Option Grant #2), which were estimated using a stock price multiple, as there is no option exercise history which to base an early exercise option. The expected stock option term represents the weighted average period of time that stock options granted are expected to be outstanding, based on vesting schedules and the contractual term of the stock options. Volatility is based on the historical volatility of the Company’s common stock over a period of time corresponding to the expected stock option term.


99

Index to Form 10-KIndex to FS

BARNES & NOBLE EDUCATION, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements - Continued
(Thousands of dollars, except share and per share data)
Long-Term Incentive Compensation Activity
The following table presents a summary of awards activity related to our current Equity Incentive Plan:
Restricted Stock AwardsRestricted Stock Units
Number of 
Shares
Weighted 
Average
Grant Date
Fair Value
Number of 
Shares
Weighted 
Average
Grant Date Fair Value
Balance, April 30, 202235,412 $10.591,205,079 $8.71
Granted11,804 $2.30990,875 $2.37
Vested(35,412)$10.59(627,330)$7.00
Forfeited— $(477,651)$5.54
Balance, April 29, 202311,804 $2.301,090,973 $5.33
Performance Share UnitsPhantom Shares
Number of 
Shares
Weighted 
Average
Grant Date Fair Value
Number of 
Shares
Weighted 
Average
Grant Date
Fair Value
Balance, April 30, 2022528,567 $2.231,539,027 $2.72
Granted— $— $
Vested(241,820)$2.23(720,289)$2.39
Forfeited (a)
(286,747)$2.23(216,595)$3.02
Balance, April 29, 2023— $602,143 $3.01
Stock Options
Number of 
Shares
Weighted 
Average
Grant Date
Fair Value
Weighted 
Average
Exercise Price
Balance, April 30, 20222,702,937 $2.79$5.82
Granted671,218 $1.44$3.66
Exercised (b)
— $$
Forfeited(591,222)$2.95$6.02
Expired(20,589)$6.91$12.10
Balance, April 29, 20232,762,344 $2.40$5.21
Exercisable, April 29, 20231,137,691 $2.13$4.84
(a) The PSUs forfeitures reflect a cumulative adjustment to reflect changes to the expected level of achievement of the respective grants.
(b) During the period ended April 29, 2023, no options were exercised with a total intrinsic value of $0.

The aggregate grant date fair value of stock options that vested during the 52 weeks ended April 29, 2023 and April 30, 2022 was $1,903 and $783, respectively. There were no stock options that vested during the 52 weeks ended May 1, 2021.

Total fair value of vested share awards during the periods ended April 29, 2023, April 30, 2022, and May 1, 2021 was $8,851, $9,651, and $6,631, respectively.
100

Index to Form 10-KIndex to FS

BARNES & NOBLE EDUCATION, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements - Continued
(Thousands of dollars, except share and per share data)
Long-Term Incentive Compensation Expense
We recognized compensation expense for long-term incentive plan awards in selling and administrative expenses as follows:
52 weeks ended
April 29, 2023April 30, 2022May 1, 2021
Stock-based awards
Restricted stock expense$172 $394 $226 
Restricted stock units expense2,813 3,399 3,487 
Performance share units expense (a)
10 120 298 
Stock option expense1,720 1,813 667 
Sub-total stock-based awards:$4,715 $5,726 $4,678 
Cash settled awards
Phantom share units expense$(299)$3,929 $3,575 
Total compensation expense for long-term incentive awards$4,416 $9,655 $8,253 
(a)     Long-term incentive compensation expense reflects cumulative adjustments to reflect changes to the expected level of achievement of the respective grants.
Total unrecognized compensation cost related to unvested awards as of April 29, 2023 was $6,290 and is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 1.85 years.
Note 13. Income Taxes - Continuing Operations
For Fiscal 2023, Fiscal 2022 and Fiscal 2019.

ITEM 14. PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTING FEES AND SERVICES

Audit Fees. For Fiscal2021, we had no material revenue or expense in jurisdictions outside the United States other than India.

Impact of U.S. Tax Reform
On March 27, 2020, the Coronavirus Aid, Relief, and Fiscal 2019,Economic Security Act (The “CARES Act”) was enacted. We have analyzed the provisions, which provide for a technical correction to allow for full expensing of qualified leasehold improvements, modifications to charitable contribution and net operating loss limitations (“NOLs”), modifications to the deductibility of business interest expense, as well as Alternative Minimum Tax (“AMT”) credit acceleration. The most significant impact of the legislation for the Company was billed $2,033,094 and $2,029,763, respectively, by E&Yan income tax benefit of $7,164 for audit services, including (a) the annual audit (including quarterly reviews)carryback of NOLs to higher tax rate years, recorded in Fiscal 2021. As of April 29, 2023, we recognized a current income tax receivable for NOL carrybacks in prepaid and other current assets on the consolidated balance sheet. We received a $7,841 refund in Fiscal 2022, a $15,774 refund in Fiscal 2023 and expect to receive additional refunds of approximately $10,019.
Income tax benefits for Fiscal 2023, Fiscal 2022 and Fiscal 2021 are as follows:
52 weeks ended
April 29, 2023April 30, 2022May 1, 2021
Current:
Federal$— $(1,900)$(35,130)
State301 444 (524)
International252 266 147 
Total Current553 (1,190)(35,507)
Deferred:
Federal458 (12,075)(5,803)
State— 4,113 (1,970)
International— — — 
Total Deferred458 (7,962)(7,773)
Total US tax provision$1,011 $(9,152)$(43,280)
101

Index to Form 10-KIndex to FS

BARNES & NOBLE EDUCATION, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements - Continued
(Thousands of dollars, except share and per share data)
Reconciliation between the effective income tax rate and the federal statutory income tax rate is as follows:
52 weeks ended
April 29, 2023April 30, 2022May 1, 2021
Federal statutory income tax rate (a)
21.0 %21.0 %21.0 %
State income taxes, net of federal income tax benefit3.6 4.6 4.4 
Permanent book / tax differences(1.2)(0.8)(1.0)
CARES Act NOL Carryback— — 4.1 
Valuation allowance(24.6)(12.3)(4.2)
Other, net0.1 0.4 0.2 
Effective income tax rate(1.1)%12.9 %24.5 %
The effective tax rate for Fiscal 2023 is significantly lower as compared to the prior year comparable period due to the valuation allowance benefit of changing the tax fiscal year in the prior year.
One percentage point on our Fiscal 2023 effective tax rate is approximately $891. The permanent book / tax differences are principally comprised of non-deductible officer's compensation, and non-deductible stock compensation.
We account for income taxes using the asset and liability method. Deferred taxes are recorded based on differences between the financial statement basis and tax basis of assets and liabilities and available tax loss and credit carryforwards.
The significant components of our deferred taxes consisted of the following:
As of
April 29, 2023April 30, 2022
Deferred tax assets:
Estimated accrued liabilities$5,840 $7,141 
Inventory19,426 16,113 
Stock-based compensation1,145 1,879 
Insurance liability347 374 
Operating lease liabilities65,471 75,950 
Tax credits886 440 
Goodwill8,314 9,214 
Net operating losses70,503 53,149 
Interest carryforwards7,246 2,390 
Other2,456 2,620 
Gross deferred tax assets181,634 169,270 
Valuation allowance(56,962)(33,209)
Net deferred tax assets124,672 136,061 
Deferred tax liabilities:
Intangible asset amortization(23,555)(27,160)
Operating lease right-of-use assets(63,201)(73,035)
LIFO inventory valuation(33,999)(29,917)
Property and equipment(5,755)(7,379)
Gross deferred tax liabilities(126,510)(137,491)
Net deferred tax liability$(1,838)$(1,430)

102

Index to Form 10-KIndex to FS

BARNES & NOBLE EDUCATION, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements - Continued
(Thousands of dollars, except share and per share data)
As of April 29, 2023, we had $0 of unrecognized tax benefits. A reconciliation of the beginning and ending amount of unrecognized tax benefits is as follows:
Balance at May 2, 2020$52 
Additions for tax positions of the current period— 
Additions for tax positions of prior periods— 
Reductions due to settlements— 
Other reductions for tax positions of prior periods(52)
Balance at May 1, 2021$— 
Additions for tax positions of the current period— 
Additions for tax positions of prior periods— 
Reductions due to settlements— 
Other reductions for tax positions of prior periods— 
Balance at April 30, 2022$— 
Additions for tax positions of the current period— 
Additions for tax positions of prior periods— 
Reductions due to settlements— 
Other reductions for tax positions of prior periods— 
Balance at April 29, 2023$— 
Our policy is to recognize interest and penalties related to income tax matters in income tax expense. As of both April 29, 2023 and April 30, 2022, we had accrued $0 for net interest and penalties. 
In assessing the realizability of the deferred tax assets, management considered whether it is more likely than not that some or all of the deferred tax assets would be realized. In evaluating our ability to utilize our deferred tax assets, we considered all available evidence, both positive and negative, in determining future taxable income on a jurisdiction by jurisdiction basis. As of April 29, 2023, we recorded a valuation allowance of $56,962 compared to $33,209 as of April 30, 2022.
As of April 29, 2023, we had state net operating loss carryforwards (“NOLs”) of approximately $407,294 which will begin to expire in 2026, state tax credit carryforwards totaling $230 which will begin to expire in 2024, federal tax credit carryforward of $886 which will begin to expire in 2040 and federal NOLs of approximately $234,951 which have an indefinite carryforward period.
As of April 29, 2023, we recorded $201 of foreign withholding tax related to repatriations of earnings from certain foreign subsidiaries. If additional earnings in these foreign subsidiaries were repatriated in the future, additional income and withholding tax expense would be incurred. Additional income and withholding tax expense on any future repatriated earnings is estimated to be less than $100.
We are subject to U.S. federal income tax, as well as income tax in jurisdictions of each state having an income tax. The tax years that remain subject to examination are primarily Fiscal 2018 and forward. Some earlier years remain open for a small minority of states.
Note 14. Legal Proceedings
We are involved in a variety of claims, suits, investigations and proceedings that arise from time to time in the ordinary course of our business, including actions with respect to contracts, intellectual property, taxation, employment, benefits, personal injuries and other matters. The results of these proceedings in the ordinary course of business are not expected to have a material adverse effect on our consolidated financial position, results of operations, or cash flows.

103

Index to Form 10-KIndex to FS

BARNES & NOBLE EDUCATION, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements - Continued
(Thousands of dollars, except share and per share data)
Note 15. Commitments and Contingencies
We generally operate our physical bookstores pursuant to multi-year school management contracts under which a school designates us to operate the official school physical bookstore on campus and we provide the school with regular payments that represent a percentage of store sales and, in some cases, include a minimum fixed guaranteed payment. We account for these service agreements for our physical bookstores under lease accounting. We recognize lease assets and lease liabilities on the consolidated balance sheets for substantially all fixed lease arrangements (excluding variable obligations) with a term greater than twelve months. For additional information on lease expense and minimum fixed lease obligations, excluding variable commissions, see Part II - Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data - Note 8. Leases.
Purchase obligations, which includes information technology contracts, as of April 29, 2023 are as follows: 
Less Than 1 Year$12,254 
1-3 Years4,341 
3-5 Years476 
Total$17,071 
Note 16. Selected Quarterly Financial Information (Unaudited)
A summary of quarterly financial information for the 52 weeks ended April 29, 2023 and April 30, 2022 is as follows:
13 weeks ended (a)
52 weeks ended
July 30, 2022October 29, 2022January 28, 2023 April 29, 2023April 29, 2023
Sales$254,674 $608,633 $438,054 $241,847 $1,543,208 
Gross profit$56,005 $138,141 $97,011 $58,282 $349,439 
(Loss) income from continuing operations, net of tax (b)(c)(d)
$(50,322)$24,168 $(22,134)$(41,852)$(90,140)
Loss from discontinued operations, net of tax$(2,385)$(2,024)$(2,915)$(4,398)$(11,722)
Net (loss) income$(52,707)$22,144 $(25,049)$(46,250)$(101,862)
(Loss) earnings per common share:
Basic and Diluted
Continuing operations$(0.96)$0.46 $(0.42)$(0.80)$(1.72)
Discontinued operations(0.05)(0.04)(0.06)(0.08)(0.22)
Total Basic and Diluted Earnings per share$(1.01)$0.42 $(0.48)$(0.88)$(1.94)
Weighted average common shares outstanding - Basic:52,172 52,438 52,602 52,604 52,454 
Weighted average common shares outstanding - Diluted:52,172 53,195 52,602 52,604 52,454 
(a)     For information related to quarterly seasonality and other variance components, see Part II - Item 7. Management Discussion and Analysis - Results of Operations and Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data - Note 2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies - Seasonality.
(b)    (Loss) income from continuing operations includes $375, $260, $4,127, and $5,341 of restructuring and other charges for the 13 weeks ended July 30, 2022, October 29, 2022, January 28, 2023 and April 29, 2023, respectively, and $10,103 for the 52 weeks ended April 29, 2023.
(c)    (Loss) income from continuing operations includes an impairment loss (non-cash) of $6,008 for the 13 weeks ended January 28, 2023 and 52 weeks ended April 29, 2023.
(d)    (Loss) income from continuing operations includes $7,011 and $22,683 of interest expense for the 13 and 52 weeks ended April 29, 2023, respectively. Interest expense increased by $4,724 and $12,587 primarily due to higher borrowings and higher interest rates compared to the prior year.
104

Index to Form 10-KIndex to FS

BARNES & NOBLE EDUCATION, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements - Continued
(Thousands of dollars, except share and per share data)
13 weeks ended (a)
52 weeks ended
July 31, 2021October 30, 2021January 29, 2022April 30, 2022April 30, 2022
Sales$232,491 $618,698 $393,368 $251,177 $1,495,734 
Gross profit$52,999 $138,653 $79,029 $72,151 $342,832 
(Loss) income from continuing operations, net of tax (b)(c)(d)
$(42,248)$24,982 $(34,994)$(9,299)$(61,559)
Loss from discontinued operations, net of tax$(1,380)$(2,454)$(1,807)$(1,657)$(7,298)
Net (loss) income (
$(43,628)$22,528 $(36,801)$(10,956)$(68,857)
(Loss) earnings per common share:
Basic
Continuing operations$(0.82)$0.48 $(0.67)$(0.18)$(1.19)
Discontinued operations(0.03)(0.05)(0.04)(0.03)(0.14)
Total Basic Earnings per share$(0.85)$0.43 $(0.71)$(0.21)$(1.33)
Weighted average common shares outstanding - Basic:51,474 51,666 52,003 52,046 51,797 
Diluted
Continuing operations$(0.82)$0.46 $(0.67)$(0.18)$(1.19)
Discontinued operations(0.03)(0.05)(0.04)(0.03)(0.14)
Total Diluted Earnings per share$(0.85)$0.41 $(0.71)$(0.21)$(1.33)
Weighted average common shares outstanding - Diluted:51,474 54,568 52,003 52,046 51,797 
(a)     For information related to quarterly seasonality and other variance components, see Part II - Item 7. Management Discussion and Analysis - Results of Operations and Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data - Note 2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies - Seasonality.
(b)    (Loss) income from continuing operations includes $1,905, $1,116, $46, and $(2,123) of restructuring and other charges for the 13 weeks ended July 31, 2021, October 30, 2021, January 29, 2022 and April 30, 2022, respectively, and $944 for the 52 weeks ended April 30, 2022.
(c)    (Loss) income from continuing operations also includes an impairment loss (non-cash) of $6,411 for the 13 weeks ended January 29, 2022 and 52 weeks ended April 30, 2022.
(d)    (Loss) income from continuing operations includes $(9,608) and $(9,152) of an income tax benefit for the 13 and 52 weeks ended April 30, 2022, respectively. The income tax benefit was primarily due to the change in pre-tax loss and the change in the assessment of the realization of deferred tax assets, driven by a change in our tax year.
Note 17. Subsequent Events
May 2023 Debt Amendments
On May 24, 2023, subsequent to quarter end, we amended our existing Credit Agreement to (i) increase the applicable margin with respect to the interest rate under the Credit Agreement to 3.75% per annum, in the case of interest accruing based on SOFR, and 2.75%, in the case of interest accruing based on an alternative base rate, in each case, without regard to a pricing grid, (ii) defer the reduction of advance rates used to calculate our borrowing capacity by an amount equal to 500 basis points previously required on May 31, 2023 to September 1, 2023, (iii) require cash flow reporting and variance testing commencing June 3, 2023 and (iv) defer partial prepayment of the term loan from the DSS segment sale proceeds to September 1, 2023. For additional information related to the Credit Agreement amendment, see the Company’s Report on Form 8-K dated May 24, 2023 and filed with the SEC on May 31, 2023.
July 2023 Debt Amendments
On July 28, 2023, we amended our existing Credit Agreement to (i) extend the maturity date of the Credit Agreement to December 28, 2024, (ii) reduce advance rates with respect to the borrowing base by 1000 basis points on September 2, 2024 (in lieu of the reductions previously contemplated for September 2023), (iii) subject to the conditions set forth in such amendment, add a CARES Act tax refund claim to the borrowing base, from April 1, 2024 through July 31, 2024, (iv) amend the financial maintenance covenant to require Availability (as defined in the Credit Agreement) at all times greater than the greater of (x) 10% of the Aggregate Loan Cap (as defined in the Credit Agreement) and (y) (A) $32,500 minus, subject to the conditions set
105

Index to Form 10-KIndex to FS

BARNES & NOBLE EDUCATION, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements - Continued
(Thousands of dollars, except share and per share data)
forth in such amendment, (B) (a) $7,500 for the period of April 1, 2024 through and including April 30, 2024, (b) $2,500 for the period of May 1, 2024 through and including May 31, 2024 and (c) $0 at all other times, (v) add a minimum Consolidated EBITDA (as defined in the Credit Agreement) financial maintenance covenant, and (vi) amend certain negative and affirmative covenants and add certain additional covenants, all as more particularly set forth in such amendment. The amendment also requires that we appoint a Chief Restructuring Officer and that, by August 11, 2023, we (i) appoint two independent members to the board of directors of the Company from prospective candidates that have been previously disclosed to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders and (ii) appoint a committee of the board of directors of the Company to consist of three board members (two of whom will be the new independent directors). The committee’s responsibilities will include, among other things, to explore, consider, solicit expressions of interest or proposals for, respond to any communications, inquiries or proposals regarding, and advise as to all strategic alternatives to effect a “Specified Liquidity Transaction” (as defined in the Credit Agreement). There can be no guarantee or assurances that any such transaction or transactions be consummated. We must pay (i) a fee of 0.50% of the outstanding principal amount of the commitments under the Credit Agreement March 2023 amendment (as defined in the Credit Agreement) on the closing date (in lieu of the deferred fee previously contemplated in connection with the March 2023 amendment (as defined in the Credit Agreement)) and (ii) a fee of 1.00% of the outstanding principal amount of the commitments under the Credit Agreement as of the closing date on the earlier to occur of September 2, 2024 and an Event of Default (as defined in the Credit Agreement).
On July 28, 2023, we amended our Term Loan to (i) extend the maturity date of the Term Loan Agreement to April 7, 2025, (ii) allow for interest to be paid in kind until September 2, 2024, (iii) amend the 1.50% anniversary fee to recur on June 7 of each year that the Term Loan Agreement remains outstanding, with 2024 fee deferred to the earlier of September 2, 2024 and the Termination Date (as defined in the Term Loan Agreement) and (iv) amend certain negative covenants and affirmative and add certain additional covenants. We must pay a fee of $50,000 to the lenders under the Term Loan Agreement on the earlier of September 2, 2024 and the Termination Date (as defined in the Term Loan Agreement).
106

Index to Form 10-KIndex to FS
Schedule II—Valuation and Qualifying Accounts

Receivables Valuation and Qualifying Accounts
(In thousands)


Balance at
beginning
of period
Charge
(recovery) to
costs and
expenses
Write-offsBalance at
end
of period
Allowance for Doubtful Accounts
April 29, 2023$2,243 $575 $(1,662)$1,156 
April 30, 2022$3,594 $2,750 $(4,101)$2,243 
May 1, 2021$1,986 $4,600 $(2,992)$3,594 
Balance at
beginning
of period
Addition
Charged to
Costs
DeductionsBalance at
end
of period
Sales Returns Reserves
April 29, 2023$2,723 $122,831 $(123,128)$2,426 
April 30, 2022$3,331 $123,559 $(124,167)$2,723 
May 1, 2021$5,063 $145,595 $(147,327)$3,331 

All other schedules are omitted because the conditions requiring their filing do not exist, or because the required information is provided in the consolidated financial statements, including the notes thereto.
107

Index to Form 10-KIndex to FS
Item 9.     CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE
There were no disagreements with accountants on accounting and financial disclosure.

Item 9A. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES
(a) Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures
Management of the Company established and maintains disclosure controls and procedures that are designed to ensure that material information relating to the Company and its subsidiaries required to be performeddisclosed in the reports that are filed or submitted under the Exchange Act are recorded, processed, summarized, and reported within the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and forms. Such information is accumulated and communicated to management, including the Company’s Chief Executive Officer and Principal Financial Officer, as appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure. As of the end of the period covered by this report, the Company’s management conducted an evaluation (as required under Rules 13a-15(b) and 15d-15(b) under the Exchange Act), under the supervision and with the participation of the principal executive officer and principal financial officer, of the Company’s “disclosure controls and procedures” (as such term is defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) under the Exchange Act). A control system, no matter how well designed and operated, can provide only reasonable, not absolute, assurance that it will detect or uncover failures within the Company to disclose material information otherwise required to be set forth in the Company’s periodic reports. Based on management’s evaluation, and considering the items noted below, the principal executive officer and principal financial officer concluded that, as of the end of the period covered by this report, the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures were effective at the reasonable assurance level as of April 29, 2023.
(b) Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting
Management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting. As defined in Exchange Act Rule 13a-15(f), internal control over financial reporting is a process designed by, or under the supervision of, the principal executive and principal financial officer and effected by the independent auditorboard of directors, management and other personnel, to be ableprovide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and includes those policies and procedures that: (i) pertain to form an opinionthe maintenance of records that in reasonable detail accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the Company; (ii) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and (iii) that receipts and expenditures of the Company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the Company; and (iv) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use or disposition of the Company’s assets that could have a material effect on the Company’s consolidated financial statements, (b)statements.
Under the auditsupervision and with the participation of management, including the Chief Executive Officer and Principal Financial Officer, the Company conducted an evaluation of the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on the framework in Internal Control - Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO 2013 framework). Based upon the Company’s evaluation under this framework, management concluded that the Company’s internal control over financial reporting was effective as of April 29, 2023.
The effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting was audited by Ernst & Young LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their report included on page 111.
(c) consultationChanges in Internal Control over Financial Reporting
There have been no changes in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting, with the exception of the remediation of the material weakness previously identified, during the most recent quarter ended April 29, 2023 that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, the Company's internal control over financial reporting.

108

Index to Form 10-KIndex to FS
MANAGEMENT’S RESPONSIBILITY FOR CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
The management of Barnes & Noble Education, Inc. is responsible for the contents of the Consolidated Financial Statements, which are prepared in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. The Consolidated Financial Statements necessarily include amounts based on judgments and estimates. Financial information elsewhere in the Annual Report is consistent with that in the Consolidated Financial Statements.
The Company maintains a comprehensive accounting system, which includes controls designed to provide reasonable assurance as to the integrity and reliability of the financial records and the protection of assets. An internal audit staff is employed to regularly test and evaluate both internal accounting or disclosure treatmentcontrols and operating procedures, including compliance with the Company’s Code of transactions or events, (d) international statutory audits,Business Conduct and (e) services that onlyEthics. The Audit Committee of the Board of Directors, composed of directors who are not members of management, meets regularly with management, the independent auditor reasonably canregistered public accountants and the internal auditors to ensure that their respective responsibilities are properly discharged.
Ernst & Young LLP and the internal auditors have full and free independent access to the Audit Committee. The role of Ernst & Young LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, is to provide an objective examination of the Consolidated Financial Statements and the underlying transactions in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board. The report of Ernst & Young LLP appears on page 111 of this report on Form 10-K for the year ended April 29, 2023.
OTHER INFORMATION
The Company has included the Section 302 certifications of the Chief Executive Officer and the Principal Financial Officer of the Company as Exhibits 31.1 and 31.2 to its Annual Report on Form 10-K for Fiscal 2023 filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission, and the Company will submit to the New York Stock Exchange a certificate of the Chief Executive Officer of the Company certifying that he is not aware of any violation by the Company of New York Stock Exchange corporate governance listing standards.

109

Index to Form 10-KIndex to FS
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of Barnes & Noble Education, Inc.
Opinion on Internal Control over Financial Reporting
We have audited Barnes & Noble Education, Inc. and subsidiaries’ internal control over financial reporting as of April 29, 2023, based on criteria established in Internal Control-Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (2013 framework) (the COSO criteria). In our opinion, Barnes & Noble Education, Inc. and subsidiaries (the Company) maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of April 29, 2023, based on the COSO criteria.
We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB), the consolidated balance sheets of the Company as of April 29, 2023 and April 30, 2022, the related consolidated statements of operations, equity and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended April 29, 2023, and the related notes and financial statement schedule listed in the Index at Item 15(a)(2) and our report dated July 31, 2023 which expressed an unqualified opinion thereon.
Basis for Opinion
The Company’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting included in the accompanying Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit. We are a public accounting firm registered with the PCAOB and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects.

Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk, and performing such other procedures as services associatedwe considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.
Definition and Limitations of Internal Control Over Financial Reporting
A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with SEC registrationgenerally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements periodic reportsin accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and other documentsthat receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.
Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.
/s/ Ernst & Young LLP

Iselin, New Jersey
July 31, 2023
110

Index to Form 10-KIndex to FS
Item 9B. OTHER INFORMATION
None.

Item 9C. DISCLOSURE REGARDING FOREIGN JURISDICTIONS THAT PREVENT INSPECTIONS
None.
PART III
Item 10. DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE
Information regarding our executive officers is incorporated by reference herein from the discussion under Part I - Item 1. Business - Executive Officers of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. The remaining information with respect to directors, executive officers, the code of ethics and corporate governance of the Company is incorporated herein by reference to the Company’s definitive Proxy Statement relating to the Company’s 2023 Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be filed with the SEC and reviewwithin 120 days of draft responsesthe Company’s fiscal year ended April 29, 2023 (the “Proxy Statement”).
The information with respect to SEC comment letters.

Audit-Related Fees. For Fiscal 2020 and Fiscal 2019,compliance with Section 16(a) of the Company was billed $33,300 and $41,700, respectively,Exchange Act is incorporated herein by E&Y for sales audits.

Tax Fees. For Fiscal 2020 and Fiscal 2019,reference to the Company was billed $1,500 and $20,700, respectively,Proxy Statement.

Item 11. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION
The information with respect to executive compensation is incorporated herein by E&Y for services relatedreference to consultation on tax matters.

Pre-Approval Policies and Procedures

the Proxy Statement.

The Audit Committee has adopted policies and procedures for pre-approving all non-audit work performedinformation with respect to compensation of directors is incorporated herein by its auditors. reference to the Proxy Statement.
Item 12. SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS
Equity Compensation Plan Information
The policyfollowing table sets forth equity compensation plan information as of April 29, 2023:
Plan CategoryNumber of
securities to be
issued upon exercise
of outstanding
options, warrants
and rights
Weighted-average
exercise price of
outstanding options,
warrants and rights
Number of securities
remaining available
for future issuance
under equity
compensation plans
(excluding securities
in column (a))
(a)(b)(c)
Equity compensation plans approved by security holders3,865,121 $5.23 1,990,014 
Equity compensation plans not approved by security holdersN/AN/AN/A
Total3,865,121 $5.23 1,990,014 
The information with respect to security ownership of certain beneficial owners and management is incorporated herein by reference to the procedures and conditions for both pre-approval of audit-related servicesProxy Statement.
Item 13. CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE
The information with respect to be performed by its auditors (assurancecertain relationships and related services that are reasonably relatedtransactions and director independence is incorporated herein by reference to the performanceProxy Statement.
111

Index to Form 10-KIndex to FS
Item 14. PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTING FEES AND SERVICES
The information with respect to principal accountant fees and services is incorporated herein by reference to the Proxy Statement.

PART IV
Item 15. EXHIBITS, FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES
(a) Documents filed as part of this report:
1.Consolidated Financial Statements of Barnes & Noble Education, Inc.:
Included in Part II of this Report:
Consolidated Statements of Operations for the auditors’ reviewyears ended April 29, 2023, April 30, 2022, and May 1, 2021
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of April 29, 2023 and April 30, 2022
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended April 29, 2023, April 30, 2022, and May 1, 2021
Consolidated Statements of Equity for the years ended April 29, 2023, April 30, 2022, and May 1, 2021
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, for the years ended April 29, 2023, April 30, 2022, and May 1, 2021
Report of Ernst & Young LLP, Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm, on the consolidated financial statements of Barnes & Noble Education, Inc. for the years ended April 29, 2023, April 30, 2022, and May 1, 2021
2.Financial Statement Schedules of Barnes & Noble Education, Inc.:
Included in Part II of this report: Schedule II - Valuation and Qualifying Accounts
All other schedules are omitted because they are not applicable, not significant or not required, or because the required information is included in the financial statements or that are traditionally performed by the independent auditor) and specific pre-approval for all other services for the current fiscal year consistent with the SEC’s rules on auditor independence. Each year, the Audit Committee approves the engagement of the independent auditor and the projected fees for audit services for the then current fiscal year.

26

statement notes thereto.


PART IV

ITEM 15. EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES

3.Exhibits:


EXHIBIT INDEX
Exhibit
Number
Exhibit Description
Articles of Incorporation and By-Laws.

Exhibit

Number

31.3

Instruments Defining the Rights of Securities; Description of Registrant’s Securities.
Material contracts.
112

113

114

Other.
31.4

101.INSXBRL Instance Document
101.SCHXBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document
101.CALXBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document
101.DEFXBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase Document
101.LABXBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase Document
101.PREXBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document
104Cover Page Interactive Data File - (formatted as Inline XBRL and contained in Exhibit 101)

27


Item 16. FORM 10-K SUMMARY

None.

115

Index to Form 10-KIndex to FS

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the RegistrantBarnes & Noble Education, Inc. has duly caused this report to be signed on ourits behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

BARNES & NOBLE EDUCATION, INC.
(Registrant)
By:/s/ Michael P. Huseby
Michael P. Huseby
Chief Executive Officer
Date: July 31, 2023By:/s/ Michael P. Huseby
August 31, 2020Michael P. Huseby
Chairman and Chief Executive Officer

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934, this Reportreport has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the Registrantregistrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

NameTitleDate

Signature

/s/ Michael P. Huseby

Capacity

Chief Executive Officer and Director
(Principal Executive Officer and Principal Financial Officer)

Date

July 31, 2023
Michael P. Huseby

By:  /s/ Michael P. Huseby

Michael P. Huseby

/s/ Seema C. Paul

Chairman and Chief ExecutiveAccounting Officer


(Principal ExecutiveAccounting Officer)

AugustJuly 31, 2020

2023
Seema C. Paul

By:  /s/ Thomas D. Donohue

Thomas D. Donohue

/s/ John R. Ryan

Chief Financial Officer

(Principal Financial Officer)

Chairman and Director

AugustJuly 31, 2020

2023
John R. Ryan

By:  /s/ Seema C. Paul

Seema/s/ Emily C. Paul

Chiu

Chief Accounting Officer

(Principal Accounting Officer)

Director

AugustJuly 31, 2020

2023
Emily C. Chiu

By:  /s/ Emily C. Chiu

Emily C. Chiu

/s/ Mario R. Dell'Aera, Jr.

Director

AugustJuly 31, 2020

2023
Mario R. Dell'Aera, Jr.

By:  /s//s/ Daniel A. DeMatteo

DirectorJuly 31, 2023

Daniel A. DeMatteo

Director

August 31, 2020

By:  /s//s/ David G. Golden

DirectorJuly 31, 2023

David G. Golden

Director

August 31, 2020

By:  /s/ John R. Ryan

John R. Ryan

/s/ Kathryn Eberle Walker

Director

AugustJuly 31, 2020

2023
Kathryn Eberle Walker

By:  /s/ Jerry Sue Thornton

Jerry Sue Thornton

/s/ Rory Wallace

Director

AugustJuly 31, 2020

2023
Rory Wallace

By:  /s/ David A. Wilson

David A. Wilson

/s/ Denise Warren

Director

AugustJuly 31, 2020

2023
Denise Warren

By:  /s/ Lowell W. Robinson

Lowell W. Robinson

Director

August 31, 2020

28


116